File: | clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp |
Warning: | line 10535, column 50 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading -------------------------------===// | ||||||
2 | // | ||||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||
6 | // | ||||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
8 | // | ||||||
9 | // This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading. | ||||||
10 | // | ||||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
12 | |||||||
13 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | ||||||
15 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||||
16 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" | ||||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | ||||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" | ||||||
21 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" | ||||||
22 | #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h" | ||||||
23 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | ||||||
24 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||||
25 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||||
26 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||||
27 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||||
28 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" | ||||||
29 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||||
30 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" | ||||||
31 | #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" | ||||||
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" | ||||||
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" | ||||||
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | ||||||
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | ||||||
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||||
37 | #include <algorithm> | ||||||
38 | #include <cstdlib> | ||||||
39 | |||||||
40 | using namespace clang; | ||||||
41 | using namespace sema; | ||||||
42 | |||||||
43 | using AllowedExplicit = Sema::AllowedExplicit; | ||||||
44 | |||||||
45 | static bool functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||
46 | return llvm::any_of(FD->parameters(), [](const ParmVarDecl *P) { | ||||||
47 | return P->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | ||||||
48 | }); | ||||||
49 | } | ||||||
50 | |||||||
51 | /// A convenience routine for creating a decayed reference to a function. | ||||||
52 | static ExprResult | ||||||
53 | CreateFunctionRefExpr(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Fn, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||||
54 | const Expr *Base, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
55 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation(), | ||||||
56 | const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc()){ | ||||||
57 | if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FoundDecl, Loc)) | ||||||
58 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
59 | // If FoundDecl is different from Fn (such as if one is a template | ||||||
60 | // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is | ||||||
61 | // called on both. | ||||||
62 | // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying | ||||||
63 | // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl | ||||||
64 | // being used. | ||||||
65 | if (FoundDecl != Fn && S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, Loc)) | ||||||
66 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
67 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = new (S.Context) | ||||||
68 | DeclRefExpr(S.Context, Fn, false, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc, LocInfo); | ||||||
69 | if (HadMultipleCandidates) | ||||||
70 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); | ||||||
71 | |||||||
72 | S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(DRE, Base); | ||||||
73 | if (auto *FPT = DRE->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||||
74 | if (isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) { | ||||||
75 | S.ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT); | ||||||
76 | DRE->setType(Fn->getType()); | ||||||
77 | } | ||||||
78 | } | ||||||
79 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(DRE, S.Context.getPointerType(DRE->getType()), | ||||||
80 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); | ||||||
81 | } | ||||||
82 | |||||||
83 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
84 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
85 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||
86 | bool CStyle, | ||||||
87 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||
88 | |||||||
89 | static bool IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, | ||||||
90 | QualType &ToType, | ||||||
91 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
92 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||
93 | bool CStyle); | ||||||
94 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||
95 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
96 | UserDefinedConversionSequence& User, | ||||||
97 | OverloadCandidateSet& Conversions, | ||||||
98 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||
99 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); | ||||||
100 | |||||||
101 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
102 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
103 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||
104 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||
105 | |||||||
106 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
107 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||
108 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||
109 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||
110 | |||||||
111 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
112 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
113 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||
114 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||
115 | |||||||
116 | /// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank | ||||||
117 | /// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind. | ||||||
118 | ImplicitConversionRank clang::GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { | ||||||
119 | static const ImplicitConversionRank | ||||||
120 | Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { | ||||||
121 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||
122 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||
123 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||
124 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||
125 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||
126 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||
127 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||
128 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||
129 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||
130 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
131 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
132 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
133 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
134 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
135 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
136 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
137 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
138 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
139 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
140 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
141 | ICR_OCL_Scalar_Widening, | ||||||
142 | ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion, | ||||||
143 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
144 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
145 | ICR_Writeback_Conversion, | ||||||
146 | ICR_Exact_Match, // NOTE(gbiv): This may not be completely right -- | ||||||
147 | // it was omitted by the patch that added | ||||||
148 | // ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion | ||||||
149 | ICR_C_Conversion, | ||||||
150 | ICR_C_Conversion_Extension | ||||||
151 | }; | ||||||
152 | return Rank[(int)Kind]; | ||||||
153 | } | ||||||
154 | |||||||
155 | /// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of | ||||||
156 | /// implicit conversion. | ||||||
157 | static const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { | ||||||
158 | static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { | ||||||
159 | "No conversion", | ||||||
160 | "Lvalue-to-rvalue", | ||||||
161 | "Array-to-pointer", | ||||||
162 | "Function-to-pointer", | ||||||
163 | "Function pointer conversion", | ||||||
164 | "Qualification", | ||||||
165 | "Integral promotion", | ||||||
166 | "Floating point promotion", | ||||||
167 | "Complex promotion", | ||||||
168 | "Integral conversion", | ||||||
169 | "Floating conversion", | ||||||
170 | "Complex conversion", | ||||||
171 | "Floating-integral conversion", | ||||||
172 | "Pointer conversion", | ||||||
173 | "Pointer-to-member conversion", | ||||||
174 | "Boolean conversion", | ||||||
175 | "Compatible-types conversion", | ||||||
176 | "Derived-to-base conversion", | ||||||
177 | "Vector conversion", | ||||||
178 | "SVE Vector conversion", | ||||||
179 | "Vector splat", | ||||||
180 | "Complex-real conversion", | ||||||
181 | "Block Pointer conversion", | ||||||
182 | "Transparent Union Conversion", | ||||||
183 | "Writeback conversion", | ||||||
184 | "OpenCL Zero Event Conversion", | ||||||
185 | "C specific type conversion", | ||||||
186 | "Incompatible pointer conversion" | ||||||
187 | }; | ||||||
188 | return Name[Kind]; | ||||||
189 | } | ||||||
190 | |||||||
191 | /// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion | ||||||
192 | /// sequence to the identity conversion. | ||||||
193 | void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() { | ||||||
194 | First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
195 | Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
196 | Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
197 | DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; | ||||||
198 | QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; | ||||||
199 | ReferenceBinding = false; | ||||||
200 | DirectBinding = false; | ||||||
201 | IsLvalueReference = true; | ||||||
202 | BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||
203 | BindsToRvalue = false; | ||||||
204 | BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||
205 | ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||
206 | CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||
207 | } | ||||||
208 | |||||||
209 | /// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence | ||||||
210 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the | ||||||
211 | /// implicit conversions. | ||||||
212 | ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const { | ||||||
213 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match; | ||||||
214 | if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank) | ||||||
215 | Rank = GetConversionRank(First); | ||||||
216 | if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank) | ||||||
217 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Second); | ||||||
218 | if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank) | ||||||
219 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Third); | ||||||
220 | return Rank; | ||||||
221 | } | ||||||
222 | |||||||
223 | /// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is | ||||||
224 | /// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is | ||||||
225 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences | ||||||
226 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4). | ||||||
227 | bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const { | ||||||
228 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the | ||||||
229 | // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so | ||||||
230 | // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is | ||||||
231 | // a pointer. | ||||||
232 | if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() && | ||||||
233 | (getFromType()->isPointerType() || | ||||||
234 | getFromType()->isMemberPointerType() || | ||||||
235 | getFromType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||||
236 | getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||
237 | First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer)) | ||||||
238 | return true; | ||||||
239 | |||||||
240 | return false; | ||||||
241 | } | ||||||
242 | |||||||
243 | /// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this | ||||||
244 | /// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is | ||||||
245 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++ | ||||||
246 | /// 13.3.3.2p4). | ||||||
247 | bool | ||||||
248 | StandardConversionSequence:: | ||||||
249 | isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const { | ||||||
250 | QualType FromType = getFromType(); | ||||||
251 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); | ||||||
252 | |||||||
253 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the | ||||||
254 | // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence | ||||||
255 | // and redo the conversion to get a pointer. | ||||||
256 | if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||
257 | FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | ||||||
258 | |||||||
259 | if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||||
260 | if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
261 | return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType(); | ||||||
262 | |||||||
263 | return false; | ||||||
264 | } | ||||||
265 | |||||||
266 | /// Skip any implicit casts which could be either part of a narrowing conversion | ||||||
267 | /// or after one in an implicit conversion. | ||||||
268 | static const Expr *IgnoreNarrowingConversion(ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||||
269 | const Expr *Converted) { | ||||||
270 | // We can have cleanups wrapping the converted expression; these need to be | ||||||
271 | // preserved so that destructors run if necessary. | ||||||
272 | if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Converted)) { | ||||||
273 | Expr *Inner = | ||||||
274 | const_cast<Expr *>(IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, EWC->getSubExpr())); | ||||||
275 | return ExprWithCleanups::Create(Ctx, Inner, EWC->cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), | ||||||
276 | EWC->getObjects()); | ||||||
277 | } | ||||||
278 | |||||||
279 | while (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Converted)) { | ||||||
280 | switch (ICE->getCastKind()) { | ||||||
281 | case CK_NoOp: | ||||||
282 | case CK_IntegralCast: | ||||||
283 | case CK_IntegralToBoolean: | ||||||
284 | case CK_IntegralToFloating: | ||||||
285 | case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral: | ||||||
286 | case CK_FloatingToIntegral: | ||||||
287 | case CK_FloatingToBoolean: | ||||||
288 | case CK_FloatingCast: | ||||||
289 | Converted = ICE->getSubExpr(); | ||||||
290 | continue; | ||||||
291 | |||||||
292 | default: | ||||||
293 | return Converted; | ||||||
294 | } | ||||||
295 | } | ||||||
296 | |||||||
297 | return Converted; | ||||||
298 | } | ||||||
299 | |||||||
300 | /// Check if this standard conversion sequence represents a narrowing | ||||||
301 | /// conversion, according to C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7. | ||||||
302 | /// | ||||||
303 | /// \param Ctx The AST context. | ||||||
304 | /// \param Converted The result of applying this standard conversion sequence. | ||||||
305 | /// \param ConstantValue If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the | ||||||
306 | /// value of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. | ||||||
307 | /// \param ConstantType If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the | ||||||
308 | /// type of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. | ||||||
309 | /// \param IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion If true type-narrowing conversions | ||||||
310 | /// from floating point types to integral types should be ignored. | ||||||
311 | NarrowingKind StandardConversionSequence::getNarrowingKind( | ||||||
312 | ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *Converted, APValue &ConstantValue, | ||||||
313 | QualType &ConstantType, bool IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) const { | ||||||
314 | assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++")((Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"narrowing check outside C++\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 314, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
315 | |||||||
316 | // C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7: | ||||||
317 | // A narrowing conversion is an implicit conversion ... | ||||||
318 | QualType FromType = getToType(0); | ||||||
319 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); | ||||||
320 | |||||||
321 | // A conversion to an enumeration type is narrowing if the conversion to | ||||||
322 | // the underlying type is narrowing. This only arises for expressions of | ||||||
323 | // the form 'Enum{init}'. | ||||||
324 | if (auto *ET = ToType->getAs<EnumType>()) | ||||||
325 | ToType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||||
326 | |||||||
327 | switch (Second) { | ||||||
328 | // 'bool' is an integral type; dispatch to the right place to handle it. | ||||||
329 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | ||||||
330 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType()) | ||||||
331 | goto FloatingIntegralConversion; | ||||||
332 | if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) | ||||||
333 | goto IntegralConversion; | ||||||
334 | // -- from a pointer type or pointer-to-member type to bool, or | ||||||
335 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; | ||||||
336 | |||||||
337 | // -- from a floating-point type to an integer type, or | ||||||
338 | // | ||||||
339 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to a floating-point | ||||||
340 | // type, except where the source is a constant expression and the actual | ||||||
341 | // value after conversion will fit into the target type and will produce | ||||||
342 | // the original value when converted back to the original type, or | ||||||
343 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | ||||||
344 | FloatingIntegralConversion: | ||||||
345 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isIntegralType(Ctx)) { | ||||||
346 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; | ||||||
347 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||
348 | ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||
349 | if (IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) | ||||||
350 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||
351 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||
352 | assert(Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression")((Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Initializer && \"Unknown conversion expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
353 | |||||||
354 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||
355 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||
356 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||
357 | |||||||
358 | if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> IntConstantValue = | ||||||
359 | Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx)) { | ||||||
360 | // Convert the integer to the floating type. | ||||||
361 | llvm::APFloat Result(Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)); | ||||||
362 | Result.convertFromAPInt(*IntConstantValue, IntConstantValue->isSigned(), | ||||||
363 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | ||||||
364 | // And back. | ||||||
365 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = *IntConstantValue; | ||||||
366 | bool ignored; | ||||||
367 | Result.convertToInteger(ConvertedValue, | ||||||
368 | llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &ignored); | ||||||
369 | // If the resulting value is different, this was a narrowing conversion. | ||||||
370 | if (*IntConstantValue != ConvertedValue) { | ||||||
371 | ConstantValue = APValue(*IntConstantValue); | ||||||
372 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||
373 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||
374 | } | ||||||
375 | } else { | ||||||
376 | // Variables are always narrowings. | ||||||
377 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||
378 | } | ||||||
379 | } | ||||||
380 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||
381 | |||||||
382 | // -- from long double to double or float, or from double to float, except | ||||||
383 | // where the source is a constant expression and the actual value after | ||||||
384 | // conversion is within the range of values that can be represented (even | ||||||
385 | // if it cannot be represented exactly), or | ||||||
386 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | ||||||
387 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType() && | ||||||
388 | Ctx.getFloatingTypeOrder(FromType, ToType) == 1) { | ||||||
389 | // FromType is larger than ToType. | ||||||
390 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||
391 | |||||||
392 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||
393 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||
394 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||
395 | |||||||
396 | if (Initializer->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Ctx, &ConstantValue)) { | ||||||
397 | // Constant! | ||||||
398 | assert(ConstantValue.isFloat())((ConstantValue.isFloat()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ConstantValue.isFloat()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 398, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
399 | llvm::APFloat FloatVal = ConstantValue.getFloat(); | ||||||
400 | // Convert the source value into the target type. | ||||||
401 | bool ignored; | ||||||
402 | llvm::APFloat::opStatus ConvertStatus = FloatVal.convert( | ||||||
403 | Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType), | ||||||
404 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); | ||||||
405 | // If there was no overflow, the source value is within the range of | ||||||
406 | // values that can be represented. | ||||||
407 | if (ConvertStatus & llvm::APFloat::opOverflow) { | ||||||
408 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||
409 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||
410 | } | ||||||
411 | } else { | ||||||
412 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||
413 | } | ||||||
414 | } | ||||||
415 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||
416 | |||||||
417 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to an integer type | ||||||
418 | // that cannot represent all the values of the original type, except where | ||||||
419 | // the source is a constant expression and the actual value after | ||||||
420 | // conversion will fit into the target type and will produce the original | ||||||
421 | // value when converted back to the original type. | ||||||
422 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: | ||||||
423 | IntegralConversion: { | ||||||
424 | assert(FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())((FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 424, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
425 | assert(ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())((ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 425, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
426 | const bool FromSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||||
427 | const unsigned FromWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(FromType); | ||||||
428 | const bool ToSigned = ToType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||||
429 | const unsigned ToWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(ToType); | ||||||
430 | |||||||
431 | if (FromWidth > ToWidth || | ||||||
432 | (FromWidth == ToWidth && FromSigned != ToSigned) || | ||||||
433 | (FromSigned && !ToSigned)) { | ||||||
434 | // Not all values of FromType can be represented in ToType. | ||||||
435 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||
436 | |||||||
437 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||
438 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||
439 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||
440 | |||||||
441 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> OptInitializerValue; | ||||||
442 | if (!(OptInitializerValue = Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx))) { | ||||||
443 | // Such conversions on variables are always narrowing. | ||||||
444 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||
445 | } | ||||||
446 | llvm::APSInt &InitializerValue = *OptInitializerValue; | ||||||
447 | bool Narrowing = false; | ||||||
448 | if (FromWidth < ToWidth) { | ||||||
449 | // Negative -> unsigned is narrowing. Otherwise, more bits is never | ||||||
450 | // narrowing. | ||||||
451 | if (InitializerValue.isSigned() && InitializerValue.isNegative()) | ||||||
452 | Narrowing = true; | ||||||
453 | } else { | ||||||
454 | // Add a bit to the InitializerValue so we don't have to worry about | ||||||
455 | // signed vs. unsigned comparisons. | ||||||
456 | InitializerValue = InitializerValue.extend( | ||||||
457 | InitializerValue.getBitWidth() + 1); | ||||||
458 | // Convert the initializer to and from the target width and signed-ness. | ||||||
459 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = InitializerValue; | ||||||
460 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.trunc(ToWidth); | ||||||
461 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(ToSigned); | ||||||
462 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.extend(InitializerValue.getBitWidth()); | ||||||
463 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(InitializerValue.isSigned()); | ||||||
464 | // If the result is different, this was a narrowing conversion. | ||||||
465 | if (ConvertedValue != InitializerValue) | ||||||
466 | Narrowing = true; | ||||||
467 | } | ||||||
468 | if (Narrowing) { | ||||||
469 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||
470 | ConstantValue = APValue(InitializerValue); | ||||||
471 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||
472 | } | ||||||
473 | } | ||||||
474 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||
475 | } | ||||||
476 | |||||||
477 | default: | ||||||
478 | // Other kinds of conversions are not narrowings. | ||||||
479 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||
480 | } | ||||||
481 | } | ||||||
482 | |||||||
483 | /// dump - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard | ||||||
484 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||
485 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD__attribute__((noinline)) __attribute__((__used__)) void StandardConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||
486 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||
487 | bool PrintedSomething = false; | ||||||
488 | if (First != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||
489 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First); | ||||||
490 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||
491 | } | ||||||
492 | |||||||
493 | if (Second != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||
494 | if (PrintedSomething) { | ||||||
495 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||
496 | } | ||||||
497 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second); | ||||||
498 | |||||||
499 | if (CopyConstructor) { | ||||||
500 | OS << " (by copy constructor)"; | ||||||
501 | } else if (DirectBinding) { | ||||||
502 | OS << " (direct reference binding)"; | ||||||
503 | } else if (ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||
504 | OS << " (reference binding)"; | ||||||
505 | } | ||||||
506 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||
507 | } | ||||||
508 | |||||||
509 | if (Third != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||
510 | if (PrintedSomething) { | ||||||
511 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||
512 | } | ||||||
513 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third); | ||||||
514 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||
515 | } | ||||||
516 | |||||||
517 | if (!PrintedSomething) { | ||||||
518 | OS << "No conversions required"; | ||||||
519 | } | ||||||
520 | } | ||||||
521 | |||||||
522 | /// dump - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard | ||||||
523 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||
524 | void UserDefinedConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||
525 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||
526 | if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) { | ||||||
527 | Before.dump(); | ||||||
528 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||
529 | } | ||||||
530 | if (ConversionFunction) | ||||||
531 | OS << '\'' << *ConversionFunction << '\''; | ||||||
532 | else | ||||||
533 | OS << "aggregate initialization"; | ||||||
534 | if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) { | ||||||
535 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||
536 | After.dump(); | ||||||
537 | } | ||||||
538 | } | ||||||
539 | |||||||
540 | /// dump - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard | ||||||
541 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||
542 | void ImplicitConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||
543 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||
544 | if (isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||
545 | OS << "Worst std::initializer_list element conversion: "; | ||||||
546 | switch (ConversionKind) { | ||||||
547 | case StandardConversion: | ||||||
548 | OS << "Standard conversion: "; | ||||||
549 | Standard.dump(); | ||||||
550 | break; | ||||||
551 | case UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||
552 | OS << "User-defined conversion: "; | ||||||
553 | UserDefined.dump(); | ||||||
554 | break; | ||||||
555 | case EllipsisConversion: | ||||||
556 | OS << "Ellipsis conversion"; | ||||||
557 | break; | ||||||
558 | case AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||
559 | OS << "Ambiguous conversion"; | ||||||
560 | break; | ||||||
561 | case BadConversion: | ||||||
562 | OS << "Bad conversion"; | ||||||
563 | break; | ||||||
564 | } | ||||||
565 | |||||||
566 | OS << "\n"; | ||||||
567 | } | ||||||
568 | |||||||
569 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() { | ||||||
570 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(); | ||||||
571 | } | ||||||
572 | |||||||
573 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() { | ||||||
574 | conversions().~ConversionSet(); | ||||||
575 | } | ||||||
576 | |||||||
577 | void | ||||||
578 | AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) { | ||||||
579 | FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr; | ||||||
580 | ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr; | ||||||
581 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions()); | ||||||
582 | } | ||||||
583 | |||||||
584 | namespace { | ||||||
585 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store | ||||||
586 | // template argument information. | ||||||
587 | struct DFIArguments { | ||||||
588 | TemplateArgument FirstArg; | ||||||
589 | TemplateArgument SecondArg; | ||||||
590 | }; | ||||||
591 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store | ||||||
592 | // template parameter and template argument information. | ||||||
593 | struct DFIParamWithArguments : DFIArguments { | ||||||
594 | TemplateParameter Param; | ||||||
595 | }; | ||||||
596 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store template argument | ||||||
597 | // information and the index of the problematic call argument. | ||||||
598 | struct DFIDeducedMismatchArgs : DFIArguments { | ||||||
599 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; | ||||||
600 | unsigned CallArgIndex; | ||||||
601 | }; | ||||||
602 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store information about | ||||||
603 | // unsatisfied constraints. | ||||||
604 | struct CNSInfo { | ||||||
605 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; | ||||||
606 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||
607 | }; | ||||||
608 | } | ||||||
609 | |||||||
610 | /// Convert from Sema's representation of template deduction information | ||||||
611 | /// to the form used in overload-candidate information. | ||||||
612 | DeductionFailureInfo | ||||||
613 | clang::MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
614 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, | ||||||
615 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | ||||||
616 | DeductionFailureInfo Result; | ||||||
617 | Result.Result = static_cast<unsigned>(TDK); | ||||||
618 | Result.HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||
619 | switch (TDK) { | ||||||
620 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||
621 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||
622 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||
623 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||
624 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||
625 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||
626 | Result.Data = nullptr; | ||||||
627 | break; | ||||||
628 | |||||||
629 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||
630 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||
631 | Result.Data = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue(); | ||||||
632 | break; | ||||||
633 | |||||||
634 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
635 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: { | ||||||
636 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||
637 | auto *Saved = new (Context) DFIDeducedMismatchArgs; | ||||||
638 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||
639 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||
640 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); | ||||||
641 | Saved->CallArgIndex = Info.CallArgIndex; | ||||||
642 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||
643 | break; | ||||||
644 | } | ||||||
645 | |||||||
646 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: { | ||||||
647 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||
648 | DFIArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIArguments; | ||||||
649 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||
650 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||
651 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||
652 | break; | ||||||
653 | } | ||||||
654 | |||||||
655 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||
656 | // FIXME: It's slightly wasteful to allocate two TemplateArguments for this. | ||||||
657 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||
658 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: { | ||||||
659 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||
660 | DFIParamWithArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIParamWithArguments; | ||||||
661 | Saved->Param = Info.Param; | ||||||
662 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||
663 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||
664 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||
665 | break; | ||||||
666 | } | ||||||
667 | |||||||
668 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||
669 | Result.Data = Info.take(); | ||||||
670 | if (Info.hasSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||
671 | PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = new (Result.Diagnostic) PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||||
672 | SourceLocation(), PartialDiagnostic::NullDiagnostic()); | ||||||
673 | Info.takeSFINAEDiagnostic(*Diag); | ||||||
674 | Result.HasDiagnostic = true; | ||||||
675 | } | ||||||
676 | break; | ||||||
677 | |||||||
678 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: { | ||||||
679 | CNSInfo *Saved = new (Context) CNSInfo; | ||||||
680 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); | ||||||
681 | Saved->Satisfaction = Info.AssociatedConstraintsSatisfaction; | ||||||
682 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||
683 | break; | ||||||
684 | } | ||||||
685 | |||||||
686 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||
687 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||
688 | llvm_unreachable("not a deduction failure")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("not a deduction failure", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 688); | ||||||
689 | } | ||||||
690 | |||||||
691 | return Result; | ||||||
692 | } | ||||||
693 | |||||||
694 | void DeductionFailureInfo::Destroy() { | ||||||
695 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||
696 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||
697 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||
698 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||
699 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||
700 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||
701 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||
702 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||
703 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||
704 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||
705 | break; | ||||||
706 | |||||||
707 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||
708 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||
709 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||
710 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
711 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||
712 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||
713 | // FIXME: Destroy the data? | ||||||
714 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||
715 | break; | ||||||
716 | |||||||
717 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||
718 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? | ||||||
719 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||
720 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||
721 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); | ||||||
722 | HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||
723 | } | ||||||
724 | break; | ||||||
725 | |||||||
726 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||
727 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? | ||||||
728 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||
729 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||
730 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); | ||||||
731 | HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||
732 | } | ||||||
733 | break; | ||||||
734 | |||||||
735 | // Unhandled | ||||||
736 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||
737 | break; | ||||||
738 | } | ||||||
739 | } | ||||||
740 | |||||||
741 | PartialDiagnosticAt *DeductionFailureInfo::getSFINAEDiagnostic() { | ||||||
742 | if (HasDiagnostic) | ||||||
743 | return static_cast<PartialDiagnosticAt*>(static_cast<void*>(Diagnostic)); | ||||||
744 | return nullptr; | ||||||
745 | } | ||||||
746 | |||||||
747 | TemplateParameter DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateParameter() { | ||||||
748 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||
749 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||
750 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||
751 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||
752 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||
753 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||
754 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||
755 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
756 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||
757 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||
758 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||
759 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||
760 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||
761 | return TemplateParameter(); | ||||||
762 | |||||||
763 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||
764 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||
765 | return TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(Data); | ||||||
766 | |||||||
767 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||
768 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||
769 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||
770 | return static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->Param; | ||||||
771 | |||||||
772 | // Unhandled | ||||||
773 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||
774 | break; | ||||||
775 | } | ||||||
776 | |||||||
777 | return TemplateParameter(); | ||||||
778 | } | ||||||
779 | |||||||
780 | TemplateArgumentList *DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateArgumentList() { | ||||||
781 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||
782 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||
783 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||
784 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||
785 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||
786 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||
787 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||
788 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||
789 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||
790 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||
791 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||
792 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||
793 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||
794 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||
795 | return nullptr; | ||||||
796 | |||||||
797 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
798 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||
799 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; | ||||||
800 | |||||||
801 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||
802 | return static_cast<TemplateArgumentList*>(Data); | ||||||
803 | |||||||
804 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||
805 | return static_cast<CNSInfo*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; | ||||||
806 | |||||||
807 | // Unhandled | ||||||
808 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||
809 | break; | ||||||
810 | } | ||||||
811 | |||||||
812 | return nullptr; | ||||||
813 | } | ||||||
814 | |||||||
815 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getFirstArg() { | ||||||
816 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||
817 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||
818 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||
819 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||
820 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||
821 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||
822 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||
823 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||
824 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||
825 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||
826 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||
827 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||
828 | return nullptr; | ||||||
829 | |||||||
830 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||
831 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||
832 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||
833 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
834 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||
835 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||
836 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->FirstArg; | ||||||
837 | |||||||
838 | // Unhandled | ||||||
839 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||
840 | break; | ||||||
841 | } | ||||||
842 | |||||||
843 | return nullptr; | ||||||
844 | } | ||||||
845 | |||||||
846 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getSecondArg() { | ||||||
847 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||
848 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||
849 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||
850 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||
851 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||
852 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||
853 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||
854 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||
855 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||
856 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||
857 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||
858 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||
859 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||
860 | return nullptr; | ||||||
861 | |||||||
862 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||
863 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||
864 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
865 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||
866 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||
867 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->SecondArg; | ||||||
868 | |||||||
869 | // Unhandled | ||||||
870 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||
871 | break; | ||||||
872 | } | ||||||
873 | |||||||
874 | return nullptr; | ||||||
875 | } | ||||||
876 | |||||||
877 | llvm::Optional<unsigned> DeductionFailureInfo::getCallArgIndex() { | ||||||
878 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||
879 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
880 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||
881 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->CallArgIndex; | ||||||
882 | |||||||
883 | default: | ||||||
884 | return llvm::None; | ||||||
885 | } | ||||||
886 | } | ||||||
887 | |||||||
888 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( | ||||||
889 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||||
890 | if (!AllowRewrittenCandidates) | ||||||
891 | return false; | ||||||
892 | return Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_Spaceship; | ||||||
893 | } | ||||||
894 | |||||||
895 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( | ||||||
896 | ASTContext &Ctx, const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||
897 | if (!shouldAddReversed(FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator())) | ||||||
898 | return false; | ||||||
899 | // Don't bother adding a reversed candidate that can never be a better | ||||||
900 | // match than the non-reversed version. | ||||||
901 | return FD->getNumParams() != 2 || | ||||||
902 | !Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType(), | ||||||
903 | FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()) || | ||||||
904 | FD->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||
905 | } | ||||||
906 | |||||||
907 | void OverloadCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() { | ||||||
908 | for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||
909 | for (auto &C : i->Conversions) | ||||||
910 | C.~ImplicitConversionSequence(); | ||||||
911 | if (!i->Viable && i->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||||
912 | i->DeductionFailure.Destroy(); | ||||||
913 | } | ||||||
914 | } | ||||||
915 | |||||||
916 | void OverloadCandidateSet::clear(CandidateSetKind CSK) { | ||||||
917 | destroyCandidates(); | ||||||
918 | SlabAllocator.Reset(); | ||||||
919 | NumInlineBytesUsed = 0; | ||||||
920 | Candidates.clear(); | ||||||
921 | Functions.clear(); | ||||||
922 | Kind = CSK; | ||||||
923 | } | ||||||
924 | |||||||
925 | namespace { | ||||||
926 | class UnbridgedCastsSet { | ||||||
927 | struct Entry { | ||||||
928 | Expr **Addr; | ||||||
929 | Expr *Saved; | ||||||
930 | }; | ||||||
931 | SmallVector<Entry, 2> Entries; | ||||||
932 | |||||||
933 | public: | ||||||
934 | void save(Sema &S, Expr *&E) { | ||||||
935 | assert(E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast))((E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 935, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
936 | Entry entry = { &E, E }; | ||||||
937 | Entries.push_back(entry); | ||||||
938 | E = S.stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); | ||||||
939 | } | ||||||
940 | |||||||
941 | void restore() { | ||||||
942 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Entry>::iterator | ||||||
943 | i = Entries.begin(), e = Entries.end(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||
944 | *i->Addr = i->Saved; | ||||||
945 | } | ||||||
946 | }; | ||||||
947 | } | ||||||
948 | |||||||
949 | /// checkPlaceholderForOverload - Do any interesting placeholder-like | ||||||
950 | /// preprocessing on the given expression. | ||||||
951 | /// | ||||||
952 | /// \param unbridgedCasts a collection to which to add unbridged casts; | ||||||
953 | /// without this, they will be immediately diagnosed as errors | ||||||
954 | /// | ||||||
955 | /// Return true on unrecoverable error. | ||||||
956 | static bool | ||||||
957 | checkPlaceholderForOverload(Sema &S, Expr *&E, | ||||||
958 | UnbridgedCastsSet *unbridgedCasts = nullptr) { | ||||||
959 | if (const BuiltinType *placeholder = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||
960 | // We can't handle overloaded expressions here because overload | ||||||
961 | // resolution might reasonably tweak them. | ||||||
962 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) return false; | ||||||
963 | |||||||
964 | // If the context potentially accepts unbridged ARC casts, strip | ||||||
965 | // the unbridged cast and add it to the collection for later restoration. | ||||||
966 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast && | ||||||
967 | unbridgedCasts) { | ||||||
968 | unbridgedCasts->save(S, E); | ||||||
969 | return false; | ||||||
970 | } | ||||||
971 | |||||||
972 | // Go ahead and check everything else. | ||||||
973 | ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||
974 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||||
975 | return true; | ||||||
976 | |||||||
977 | E = result.get(); | ||||||
978 | return false; | ||||||
979 | } | ||||||
980 | |||||||
981 | // Nothing to do. | ||||||
982 | return false; | ||||||
983 | } | ||||||
984 | |||||||
985 | /// checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload - Check a set of call operands for | ||||||
986 | /// placeholders. | ||||||
987 | static bool checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(Sema &S, | ||||||
988 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||
989 | UnbridgedCastsSet &unbridged) { | ||||||
990 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||
991 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, Args[i], &unbridged)) | ||||||
992 | return true; | ||||||
993 | |||||||
994 | return false; | ||||||
995 | } | ||||||
996 | |||||||
997 | /// Determine whether the given New declaration is an overload of the | ||||||
998 | /// declarations in Old. This routine returns Ovl_Match or Ovl_NonFunction if | ||||||
999 | /// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same signature as | ||||||
1000 | /// some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declarations aren't | ||||||
1001 | /// functions (or function templates) at all. When it does return Ovl_Match or | ||||||
1002 | /// Ovl_NonFunction, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New cannot be | ||||||
1003 | /// overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on top of the underlying | ||||||
1004 | /// declaration. | ||||||
1005 | /// | ||||||
1006 | /// Example: Given the following input: | ||||||
1007 | /// | ||||||
1008 | /// void f(int, float); // #1 | ||||||
1009 | /// void f(int, int); // #2 | ||||||
1010 | /// int f(int, int); // #3 | ||||||
1011 | /// | ||||||
1012 | /// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f", so IsOverload | ||||||
1013 | /// will not be used. | ||||||
1014 | /// | ||||||
1015 | /// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing | ||||||
1016 | /// the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they have | ||||||
1017 | /// different signatures), so this routine returns Ovl_Overload; MatchedDecl is | ||||||
1018 | /// unchanged. | ||||||
1019 | /// | ||||||
1020 | /// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We compare | ||||||
1021 | /// the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do nothing) and then | ||||||
1022 | /// #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are identical (return types of | ||||||
1023 | /// functions are not part of the signature), IsOverload returns Ovl_Match and | ||||||
1024 | /// MatchedDecl will be set to point to the FunctionDecl for #2. | ||||||
1025 | /// | ||||||
1026 | /// 'NewIsUsingShadowDecl' indicates that 'New' is being introduced into a class | ||||||
1027 | /// by a using declaration. The rules for whether to hide shadow declarations | ||||||
1028 | /// ignore some properties which otherwise figure into a function template's | ||||||
1029 | /// signature. | ||||||
1030 | Sema::OverloadKind | ||||||
1031 | Sema::CheckOverload(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old, | ||||||
1032 | NamedDecl *&Match, bool NewIsUsingDecl) { | ||||||
1033 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end(); | ||||||
1034 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
1035 | NamedDecl *OldD = *I; | ||||||
1036 | |||||||
1037 | bool OldIsUsingDecl = false; | ||||||
1038 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||
1039 | OldIsUsingDecl = true; | ||||||
1040 | |||||||
1041 | // We can always introduce two using declarations into the same | ||||||
1042 | // context, even if they have identical signatures. | ||||||
1043 | if (NewIsUsingDecl) continue; | ||||||
1044 | |||||||
1045 | OldD = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
1046 | } | ||||||
1047 | |||||||
1048 | // A using-declaration does not conflict with another declaration | ||||||
1049 | // if one of them is hidden. | ||||||
1050 | if ((OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && !isVisible(*I)) | ||||||
1051 | continue; | ||||||
1052 | |||||||
1053 | // If either declaration was introduced by a using declaration, | ||||||
1054 | // we'll need to use slightly different rules for matching. | ||||||
1055 | // Essentially, these rules are the normal rules, except that | ||||||
1056 | // function templates hide function templates with different | ||||||
1057 | // return types or template parameter lists. | ||||||
1058 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = | ||||||
1059 | (OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && CurContext->isRecord() && | ||||||
1060 | !New->getFriendObjectKind(); | ||||||
1061 | |||||||
1062 | if (FunctionDecl *OldF = OldD->getAsFunction()) { | ||||||
1063 | if (!IsOverload(New, OldF, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) { | ||||||
1064 | if (UseMemberUsingDeclRules && OldIsUsingDecl) { | ||||||
1065 | HideUsingShadowDecl(S, cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*I)); | ||||||
1066 | continue; | ||||||
1067 | } | ||||||
1068 | |||||||
1069 | if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD) && | ||||||
1070 | !shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(*I, New)) | ||||||
1071 | continue; | ||||||
1072 | |||||||
1073 | Match = *I; | ||||||
1074 | return Ovl_Match; | ||||||
1075 | } | ||||||
1076 | |||||||
1077 | // Builtins that have custom typechecking or have a reference should | ||||||
1078 | // not be overloadable or redeclarable. | ||||||
1079 | if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(OldF)) { | ||||||
1080 | Match = *I; | ||||||
1081 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||
1082 | } | ||||||
1083 | } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<UsingPackDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||
1084 | // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing | ||||||
1085 | // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls. | ||||||
1086 | assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName)((Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1086, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1087 | } else if (isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||
1088 | // We can always overload with tags by hiding them. | ||||||
1089 | } else if (auto *UUD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||
1090 | // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will | ||||||
1091 | // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during | ||||||
1092 | // template instantiation. | ||||||
1093 | // | ||||||
1094 | // Exception: if the scope is dependent and this is not a class | ||||||
1095 | // member, the using declaration can only introduce an enumerator. | ||||||
1096 | if (UUD->getQualifier()->isDependent() && !UUD->isCXXClassMember()) { | ||||||
1097 | Match = *I; | ||||||
1098 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||
1099 | } | ||||||
1100 | } else { | ||||||
1101 | // (C++ 13p1): | ||||||
1102 | // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type | ||||||
1103 | // declarations cannot be overloaded. | ||||||
1104 | Match = *I; | ||||||
1105 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||
1106 | } | ||||||
1107 | } | ||||||
1108 | |||||||
1109 | // C++ [temp.friend]p1: | ||||||
1110 | // For a friend function declaration that is not a template declaration: | ||||||
1111 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified or unqualified template-id, | ||||||
1112 | // [...], otherwise | ||||||
1113 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching | ||||||
1114 | // non-template function is found in the specified class or namespace, | ||||||
1115 | // the friend declaration refers to that function, otherwise, | ||||||
1116 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching function | ||||||
1117 | // template is found in the specified class or namespace, the friend | ||||||
1118 | // declaration refers to the deduced specialization of that function | ||||||
1119 | // template, otherwise | ||||||
1120 | // -- the name shall be an unqualified-id [...] | ||||||
1121 | // If we get here for a qualified friend declaration, we've just reached the | ||||||
1122 | // third bullet. If the type of the friend is dependent, skip this lookup | ||||||
1123 | // until instantiation. | ||||||
1124 | if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && New->getQualifier() && | ||||||
1125 | !New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && | ||||||
1126 | !New->getDependentSpecializationInfo() && | ||||||
1127 | !New->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||
1128 | LookupResult TemplateSpecResult(LookupResult::Temporary, Old); | ||||||
1129 | TemplateSpecResult.addAllDecls(Old); | ||||||
1130 | if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(New, nullptr, TemplateSpecResult, | ||||||
1131 | /*QualifiedFriend*/true)) { | ||||||
1132 | New->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
1133 | return Ovl_Overload; | ||||||
1134 | } | ||||||
1135 | |||||||
1136 | Match = TemplateSpecResult.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>(); | ||||||
1137 | return Ovl_Match; | ||||||
1138 | } | ||||||
1139 | |||||||
1140 | return Ovl_Overload; | ||||||
1141 | } | ||||||
1142 | |||||||
1143 | bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, | ||||||
1144 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules, bool ConsiderCudaAttrs, | ||||||
1145 | bool ConsiderRequiresClauses) { | ||||||
1146 | // C++ [basic.start.main]p2: This function shall not be overloaded. | ||||||
1147 | if (New->isMain()) | ||||||
1148 | return false; | ||||||
1149 | |||||||
1150 | // MSVCRT user defined entry points cannot be overloaded. | ||||||
1151 | if (New->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) | ||||||
1152 | return false; | ||||||
1153 | |||||||
1154 | FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | ||||||
1155 | FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | ||||||
1156 | |||||||
1157 | // C++ [temp.fct]p2: | ||||||
1158 | // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates | ||||||
1159 | // and with normal (non-template) functions. | ||||||
1160 | if ((OldTemplate == nullptr) != (NewTemplate == nullptr)) | ||||||
1161 | return true; | ||||||
1162 | |||||||
1163 | // Is the function New an overload of the function Old? | ||||||
1164 | QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); | ||||||
1165 | QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); | ||||||
1166 | |||||||
1167 | // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to | ||||||
1168 | // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch | ||||||
1169 | // in the signature, they are overloads. | ||||||
1170 | |||||||
1171 | // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no | ||||||
1172 | // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures. | ||||||
1173 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) || | ||||||
1174 | isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())) | ||||||
1175 | return false; | ||||||
1176 | |||||||
1177 | const FunctionProtoType *OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType); | ||||||
1178 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType); | ||||||
1179 | |||||||
1180 | // The signature of a function includes the types of its | ||||||
1181 | // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence | ||||||
1182 | // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357). | ||||||
1183 | if (OldQType != NewQType && | ||||||
1184 | (OldType->getNumParams() != NewType->getNumParams() || | ||||||
1185 | OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() || | ||||||
1186 | !FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(OldType, NewType))) | ||||||
1187 | return true; | ||||||
1188 | |||||||
1189 | // C++ [temp.over.link]p4: | ||||||
1190 | // The signature of a function template consists of its function | ||||||
1191 | // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names | ||||||
1192 | // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the | ||||||
1193 | // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the | ||||||
1194 | // signature. | ||||||
1195 | // | ||||||
1196 | // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function | ||||||
1197 | // templates first; the remaining checks follow. | ||||||
1198 | // | ||||||
1199 | // However, we don't consider either of these when deciding whether | ||||||
1200 | // a member introduced by a shadow declaration is hidden. | ||||||
1201 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && NewTemplate && | ||||||
1202 | (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||||
1203 | OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||||
1204 | false, TPL_TemplateMatch) || | ||||||
1205 | !Context.hasSameType(Old->getDeclaredReturnType(), | ||||||
1206 | New->getDeclaredReturnType()))) | ||||||
1207 | return true; | ||||||
1208 | |||||||
1209 | // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the | ||||||
1210 | // cv-qualifiers (if any) and ref-qualifier (if any) on the function itself. | ||||||
1211 | // | ||||||
1212 | // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions | ||||||
1213 | // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++ | ||||||
1214 | // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature, | ||||||
1215 | // this check is important to determine whether these functions | ||||||
1216 | // can be overloaded. | ||||||
1217 | CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); | ||||||
1218 | CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); | ||||||
1219 | if (OldMethod && NewMethod && | ||||||
1220 | !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic()) { | ||||||
1221 | if (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() != NewMethod->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||||
1222 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && | ||||||
1223 | (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None || | ||||||
1224 | NewMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None)) { | ||||||
1225 | // C++0x [over.load]p2: | ||||||
1226 | // - Member function declarations with the same name and the same | ||||||
1227 | // parameter-type-list as well as member function template | ||||||
1228 | // declarations with the same name, the same parameter-type-list, and | ||||||
1229 | // the same template parameter lists cannot be overloaded if any of | ||||||
1230 | // them, but not all, have a ref-qualifier (8.3.5). | ||||||
1231 | Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_qualifier_overload) | ||||||
1232 | << NewMethod->getRefQualifier() << OldMethod->getRefQualifier(); | ||||||
1233 | Diag(OldMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||||
1234 | } | ||||||
1235 | return true; | ||||||
1236 | } | ||||||
1237 | |||||||
1238 | // We may not have applied the implicit const for a constexpr member | ||||||
1239 | // function yet (because we haven't yet resolved whether this is a static | ||||||
1240 | // or non-static member function). Add it now, on the assumption that this | ||||||
1241 | // is a redeclaration of OldMethod. | ||||||
1242 | auto OldQuals = OldMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||
1243 | auto NewQuals = NewMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||
1244 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && NewMethod->isConstexpr() && | ||||||
1245 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewMethod)) | ||||||
1246 | NewQuals.addConst(); | ||||||
1247 | // We do not allow overloading based off of '__restrict'. | ||||||
1248 | OldQuals.removeRestrict(); | ||||||
1249 | NewQuals.removeRestrict(); | ||||||
1250 | if (OldQuals != NewQuals) | ||||||
1251 | return true; | ||||||
1252 | } | ||||||
1253 | |||||||
1254 | // Though pass_object_size is placed on parameters and takes an argument, we | ||||||
1255 | // consider it to be a function-level modifier for the sake of function | ||||||
1256 | // identity. Either the function has one or more parameters with | ||||||
1257 | // pass_object_size or it doesn't. | ||||||
1258 | if (functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(New) != | ||||||
1259 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Old)) | ||||||
1260 | return true; | ||||||
1261 | |||||||
1262 | // enable_if attributes are an order-sensitive part of the signature. | ||||||
1263 | for (specific_attr_iterator<EnableIfAttr> | ||||||
1264 | NewI = New->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||
1265 | NewE = New->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||
1266 | OldI = Old->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||
1267 | OldE = Old->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||
1268 | NewI != NewE || OldI != OldE; ++NewI, ++OldI) { | ||||||
1269 | if (NewI == NewE || OldI == OldE) | ||||||
1270 | return true; | ||||||
1271 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; | ||||||
1272 | NewI->getCond()->Profile(NewID, Context, true); | ||||||
1273 | OldI->getCond()->Profile(OldID, Context, true); | ||||||
1274 | if (NewID != OldID) | ||||||
1275 | return true; | ||||||
1276 | } | ||||||
1277 | |||||||
1278 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && ConsiderCudaAttrs) { | ||||||
1279 | // Don't allow overloading of destructors. (In theory we could, but it | ||||||
1280 | // would be a giant change to clang.) | ||||||
1281 | if (!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(New)) { | ||||||
1282 | CUDAFunctionTarget NewTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(New), | ||||||
1283 | OldTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Old); | ||||||
1284 | if (NewTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) { | ||||||
1285 | assert((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) &&(((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1286 | "Unexpected invalid target.")(((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1287 | |||||||
1288 | // Allow overloading of functions with same signature and different CUDA | ||||||
1289 | // target attributes. | ||||||
1290 | if (NewTarget != OldTarget) | ||||||
1291 | return true; | ||||||
1292 | } | ||||||
1293 | } | ||||||
1294 | } | ||||||
1295 | |||||||
1296 | if (ConsiderRequiresClauses) { | ||||||
1297 | Expr *NewRC = New->getTrailingRequiresClause(), | ||||||
1298 | *OldRC = Old->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||||
1299 | if ((NewRC != nullptr) != (OldRC != nullptr)) | ||||||
1300 | // RC are most certainly different - these are overloads. | ||||||
1301 | return true; | ||||||
1302 | |||||||
1303 | if (NewRC) { | ||||||
1304 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; | ||||||
1305 | NewRC->Profile(NewID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); | ||||||
1306 | OldRC->Profile(OldID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); | ||||||
1307 | if (NewID != OldID) | ||||||
1308 | // RCs are not equivalent - these are overloads. | ||||||
1309 | return true; | ||||||
1310 | } | ||||||
1311 | } | ||||||
1312 | |||||||
1313 | // The signatures match; this is not an overload. | ||||||
1314 | return false; | ||||||
1315 | } | ||||||
1316 | |||||||
1317 | /// Tries a user-defined conversion from From to ToType. | ||||||
1318 | /// | ||||||
1319 | /// Produces an implicit conversion sequence for when a standard conversion | ||||||
1320 | /// is not an option. See TryImplicitConversion for more information. | ||||||
1321 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
1322 | TryUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
1323 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
1324 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||
1325 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1326 | bool CStyle, | ||||||
1327 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
1328 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||
1329 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||
1330 | |||||||
1331 | if (SuppressUserConversions) { | ||||||
1332 | // We're not in the case above, so there is no conversion that | ||||||
1333 | // we can perform. | ||||||
1334 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||
1335 | return ICS; | ||||||
1336 | } | ||||||
1337 | |||||||
1338 | // Attempt user-defined conversion. | ||||||
1339 | OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||
1340 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||
1341 | switch (IsUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, | ||||||
1342 | Conversions, AllowExplicit, | ||||||
1343 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) { | ||||||
1344 | case OR_Success: | ||||||
1345 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
1346 | ICS.setUserDefined(); | ||||||
1347 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: | ||||||
1348 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class | ||||||
1349 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an | ||||||
1350 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is | ||||||
1351 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy | ||||||
1352 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is | ||||||
1353 | // called for those cases. | ||||||
1354 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | ||||||
1355 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) { | ||||||
1356 | QualType FromCanon | ||||||
1357 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||
1358 | QualType ToCanon | ||||||
1359 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1360 | if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() && | ||||||
1361 | (FromCanon == ToCanon || | ||||||
1362 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromCanon, ToCanon))) { | ||||||
1363 | // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it | ||||||
1364 | // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences. | ||||||
1365 | DeclAccessPair Found = ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction; | ||||||
1366 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||
1367 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
1368 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType()); | ||||||
1369 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
1370 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor; | ||||||
1371 | ICS.Standard.FoundCopyConstructor = Found; | ||||||
1372 | if (ToCanon != FromCanon) | ||||||
1373 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||
1374 | } | ||||||
1375 | } | ||||||
1376 | break; | ||||||
1377 | |||||||
1378 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
1379 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); | ||||||
1380 | ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType()); | ||||||
1381 | ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType); | ||||||
1382 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin(); | ||||||
1383 | Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand) | ||||||
1384 | if (Cand->Best) | ||||||
1385 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); | ||||||
1386 | break; | ||||||
1387 | |||||||
1388 | // Fall through. | ||||||
1389 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||
1390 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||
1391 | break; | ||||||
1392 | } | ||||||
1393 | |||||||
1394 | return ICS; | ||||||
1395 | } | ||||||
1396 | |||||||
1397 | /// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion | ||||||
1398 | /// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This | ||||||
1399 | /// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used | ||||||
1400 | /// to perform the initialization. Given | ||||||
1401 | /// | ||||||
1402 | /// void f(float f); | ||||||
1403 | /// void g(int i) { f(i); } | ||||||
1404 | /// | ||||||
1405 | /// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to | ||||||
1406 | /// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard | ||||||
1407 | /// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ | ||||||
1408 | /// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9). | ||||||
1409 | // | ||||||
1410 | /// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be | ||||||
1411 | /// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such, | ||||||
1412 | /// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available, | ||||||
1413 | /// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind | ||||||
1414 | /// "BadConversion". | ||||||
1415 | /// | ||||||
1416 | /// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are | ||||||
1417 | /// not permitted. | ||||||
1418 | /// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are | ||||||
1419 | /// permitted. | ||||||
1420 | /// | ||||||
1421 | /// \param AllowObjCWritebackConversion Whether we allow the Objective-C | ||||||
1422 | /// writeback conversion, which allows __autoreleasing id* parameters to | ||||||
1423 | /// be initialized with __strong id* or __weak id* arguments. | ||||||
1424 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
1425 | TryImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
1426 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
1427 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||
1428 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1429 | bool CStyle, | ||||||
1430 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
1431 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||
1432 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||
1433 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1434 | ICS.Standard, CStyle, AllowObjCWritebackConversion)){ | ||||||
1435 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||
1436 | return ICS; | ||||||
1437 | } | ||||||
1438 | |||||||
1439 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
1440 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||
1441 | return ICS; | ||||||
1442 | } | ||||||
1443 | |||||||
1444 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: | ||||||
1445 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class | ||||||
1446 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an | ||||||
1447 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is | ||||||
1448 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy/move | ||||||
1449 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is | ||||||
1450 | // called for those cases. | ||||||
1451 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||
1452 | if (ToType->getAs<RecordType>() && FromType->getAs<RecordType>() && | ||||||
1453 | (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType) || | ||||||
1454 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType, ToType))) { | ||||||
1455 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||
1456 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
1457 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||
1458 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
1459 | |||||||
1460 | // We don't actually check at this point whether there is a valid | ||||||
1461 | // copy/move constructor, since overloading just assumes that it | ||||||
1462 | // exists. When we actually perform initialization, we'll find the | ||||||
1463 | // appropriate constructor to copy the returned object, if needed. | ||||||
1464 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||
1465 | |||||||
1466 | // Determine whether this is considered a derived-to-base conversion. | ||||||
1467 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||
1468 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||
1469 | |||||||
1470 | return ICS; | ||||||
1471 | } | ||||||
1472 | |||||||
1473 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
1474 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, | ||||||
1475 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
1476 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); | ||||||
1477 | } | ||||||
1478 | |||||||
1479 | ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
1480 | Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
1481 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
1482 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||
1483 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1484 | bool CStyle, | ||||||
1485 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||
1486 | return ::TryImplicitConversion(*this, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
1487 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, | ||||||
1488 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
1489 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
1490 | } | ||||||
1491 | |||||||
1492 | /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the | ||||||
1493 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Returns the | ||||||
1494 | /// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're | ||||||
1495 | /// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit, | ||||||
1496 | /// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted. | ||||||
1497 | ExprResult Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
1498 | AssignmentAction Action, | ||||||
1499 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||
1500 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||
1501 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
1502 | |||||||
1503 | // Objective-C ARC: Determine whether we will allow the writeback conversion. | ||||||
1504 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion | ||||||
1505 | = getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||||
1506 | (Action == AA_Passing || Action == AA_Sending); | ||||||
1507 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||
1508 | CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, | ||||||
1509 | From->getType(), From); | ||||||
1510 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = ::TryImplicitConversion( | ||||||
1511 | *this, From, ToType, | ||||||
1512 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
1513 | AllowExplicit ? AllowedExplicit::All : AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||
1514 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
1515 | /*CStyle=*/false, AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
1516 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
1517 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS, Action); | ||||||
1518 | } | ||||||
1519 | |||||||
1520 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid | ||||||
1521 | /// conversion that strips "noexcept" or "noreturn" off the nested function | ||||||
1522 | /// type. | ||||||
1523 | bool Sema::IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
1524 | QualType &ResultTy) { | ||||||
1525 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||
1526 | return false; | ||||||
1527 | |||||||
1528 | // Permit the conversion F(t __attribute__((noreturn))) -> F(t) | ||||||
1529 | // or F(t noexcept) -> F(t) | ||||||
1530 | // where F adds one of the following at most once: | ||||||
1531 | // - a pointer | ||||||
1532 | // - a member pointer | ||||||
1533 | // - a block pointer | ||||||
1534 | // Changes here need matching changes in FindCompositePointerType. | ||||||
1535 | CanQualType CanTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||
1536 | CanQualType CanFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||
1537 | Type::TypeClass TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
1538 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; | ||||||
1539 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) { | ||||||
1540 | if (TyClass == Type::Pointer) { | ||||||
1541 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1542 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1543 | } else if (TyClass == Type::BlockPointer) { | ||||||
1544 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1545 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1546 | } else if (TyClass == Type::MemberPointer) { | ||||||
1547 | auto ToMPT = CanTo.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
1548 | auto FromMPT = CanFrom.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
1549 | // A function pointer conversion cannot change the class of the function. | ||||||
1550 | if (ToMPT->getClass() != FromMPT->getClass()) | ||||||
1551 | return false; | ||||||
1552 | CanTo = ToMPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1553 | CanFrom = FromMPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1554 | } else { | ||||||
1555 | return false; | ||||||
1556 | } | ||||||
1557 | |||||||
1558 | TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
1559 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; | ||||||
1560 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) | ||||||
1561 | return false; | ||||||
1562 | } | ||||||
1563 | |||||||
1564 | const auto *FromFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanFrom); | ||||||
1565 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||||
1566 | |||||||
1567 | const auto *ToFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanTo); | ||||||
1568 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||||
1569 | |||||||
1570 | bool Changed = false; | ||||||
1571 | |||||||
1572 | // Drop 'noreturn' if not present in target type. | ||||||
1573 | if (FromEInfo.getNoReturn() && !ToEInfo.getNoReturn()) { | ||||||
1574 | FromFn = Context.adjustFunctionType(FromFn, FromEInfo.withNoReturn(false)); | ||||||
1575 | Changed = true; | ||||||
1576 | } | ||||||
1577 | |||||||
1578 | // Drop 'noexcept' if not present in target type. | ||||||
1579 | if (const auto *FromFPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFn)) { | ||||||
1580 | const auto *ToFPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFn); | ||||||
1581 | if (FromFPT->isNothrow() && !ToFPT->isNothrow()) { | ||||||
1582 | FromFn = cast<FunctionType>( | ||||||
1583 | Context.getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(QualType(FromFPT, 0), | ||||||
1584 | EST_None) | ||||||
1585 | .getTypePtr()); | ||||||
1586 | Changed = true; | ||||||
1587 | } | ||||||
1588 | |||||||
1589 | // Convert FromFPT's ExtParameterInfo if necessary. The conversion is valid | ||||||
1590 | // only if the ExtParameterInfo lists of the two function prototypes can be | ||||||
1591 | // merged and the merged list is identical to ToFPT's ExtParameterInfo list. | ||||||
1592 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; | ||||||
1593 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; | ||||||
1594 | if (Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFPT, FromFPT, CanUseToFPT, | ||||||
1595 | CanUseFromFPT, NewParamInfos) && | ||||||
1596 | CanUseToFPT && !CanUseFromFPT) { | ||||||
1597 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ExtInfo = FromFPT->getExtProtoInfo(); | ||||||
1598 | ExtInfo.ExtParameterInfos = | ||||||
1599 | NewParamInfos.empty() ? nullptr : NewParamInfos.data(); | ||||||
1600 | QualType QT = Context.getFunctionType(FromFPT->getReturnType(), | ||||||
1601 | FromFPT->getParamTypes(), ExtInfo); | ||||||
1602 | FromFn = QT->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||
1603 | Changed = true; | ||||||
1604 | } | ||||||
1605 | } | ||||||
1606 | |||||||
1607 | if (!Changed) | ||||||
1608 | return false; | ||||||
1609 | |||||||
1610 | assert(QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical())((QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1610, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1611 | if (QualType(FromFn, 0) != CanTo) return false; | ||||||
1612 | |||||||
1613 | ResultTy = ToType; | ||||||
1614 | return true; | ||||||
1615 | } | ||||||
1616 | |||||||
1617 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid | ||||||
1618 | /// vector conversion. | ||||||
1619 | /// | ||||||
1620 | /// \param ICK Will be set to the vector conversion kind, if this is a vector | ||||||
1621 | /// conversion. | ||||||
1622 | static bool IsVectorConversion(Sema &S, QualType FromType, | ||||||
1623 | QualType ToType, ImplicitConversionKind &ICK) { | ||||||
1624 | // We need at least one of these types to be a vector type to have a vector | ||||||
1625 | // conversion. | ||||||
1626 | if (!ToType->isVectorType() && !FromType->isVectorType()) | ||||||
1627 | return false; | ||||||
1628 | |||||||
1629 | // Identical types require no conversions. | ||||||
1630 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||
1631 | return false; | ||||||
1632 | |||||||
1633 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types, only identity. | ||||||
1634 | if (ToType->isExtVectorType()) { | ||||||
1635 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types other than the | ||||||
1636 | // identity conversion. | ||||||
1637 | if (FromType->isExtVectorType()) | ||||||
1638 | return false; | ||||||
1639 | |||||||
1640 | // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. | ||||||
1641 | if (FromType->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||||
1642 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Splat; | ||||||
1643 | return true; | ||||||
1644 | } | ||||||
1645 | } | ||||||
1646 | |||||||
1647 | if ((ToType->isSizelessBuiltinType() || FromType->isSizelessBuiltinType()) && | ||||||
1648 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||
1649 | ICK = ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion; | ||||||
1650 | return true; | ||||||
1651 | } | ||||||
1652 | |||||||
1653 | // We can perform the conversion between vector types in the following cases: | ||||||
1654 | // 1)vector types are equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types | ||||||
1655 | // 2)lax vector conversions are permitted and the vector types are of the | ||||||
1656 | // same size | ||||||
1657 | // 3)the destination type does not have the ARM MVE strict-polymorphism | ||||||
1658 | // attribute, which inhibits lax vector conversion for overload resolution | ||||||
1659 | // only | ||||||
1660 | if (ToType->isVectorType() && FromType->isVectorType()) { | ||||||
1661 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromType, ToType) || | ||||||
1662 | (S.isLaxVectorConversion(FromType, ToType) && | ||||||
1663 | !ToType->hasAttr(attr::ArmMveStrictPolymorphism))) { | ||||||
1664 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Conversion; | ||||||
1665 | return true; | ||||||
1666 | } | ||||||
1667 | } | ||||||
1668 | |||||||
1669 | return false; | ||||||
1670 | } | ||||||
1671 | |||||||
1672 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
1673 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1674 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||
1675 | bool CStyle); | ||||||
1676 | |||||||
1677 | /// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard | ||||||
1678 | /// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the | ||||||
1679 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences | ||||||
1680 | /// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class | ||||||
1681 | /// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will | ||||||
1682 | /// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this | ||||||
1683 | /// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this | ||||||
1684 | /// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified. | ||||||
1685 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
1686 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1687 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||
1688 | bool CStyle, | ||||||
1689 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||
1690 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||
1691 | |||||||
1692 | // Standard conversions (C++ [conv]) | ||||||
1693 | SCS.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
1694 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||
1695 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||
1696 | SCS.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||
1697 | |||||||
1698 | // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so | ||||||
1699 | // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit them. | ||||||
1700 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||
1701 | (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType())) | ||||||
1702 | return false; | ||||||
1703 | |||||||
1704 | // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, | ||||||
1705 | // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion | ||||||
1706 | // (C++ 4p1). | ||||||
1707 | |||||||
1708 | if (FromType == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||
1709 | DeclAccessPair AccessPair; | ||||||
1710 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn | ||||||
1711 | = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false, | ||||||
1712 | AccessPair)) { | ||||||
1713 | // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function, | ||||||
1714 | // so we can convert to the type of that function. | ||||||
1715 | FromType = Fn->getType(); | ||||||
1716 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||
1717 | |||||||
1718 | // we can sometimes resolve &foo<int> regardless of ToType, so check | ||||||
1719 | // if the type matches (identity) or we are converting to bool | ||||||
1720 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||||
1721 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), FromType)) { | ||||||
1722 | QualType resultTy; | ||||||
1723 | // if the function type matches except for [[noreturn]], it's ok | ||||||
1724 | if (!S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, | ||||||
1725 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), resultTy)) | ||||||
1726 | // otherwise, only a boolean conversion is standard | ||||||
1727 | if (!ToType->isBooleanType()) | ||||||
1728 | return false; | ||||||
1729 | } | ||||||
1730 | |||||||
1731 | // Check if the "from" expression is taking the address of an overloaded | ||||||
1732 | // function and recompute the FromType accordingly. Take advantage of the | ||||||
1733 | // fact that non-static member functions *must* have such an address-of | ||||||
1734 | // expression. | ||||||
1735 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn); | ||||||
1736 | if (Method && !Method->isStatic()) { | ||||||
1737 | assert(isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) &&((isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1738, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1738 | "Non-unary operator on non-static member address")((isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1738, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1739 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode()((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1741, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1740 | == UO_AddrOf &&((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1741, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1741 | "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address")((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1741, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1742 | const Type *ClassType | ||||||
1743 | = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent()).getTypePtr(); | ||||||
1744 | FromType = S.Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType, ClassType); | ||||||
1745 | } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||||
1746 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() ==((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1748, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1747 | UO_AddrOf &&((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1748, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1748 | "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression")((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1748, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1749 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); | ||||||
1750 | } | ||||||
1751 | |||||||
1752 | // Check that we've computed the proper type after overload resolution. | ||||||
1753 | // FIXME: FixOverloadedFunctionReference has side-effects; we shouldn't | ||||||
1754 | // be calling it from within an NDEBUG block. | ||||||
1755 | assert(S.Context.hasSameType(((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1757, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1756 | FromType,((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1757, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1757 | S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType()))((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1757, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1758 | } else { | ||||||
1759 | return false; | ||||||
1760 | } | ||||||
1761 | } | ||||||
1762 | // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++11 4.1): | ||||||
1763 | // A glvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can | ||||||
1764 | // be converted to a prvalue. | ||||||
1765 | bool argIsLValue = From->isGLValue(); | ||||||
1766 | if (argIsLValue && | ||||||
1767 | !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() && | ||||||
1768 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||
1769 | SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue; | ||||||
1770 | |||||||
1771 | // C11 6.3.2.1p2: | ||||||
1772 | // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version | ||||||
1773 | // of the type of the lvalue ... | ||||||
1774 | if (const AtomicType *Atomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||||
1775 | FromType = Atomic->getValueType(); | ||||||
1776 | |||||||
1777 | // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the | ||||||
1778 | // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue | ||||||
1779 | // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we | ||||||
1780 | // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter. | ||||||
1781 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1782 | } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) { | ||||||
1783 | // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2) | ||||||
1784 | SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer; | ||||||
1785 | |||||||
1786 | // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown | ||||||
1787 | // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to | ||||||
1788 | // T" (C++ 4.2p1). | ||||||
1789 | FromType = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | ||||||
1790 | |||||||
1791 | if (S.IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) { | ||||||
1792 | // This conversion is deprecated in C++03 (D.4) | ||||||
1793 | SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true; | ||||||
1794 | |||||||
1795 | // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution | ||||||
1796 | // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an | ||||||
1797 | // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification | ||||||
1798 | // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2) | ||||||
1799 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
1800 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; | ||||||
1801 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; | ||||||
1802 | SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType); | ||||||
1803 | return true; | ||||||
1804 | } | ||||||
1805 | } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLValue) { | ||||||
1806 | // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3). | ||||||
1807 | SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer; | ||||||
1808 | |||||||
1809 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(From->IgnoreParenCasts())) | ||||||
1810 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||||
1811 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD)) | ||||||
1812 | return false; | ||||||
1813 | |||||||
1814 | // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of | ||||||
1815 | // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the | ||||||
1816 | // function. (C++ 4.3p1). | ||||||
1817 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); | ||||||
1818 | } else { | ||||||
1819 | // We don't require any conversions for the first step. | ||||||
1820 | SCS.First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
1821 | } | ||||||
1822 | SCS.setToType(0, FromType); | ||||||
1823 | |||||||
1824 | // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating | ||||||
1825 | // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion, | ||||||
1826 | // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion, | ||||||
1827 | // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1). | ||||||
1828 | // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type" | ||||||
1829 | // conversion. | ||||||
1830 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||
1831 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondICK = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
1832 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||
1833 | // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no | ||||||
1834 | // conversion to do. | ||||||
1835 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
1836 | } else if (S.IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||
1837 | // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5). | ||||||
1838 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion; | ||||||
1839 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1840 | } else if (S.IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||
1841 | // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). | ||||||
1842 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion; | ||||||
1843 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1844 | } else if (S.IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||
1845 | // Complex promotion (Clang extension) | ||||||
1846 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion; | ||||||
1847 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1848 | } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() && | ||||||
1849 | (FromType->isArithmeticType() || | ||||||
1850 | FromType->isAnyPointerType() || | ||||||
1851 | FromType->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||
1852 | FromType->isMemberPointerType())) { | ||||||
1853 | // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12). | ||||||
1854 | SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion; | ||||||
1855 | FromType = S.Context.BoolTy; | ||||||
1856 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||
1857 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { | ||||||
1858 | // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7). | ||||||
1859 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion; | ||||||
1860 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1861 | } else if (FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isAnyComplexType()) { | ||||||
1862 | // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6) | ||||||
1863 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion; | ||||||
1864 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1865 | } else if ((FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) || | ||||||
1866 | (ToType->isAnyComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) { | ||||||
1867 | // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7) | ||||||
1868 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real; | ||||||
1869 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1870 | } else if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||
1871 | // FIXME: disable conversions between long double and __float128 if | ||||||
1872 | // their representation is different until there is back end support | ||||||
1873 | // We of course allow this conversion if long double is really double. | ||||||
1874 | |||||||
1875 | // Conversions between bfloat and other floats are not permitted. | ||||||
1876 | if (FromType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty || ToType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty) | ||||||
1877 | return false; | ||||||
1878 | if (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FromType) != | ||||||
1879 | &S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)) { | ||||||
1880 | bool Float128AndLongDouble = ((FromType == S.Context.Float128Ty && | ||||||
1881 | ToType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy) || | ||||||
1882 | (FromType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy && | ||||||
1883 | ToType == S.Context.Float128Ty)); | ||||||
1884 | if (Float128AndLongDouble && | ||||||
1885 | (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(S.Context.LongDoubleTy) == | ||||||
1886 | &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble())) | ||||||
1887 | return false; | ||||||
1888 | } | ||||||
1889 | // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8). | ||||||
1890 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion; | ||||||
1891 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1892 | } else if ((FromType->isRealFloatingType() && | ||||||
1893 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) || | ||||||
1894 | (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||
1895 | ToType->isRealFloatingType())) { | ||||||
1896 | // Conversions between bfloat and int are not permitted. | ||||||
1897 | if (FromType->isBFloat16Type() || ToType->isBFloat16Type()) | ||||||
1898 | return false; | ||||||
1899 | |||||||
1900 | // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9). | ||||||
1901 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral; | ||||||
1902 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1903 | } else if (S.IsBlockPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||
1904 | SCS.Second = ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||
1905 | } else if (AllowObjCWritebackConversion && | ||||||
1906 | S.isObjCWritebackConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||
1907 | SCS.Second = ICK_Writeback_Conversion; | ||||||
1908 | } else if (S.IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1909 | FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||
1910 | // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10). | ||||||
1911 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||
1912 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC; | ||||||
1913 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1914 | } else if (S.IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, | ||||||
1915 | InOverloadResolution, FromType)) { | ||||||
1916 | // Pointer to member conversions (4.11). | ||||||
1917 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member; | ||||||
1918 | } else if (IsVectorConversion(S, FromType, ToType, SecondICK)) { | ||||||
1919 | SCS.Second = SecondICK; | ||||||
1920 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1921 | } else if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||
1922 | S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||
1923 | // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading) | ||||||
1924 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; | ||||||
1925 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1926 | } else if (IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, | ||||||
1927 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1928 | SCS, CStyle)) { | ||||||
1929 | SCS.Second = ICK_TransparentUnionConversion; | ||||||
1930 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||
1931 | } else if (tryAtomicConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, SCS, | ||||||
1932 | CStyle)) { | ||||||
1933 | // tryAtomicConversion has updated the standard conversion sequence | ||||||
1934 | // appropriately. | ||||||
1935 | return true; | ||||||
1936 | } else if (ToType->isEventT() && | ||||||
1937 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && | ||||||
1938 | From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0) { | ||||||
1939 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion; | ||||||
1940 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||
1941 | } else if (ToType->isQueueT() && | ||||||
1942 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && | ||||||
1943 | (From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0)) { | ||||||
1944 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion; | ||||||
1945 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||
1946 | } else if (ToType->isSamplerT() && | ||||||
1947 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext())) { | ||||||
1948 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; | ||||||
1949 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||
1950 | } else { | ||||||
1951 | // No second conversion required. | ||||||
1952 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
1953 | } | ||||||
1954 | SCS.setToType(1, FromType); | ||||||
1955 | |||||||
1956 | // The third conversion can be a function pointer conversion or a | ||||||
1957 | // qualification conversion (C++ [conv.fctptr], [conv.qual]). | ||||||
1958 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||||
1959 | if (S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||
1960 | // Function pointer conversions (removing 'noexcept') including removal of | ||||||
1961 | // 'noreturn' (Clang extension). | ||||||
1962 | SCS.Third = ICK_Function_Conversion; | ||||||
1963 | } else if (S.IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType, CStyle, | ||||||
1964 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) { | ||||||
1965 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; | ||||||
1966 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||||
1967 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||
1968 | } else { | ||||||
1969 | // No conversion required | ||||||
1970 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
1971 | } | ||||||
1972 | |||||||
1973 | // C++ [over.best.ics]p6: | ||||||
1974 | // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is | ||||||
1975 | // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute | ||||||
1976 | // a conversion. [...] | ||||||
1977 | QualType CanonFrom = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||
1978 | QualType CanonTo = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||
1979 | if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType() | ||||||
1980 | == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() && | ||||||
1981 | CanonFrom.getLocalQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalQualifiers()) { | ||||||
1982 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||
1983 | CanonFrom = CanonTo; | ||||||
1984 | } | ||||||
1985 | |||||||
1986 | SCS.setToType(2, FromType); | ||||||
1987 | |||||||
1988 | if (CanonFrom == CanonTo) | ||||||
1989 | return true; | ||||||
1990 | |||||||
1991 | // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type, | ||||||
1992 | // this is a bad conversion sequence, unless we're resolving an overload in C. | ||||||
1993 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !InOverloadResolution) | ||||||
1994 | return false; | ||||||
1995 | |||||||
1996 | ExprResult ER = ExprResult{From}; | ||||||
1997 | Sema::AssignConvertType Conv = | ||||||
1998 | S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, ER, | ||||||
1999 | /*Diagnose=*/false, | ||||||
2000 | /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, | ||||||
2001 | /*ConvertRHS=*/false); | ||||||
2002 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondConv; | ||||||
2003 | switch (Conv) { | ||||||
2004 | case Sema::Compatible: | ||||||
2005 | SecondConv = ICK_C_Only_Conversion; | ||||||
2006 | break; | ||||||
2007 | // For our purposes, discarding qualifiers is just as bad as using an | ||||||
2008 | // incompatible pointer. Note that an IncompatiblePointer conversion can drop | ||||||
2009 | // qualifiers, as well. | ||||||
2010 | case Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: | ||||||
2011 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointer: | ||||||
2012 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign: | ||||||
2013 | SecondConv = ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||
2014 | break; | ||||||
2015 | default: | ||||||
2016 | return false; | ||||||
2017 | } | ||||||
2018 | |||||||
2019 | // First can only be an lvalue conversion, so we pretend that this was the | ||||||
2020 | // second conversion. First should already be valid from earlier in the | ||||||
2021 | // function. | ||||||
2022 | SCS.Second = SecondConv; | ||||||
2023 | SCS.setToType(1, ToType); | ||||||
2024 | |||||||
2025 | // Third is Identity, because Second should rank us worse than any other | ||||||
2026 | // conversion. This could also be ICK_Qualification, but it's simpler to just | ||||||
2027 | // lump everything in with the second conversion, and we don't gain anything | ||||||
2028 | // from making this ICK_Qualification. | ||||||
2029 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
2030 | SCS.setToType(2, ToType); | ||||||
2031 | return true; | ||||||
2032 | } | ||||||
2033 | |||||||
2034 | static bool | ||||||
2035 | IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, | ||||||
2036 | QualType &ToType, | ||||||
2037 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
2038 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||
2039 | bool CStyle) { | ||||||
2040 | |||||||
2041 | const RecordType *UT = ToType->getAsUnionType(); | ||||||
2042 | if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) | ||||||
2043 | return false; | ||||||
2044 | // The field to initialize within the transparent union. | ||||||
2045 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); | ||||||
2046 | // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. | ||||||
2047 | for (const auto *it : UD->fields()) { | ||||||
2048 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, it->getType(), InOverloadResolution, SCS, | ||||||
2049 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) { | ||||||
2050 | ToType = it->getType(); | ||||||
2051 | return true; | ||||||
2052 | } | ||||||
2053 | } | ||||||
2054 | return false; | ||||||
2055 | } | ||||||
2056 | |||||||
2057 | /// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the | ||||||
2058 | /// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to | ||||||
2059 | /// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and | ||||||
2060 | /// sets PromotedType to the promoted type. | ||||||
2061 | bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||
2062 | const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||||
2063 | // All integers are built-in. | ||||||
2064 | if (!To) { | ||||||
2065 | return false; | ||||||
2066 | } | ||||||
2067 | |||||||
2068 | // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or | ||||||
2069 | // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if | ||||||
2070 | // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise, | ||||||
2071 | // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned | ||||||
2072 | // int (C++ 4.5p1). | ||||||
2073 | if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() && | ||||||
2074 | !FromType->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||
2075 | if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int | ||||||
2076 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() || | ||||||
2077 | // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is | ||||||
2078 | // less than int to an int. | ||||||
2079 | Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType))) { | ||||||
2080 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | ||||||
2081 | } | ||||||
2082 | |||||||
2083 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; | ||||||
2084 | } | ||||||
2085 | |||||||
2086 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p3: | ||||||
2087 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is not | ||||||
2088 | // fixed (7.2) can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the | ||||||
2089 | // following types that can represent all the values of the enumeration | ||||||
2090 | // (i.e., the values in the range bmin to bmax as described in 7.2): int, | ||||||
2091 | // unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned | ||||||
2092 | // long long int. If none of the types in that list can represent all the | ||||||
2093 | // values of the enumeration, an rvalue a prvalue of an unscoped enumeration | ||||||
2094 | // type can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the extended integer type | ||||||
2095 | // with lowest integer conversion rank (4.13) greater than the rank of long | ||||||
2096 | // long in which all the values of the enumeration can be represented. If | ||||||
2097 | // there are two such extended types, the signed one is chosen. | ||||||
2098 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p4: | ||||||
2099 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed | ||||||
2100 | // can be converted to a prvalue of its underlying type. Moreover, if | ||||||
2101 | // integral promotion can be applied to its underlying type, a prvalue of an | ||||||
2102 | // unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed can also be | ||||||
2103 | // converted to a prvalue of the promoted underlying type. | ||||||
2104 | if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) { | ||||||
2105 | // C++0x 7.2p9: Note that this implicit enum to int conversion is not | ||||||
2106 | // provided for a scoped enumeration. | ||||||
2107 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isScoped()) | ||||||
2108 | return false; | ||||||
2109 | |||||||
2110 | // We can perform an integral promotion to the underlying type of the enum, | ||||||
2111 | // even if that's not the promoted type. Note that the check for promoting | ||||||
2112 | // the underlying type is based on the type alone, and does not consider | ||||||
2113 | // the bitfield-ness of the actual source expression. | ||||||
2114 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isFixed()) { | ||||||
2115 | QualType Underlying = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||||
2116 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Underlying, ToType) || | ||||||
2117 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, Underlying, ToType); | ||||||
2118 | } | ||||||
2119 | |||||||
2120 | // We have already pre-calculated the promotion type, so this is trivial. | ||||||
2121 | if (ToType->isIntegerType() && | ||||||
2122 | isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType)) | ||||||
2123 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||||
2124 | ToType, FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType()); | ||||||
2125 | |||||||
2126 | // C++ [conv.prom]p5: | ||||||
2127 | // If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any other | ||||||
2128 | // value of that type for promotion purposes. | ||||||
2129 | // | ||||||
2130 | // ... so do not fall through into the bit-field checks below in C++. | ||||||
2131 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||
2132 | return false; | ||||||
2133 | } | ||||||
2134 | |||||||
2135 | // C++0x [conv.prom]p2: | ||||||
2136 | // A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t (3.9.1) can be converted | ||||||
2137 | // to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the following types that can | ||||||
2138 | // represent all the values of its underlying type: int, unsigned int, | ||||||
2139 | // long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. | ||||||
2140 | // If none of the types in that list can represent all the values of its | ||||||
2141 | // underlying type, an rvalue a prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, | ||||||
2142 | // or wchar_t can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of its underlying | ||||||
2143 | // type. | ||||||
2144 | if (FromType->isAnyCharacterType() && !FromType->isCharType() && | ||||||
2145 | ToType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||
2146 | // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or | ||||||
2147 | // unsigned. | ||||||
2148 | bool FromIsSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerType(); | ||||||
2149 | uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType); | ||||||
2150 | |||||||
2151 | // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate | ||||||
2152 | // order. Try each of these types. | ||||||
2153 | QualType PromoteTypes[6] = { | ||||||
2154 | Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, | ||||||
2155 | Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy , | ||||||
2156 | Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy | ||||||
2157 | }; | ||||||
2158 | for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) { | ||||||
2159 | uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); | ||||||
2160 | if (FromSize < ToSize || | ||||||
2161 | (FromSize == ToSize && | ||||||
2162 | FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) { | ||||||
2163 | // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the | ||||||
2164 | // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no | ||||||
2165 | // promotion. | ||||||
2166 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]); | ||||||
2167 | } | ||||||
2168 | } | ||||||
2169 | } | ||||||
2170 | |||||||
2171 | // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an | ||||||
2172 | // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the | ||||||
2173 | // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if | ||||||
2174 | // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If | ||||||
2175 | // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to | ||||||
2176 | // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any | ||||||
2177 | // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3). | ||||||
2178 | // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the | ||||||
2179 | // conversion. | ||||||
2180 | // | ||||||
2181 | // FIXME: In C, only bit-fields of types _Bool, int, or unsigned int may be | ||||||
2182 | // promoted, per C11 6.3.1.1/2. We promote all bit-fields (including enum | ||||||
2183 | // bit-fields and those whose underlying type is larger than int) for GCC | ||||||
2184 | // compatibility. | ||||||
2185 | if (From) { | ||||||
2186 | if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getSourceBitField()) { | ||||||
2187 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> BitWidth; | ||||||
2188 | if (FromType->isIntegralType(Context) && | ||||||
2189 | (BitWidth = | ||||||
2190 | MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) { | ||||||
2191 | llvm::APSInt ToSize(BitWidth->getBitWidth(), BitWidth->isUnsigned()); | ||||||
2192 | ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType); | ||||||
2193 | |||||||
2194 | // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int? | ||||||
2195 | if (*BitWidth < ToSize || | ||||||
2196 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize)) { | ||||||
2197 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | ||||||
2198 | } | ||||||
2199 | |||||||
2200 | // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield | ||||||
2201 | // that fits into an unsigned int? | ||||||
2202 | if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize) { | ||||||
2203 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; | ||||||
2204 | } | ||||||
2205 | |||||||
2206 | return false; | ||||||
2207 | } | ||||||
2208 | } | ||||||
2209 | } | ||||||
2210 | |||||||
2211 | // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int, | ||||||
2212 | // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4). | ||||||
2213 | if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) { | ||||||
2214 | return true; | ||||||
2215 | } | ||||||
2216 | |||||||
2217 | return false; | ||||||
2218 | } | ||||||
2219 | |||||||
2220 | /// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from | ||||||
2221 | /// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so, | ||||||
2222 | /// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type. | ||||||
2223 | bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||
2224 | if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) | ||||||
2225 | if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { | ||||||
2226 | /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type | ||||||
2227 | /// double. (C++ 4.6p1). | ||||||
2228 | if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float && | ||||||
2229 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) | ||||||
2230 | return true; | ||||||
2231 | |||||||
2232 | // C99 6.3.1.5p1: | ||||||
2233 | // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a | ||||||
2234 | // double is promoted to long double [...]. | ||||||
2235 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||
2236 | (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || | ||||||
2237 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) && | ||||||
2238 | (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble || | ||||||
2239 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128)) | ||||||
2240 | return true; | ||||||
2241 | |||||||
2242 | // Half can be promoted to float. | ||||||
2243 | if (!getLangOpts().NativeHalfType && | ||||||
2244 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half && | ||||||
2245 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) | ||||||
2246 | return true; | ||||||
2247 | } | ||||||
2248 | |||||||
2249 | return false; | ||||||
2250 | } | ||||||
2251 | |||||||
2252 | /// Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion. | ||||||
2253 | /// | ||||||
2254 | /// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion | ||||||
2255 | /// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a | ||||||
2256 | /// floating-point or integral promotion. | ||||||
2257 | bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||
2258 | const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||||
2259 | if (!FromComplex) | ||||||
2260 | return false; | ||||||
2261 | |||||||
2262 | const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||||
2263 | if (!ToComplex) | ||||||
2264 | return false; | ||||||
2265 | |||||||
2266 | return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(), | ||||||
2267 | ToComplex->getElementType()) || | ||||||
2268 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, FromComplex->getElementType(), | ||||||
2269 | ToComplex->getElementType()); | ||||||
2270 | } | ||||||
2271 | |||||||
2272 | /// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from | ||||||
2273 | /// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the | ||||||
2274 | /// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType, | ||||||
2275 | /// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have | ||||||
2276 | /// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee. | ||||||
2277 | /// | ||||||
2278 | static QualType | ||||||
2279 | BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const Type *FromPtr, | ||||||
2280 | QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType, | ||||||
2281 | ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
2282 | bool StripObjCLifetime = false) { | ||||||
2283 | assert((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer ||(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2285, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
2284 | FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) &&(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2285, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
2285 | "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type")(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2285, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
2286 | |||||||
2287 | /// Conversions to 'id' subsume cv-qualifier conversions. | ||||||
2288 | if (ToType->isObjCIdType() || ToType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | ||||||
2289 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
2290 | |||||||
2291 | QualType CanonFromPointee | ||||||
2292 | = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
2293 | QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee); | ||||||
2294 | Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
2295 | |||||||
2296 | if (StripObjCLifetime) | ||||||
2297 | Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
2298 | |||||||
2299 | // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to. | ||||||
2300 | if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) { | ||||||
2301 | // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it. | ||||||
2302 | if (!ToType.isNull()) | ||||||
2303 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
2304 | |||||||
2305 | // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers | ||||||
2306 | // already. | ||||||
2307 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) | ||||||
2308 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(ToPointee); | ||||||
2309 | return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee); | ||||||
2310 | } | ||||||
2311 | |||||||
2312 | // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers. | ||||||
2313 | QualType QualifiedCanonToPointee | ||||||
2314 | = Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals); | ||||||
2315 | |||||||
2316 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) | ||||||
2317 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); | ||||||
2318 | return Context.getPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); | ||||||
2319 | } | ||||||
2320 | |||||||
2321 | static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr, | ||||||
2322 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
2323 | ASTContext &Context) { | ||||||
2324 | // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly. | ||||||
2325 | // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903 | ||||||
2326 | if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() && | ||||||
2327 | Expr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !Expr->getType()->isEnumeralType()) | ||||||
2328 | return !InOverloadResolution; | ||||||
2329 | |||||||
2330 | return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||
2331 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||||||
2332 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); | ||||||
2333 | } | ||||||
2334 | |||||||
2335 | /// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the | ||||||
2336 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, | ||||||
2337 | /// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++ | ||||||
2338 | /// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that | ||||||
2339 | /// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into | ||||||
2340 | /// ConvertedType. | ||||||
2341 | /// | ||||||
2342 | /// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers | ||||||
2343 | /// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and | ||||||
2344 | /// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the | ||||||
2345 | /// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to | ||||||
2346 | /// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however, | ||||||
2347 | /// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer | ||||||
2348 | /// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be | ||||||
2349 | /// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that | ||||||
2350 | /// should result in a warning. | ||||||
2351 | bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
2352 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
2353 | QualType& ConvertedType, | ||||||
2354 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { | ||||||
2355 | IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||
2356 | if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, | ||||||
2357 | IncompatibleObjC)) | ||||||
2358 | return true; | ||||||
2359 | |||||||
2360 | // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||
2361 | if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||
2362 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||
2363 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||
2364 | return true; | ||||||
2365 | } | ||||||
2366 | |||||||
2367 | // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*. | ||||||
2368 | if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() && | ||||||
2369 | ToType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
2370 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||
2371 | return true; | ||||||
2372 | } | ||||||
2373 | // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block | ||||||
2374 | // pointer type. | ||||||
2375 | if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||||
2376 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||
2377 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||
2378 | return true; | ||||||
2379 | } | ||||||
2380 | |||||||
2381 | // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null | ||||||
2382 | // pointer constant. | ||||||
2383 | if (ToType->isNullPtrType() && | ||||||
2384 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||
2385 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||
2386 | return true; | ||||||
2387 | } | ||||||
2388 | |||||||
2389 | const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||
2390 | if (!ToTypePtr) | ||||||
2391 | return false; | ||||||
2392 | |||||||
2393 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1). | ||||||
2394 | if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||
2395 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||
2396 | return true; | ||||||
2397 | } | ||||||
2398 | |||||||
2399 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers | ||||||
2400 | // , including objective-c pointers. | ||||||
2401 | QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2402 | if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType() && | ||||||
2403 | !getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||||
2404 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType( | ||||||
2405 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), | ||||||
2406 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||
2407 | ToType, Context); | ||||||
2408 | return true; | ||||||
2409 | } | ||||||
2410 | const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||
2411 | if (!FromTypePtr) | ||||||
2412 | return false; | ||||||
2413 | |||||||
2414 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2415 | |||||||
2416 | // If the unqualified pointee types are the same, this can't be a | ||||||
2417 | // pointer conversion, so don't do all of the work below. | ||||||
2418 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) | ||||||
2419 | return false; | ||||||
2420 | |||||||
2421 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type, | ||||||
2422 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++ | ||||||
2423 | // 4.10p2). | ||||||
2424 | if (FromPointeeType->isIncompleteOrObjectType() && | ||||||
2425 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
2426 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||
2427 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||
2428 | ToType, Context, | ||||||
2429 | /*StripObjCLifetime=*/true); | ||||||
2430 | return true; | ||||||
2431 | } | ||||||
2432 | |||||||
2433 | // MSVC allows implicit function to void* type conversion. | ||||||
2434 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && | ||||||
2435 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
2436 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||
2437 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||
2438 | ToType, Context); | ||||||
2439 | return true; | ||||||
2440 | } | ||||||
2441 | |||||||
2442 | // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer | ||||||
2443 | // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types. | ||||||
2444 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||
2445 | Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||
2446 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||
2447 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||
2448 | ToType, Context); | ||||||
2449 | return true; | ||||||
2450 | } | ||||||
2451 | |||||||
2452 | // C++ [conv.ptr]p3: | ||||||
2453 | // | ||||||
2454 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type, | ||||||
2455 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where | ||||||
2456 | // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible | ||||||
2457 | // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that | ||||||
2458 | // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the | ||||||
2459 | // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the | ||||||
2460 | // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to | ||||||
2461 | // the null pointer value of the destination type. | ||||||
2462 | // | ||||||
2463 | // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility | ||||||
2464 | // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion. | ||||||
2465 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||
2466 | ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||
2467 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) && | ||||||
2468 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||
2469 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||
2470 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||
2471 | ToType, Context); | ||||||
2472 | return true; | ||||||
2473 | } | ||||||
2474 | |||||||
2475 | if (FromPointeeType->isVectorType() && ToPointeeType->isVectorType() && | ||||||
2476 | Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||
2477 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||
2478 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||
2479 | ToType, Context); | ||||||
2480 | return true; | ||||||
2481 | } | ||||||
2482 | |||||||
2483 | return false; | ||||||
2484 | } | ||||||
2485 | |||||||
2486 | /// Adopt the given qualifiers for the given type. | ||||||
2487 | static QualType AdoptQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, Qualifiers Qs){ | ||||||
2488 | Qualifiers TQs = T.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
2489 | |||||||
2490 | // Check whether qualifiers already match. | ||||||
2491 | if (TQs == Qs) | ||||||
2492 | return T; | ||||||
2493 | |||||||
2494 | if (Qs.compatiblyIncludes(TQs)) | ||||||
2495 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T, Qs); | ||||||
2496 | |||||||
2497 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); | ||||||
2498 | } | ||||||
2499 | |||||||
2500 | /// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an | ||||||
2501 | /// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion, | ||||||
2502 | /// with the same arguments and return values. | ||||||
2503 | bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
2504 | QualType& ConvertedType, | ||||||
2505 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { | ||||||
2506 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||
2507 | return false; | ||||||
2508 | |||||||
2509 | // The set of qualifiers on the type we're converting from. | ||||||
2510 | Qualifiers FromQualifiers = FromType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
2511 | |||||||
2512 | // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types. | ||||||
2513 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = | ||||||
2514 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
2515 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr = | ||||||
2516 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
2517 | |||||||
2518 | if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) { | ||||||
2519 | // If the pointee types are the same (ignoring qualifications), | ||||||
2520 | // then this is not a pointer conversion. | ||||||
2521 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||
2522 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) | ||||||
2523 | return false; | ||||||
2524 | |||||||
2525 | // Conversion between Objective-C pointers. | ||||||
2526 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) { | ||||||
2527 | const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||
2528 | const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||
2529 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS && | ||||||
2530 | !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||||
2531 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) | ||||||
2532 | return false; | ||||||
2533 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, | ||||||
2534 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||
2535 | ToType, Context); | ||||||
2536 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||
2537 | return true; | ||||||
2538 | } | ||||||
2539 | |||||||
2540 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) { | ||||||
2541 | // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C | ||||||
2542 | // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to | ||||||
2543 | // complain about it. | ||||||
2544 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||
2545 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, | ||||||
2546 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||
2547 | ToType, Context); | ||||||
2548 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||
2549 | return true; | ||||||
2550 | } | ||||||
2551 | } | ||||||
2552 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers. | ||||||
2553 | QualType ToPointeeType; | ||||||
2554 | if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
2555 | ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2556 | else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = | ||||||
2557 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||||
2558 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object | ||||||
2559 | // to a block pointer type. | ||||||
2560 | if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||||
2561 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||
2562 | return true; | ||||||
2563 | } | ||||||
2564 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2565 | } | ||||||
2566 | else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() && | ||||||
2567 | ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||||
2568 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a | ||||||
2569 | // pointer to any object. | ||||||
2570 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||
2571 | return true; | ||||||
2572 | } | ||||||
2573 | else | ||||||
2574 | return false; | ||||||
2575 | |||||||
2576 | QualType FromPointeeType; | ||||||
2577 | if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
2578 | FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2579 | else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = | ||||||
2580 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||
2581 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2582 | else | ||||||
2583 | return false; | ||||||
2584 | |||||||
2585 | // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this | ||||||
2586 | // is an Objective-C conversion. | ||||||
2587 | if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() && | ||||||
2588 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, | ||||||
2589 | IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||
2590 | // We always complain about this conversion. | ||||||
2591 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||
2592 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); | ||||||
2593 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||
2594 | return true; | ||||||
2595 | } | ||||||
2596 | // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one; | ||||||
2597 | // as in I* to id. | ||||||
2598 | if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||||
2599 | ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||||
2600 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, | ||||||
2601 | IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||
2602 | |||||||
2603 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); | ||||||
2604 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||
2605 | return true; | ||||||
2606 | } | ||||||
2607 | |||||||
2608 | // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only | ||||||
2609 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C | ||||||
2610 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but | ||||||
2611 | // complain about it). | ||||||
2612 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType | ||||||
2613 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
2614 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType | ||||||
2615 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
2616 | if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) { | ||||||
2617 | // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an | ||||||
2618 | // Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||
2619 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType) | ||||||
2620 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType)) | ||||||
2621 | return false; | ||||||
2622 | |||||||
2623 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these | ||||||
2624 | // function types are obviously different. | ||||||
2625 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || | ||||||
2626 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() || | ||||||
2627 | FromFunctionType->getMethodQuals() != ToFunctionType->getMethodQuals()) | ||||||
2628 | return false; | ||||||
2629 | |||||||
2630 | bool HasObjCConversion = false; | ||||||
2631 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType()) == | ||||||
2632 | Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { | ||||||
2633 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||
2634 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||
2635 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||
2636 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||
2637 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||
2638 | HasObjCConversion = true; | ||||||
2639 | } else { | ||||||
2640 | // Function types are too different. Abort. | ||||||
2641 | return false; | ||||||
2642 | } | ||||||
2643 | |||||||
2644 | // Check argument types. | ||||||
2645 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); | ||||||
2646 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
2647 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||
2648 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||
2649 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType) | ||||||
2650 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) { | ||||||
2651 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||
2652 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType, | ||||||
2653 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||
2654 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||
2655 | HasObjCConversion = true; | ||||||
2656 | } else { | ||||||
2657 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. | ||||||
2658 | return false; | ||||||
2659 | } | ||||||
2660 | } | ||||||
2661 | |||||||
2662 | if (HasObjCConversion) { | ||||||
2663 | // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer | ||||||
2664 | // conversion, but complain about it. | ||||||
2665 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||
2666 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||
2667 | return true; | ||||||
2668 | } | ||||||
2669 | } | ||||||
2670 | |||||||
2671 | return false; | ||||||
2672 | } | ||||||
2673 | |||||||
2674 | /// Determine whether this is an Objective-C writeback conversion, | ||||||
2675 | /// used for parameter passing when performing automatic reference counting. | ||||||
2676 | /// | ||||||
2677 | /// \param FromType The type we're converting form. | ||||||
2678 | /// | ||||||
2679 | /// \param ToType The type we're converting to. | ||||||
2680 | /// | ||||||
2681 | /// \param ConvertedType The type that will be produced after applying | ||||||
2682 | /// this conversion. | ||||||
2683 | bool Sema::isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
2684 | QualType &ConvertedType) { | ||||||
2685 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || | ||||||
2686 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||
2687 | return false; | ||||||
2688 | |||||||
2689 | // Parameter must be a pointer to __autoreleasing (with no other qualifiers). | ||||||
2690 | QualType ToPointee; | ||||||
2691 | if (const PointerType *ToPointer = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
2692 | ToPointee = ToPointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2693 | else | ||||||
2694 | return false; | ||||||
2695 | |||||||
2696 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
2697 | if (!ToPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||||
2698 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing || | ||||||
2699 | !ToQuals.withoutObjCLifetime().empty()) | ||||||
2700 | return false; | ||||||
2701 | |||||||
2702 | // Argument must be a pointer to __strong to __weak. | ||||||
2703 | QualType FromPointee; | ||||||
2704 | if (const PointerType *FromPointer = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
2705 | FromPointee = FromPointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2706 | else | ||||||
2707 | return false; | ||||||
2708 | |||||||
2709 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
2710 | if (!FromPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||||
2711 | (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && | ||||||
2712 | FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)) | ||||||
2713 | return false; | ||||||
2714 | |||||||
2715 | // Make sure that we have compatible qualifiers. | ||||||
2716 | FromQuals.setObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing); | ||||||
2717 | if (!ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) | ||||||
2718 | return false; | ||||||
2719 | |||||||
2720 | // Remove qualifiers from the pointee type we're converting from; they | ||||||
2721 | // aren't used in the compatibility check belong, and we'll be adding back | ||||||
2722 | // qualifiers (with __autoreleasing) if the compatibility check succeeds. | ||||||
2723 | FromPointee = FromPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
2724 | |||||||
2725 | // The unqualified form of the pointee types must be compatible. | ||||||
2726 | ToPointee = ToPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
2727 | bool IncompatibleObjC; | ||||||
2728 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointee, ToPointee)) | ||||||
2729 | FromPointee = ToPointee; | ||||||
2730 | else if (!isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointee, ToPointee, FromPointee, | ||||||
2731 | IncompatibleObjC)) | ||||||
2732 | return false; | ||||||
2733 | |||||||
2734 | /// Construct the type we're converting to, which is a pointer to | ||||||
2735 | /// __autoreleasing pointee. | ||||||
2736 | FromPointee = Context.getQualifiedType(FromPointee, FromQuals); | ||||||
2737 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(FromPointee); | ||||||
2738 | return true; | ||||||
2739 | } | ||||||
2740 | |||||||
2741 | bool Sema::IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
2742 | QualType& ConvertedType) { | ||||||
2743 | QualType ToPointeeType; | ||||||
2744 | if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = | ||||||
2745 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||
2746 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2747 | else | ||||||
2748 | return false; | ||||||
2749 | |||||||
2750 | QualType FromPointeeType; | ||||||
2751 | if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = | ||||||
2752 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||
2753 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2754 | else | ||||||
2755 | return false; | ||||||
2756 | // We have pointer to blocks, check whether the only | ||||||
2757 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C | ||||||
2758 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion. | ||||||
2759 | |||||||
2760 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType | ||||||
2761 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
2762 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType | ||||||
2763 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
2764 | |||||||
2765 | if (!FromFunctionType || !ToFunctionType) | ||||||
2766 | return false; | ||||||
2767 | |||||||
2768 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) | ||||||
2769 | return true; | ||||||
2770 | |||||||
2771 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these | ||||||
2772 | // function types are obviously different. | ||||||
2773 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || | ||||||
2774 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic()) | ||||||
2775 | return false; | ||||||
2776 | |||||||
2777 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFunctionType->getExtInfo(); | ||||||
2778 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFunctionType->getExtInfo(); | ||||||
2779 | if (FromEInfo != ToEInfo) | ||||||
2780 | return false; | ||||||
2781 | |||||||
2782 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||
2783 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||
2784 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { | ||||||
2785 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||
2786 | } else { | ||||||
2787 | QualType RHS = FromFunctionType->getReturnType(); | ||||||
2788 | QualType LHS = ToFunctionType->getReturnType(); | ||||||
2789 | if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !RHS->isRecordType()) && | ||||||
2790 | !RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()) | ||||||
2791 | LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
2792 | |||||||
2793 | if (Context.hasSameType(RHS,LHS)) { | ||||||
2794 | // OK exact match. | ||||||
2795 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(RHS, LHS, | ||||||
2796 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||
2797 | if (IncompatibleObjC) | ||||||
2798 | return false; | ||||||
2799 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||
2800 | } | ||||||
2801 | else | ||||||
2802 | return false; | ||||||
2803 | } | ||||||
2804 | |||||||
2805 | // Check argument types. | ||||||
2806 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); | ||||||
2807 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
2808 | IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||
2809 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||
2810 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||
2811 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromArgType, ToArgType)) { | ||||||
2812 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||
2813 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(ToArgType, FromArgType, | ||||||
2814 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||
2815 | if (IncompatibleObjC) | ||||||
2816 | return false; | ||||||
2817 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||
2818 | } else | ||||||
2819 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. | ||||||
2820 | return false; | ||||||
2821 | } | ||||||
2822 | |||||||
2823 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; | ||||||
2824 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; | ||||||
2825 | if (!Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFunctionType, FromFunctionType, | ||||||
2826 | CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT, | ||||||
2827 | NewParamInfos)) | ||||||
2828 | return false; | ||||||
2829 | |||||||
2830 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||
2831 | return true; | ||||||
2832 | } | ||||||
2833 | |||||||
2834 | enum { | ||||||
2835 | ft_default, | ||||||
2836 | ft_different_class, | ||||||
2837 | ft_parameter_arity, | ||||||
2838 | ft_parameter_mismatch, | ||||||
2839 | ft_return_type, | ||||||
2840 | ft_qualifer_mismatch, | ||||||
2841 | ft_noexcept | ||||||
2842 | }; | ||||||
2843 | |||||||
2844 | /// Attempts to get the FunctionProtoType from a Type. Handles | ||||||
2845 | /// MemberFunctionPointers properly. | ||||||
2846 | static const FunctionProtoType *tryGetFunctionProtoType(QualType FromType) { | ||||||
2847 | if (auto *FPT = FromType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||||
2848 | return FPT; | ||||||
2849 | |||||||
2850 | if (auto *MPT = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||
2851 | return MPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
2852 | |||||||
2853 | return nullptr; | ||||||
2854 | } | ||||||
2855 | |||||||
2856 | /// HandleFunctionTypeMismatch - Gives diagnostic information for differeing | ||||||
2857 | /// function types. Catches different number of parameter, mismatch in | ||||||
2858 | /// parameter types, and different return types. | ||||||
2859 | void Sema::HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, | ||||||
2860 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||
2861 | // If either type is not valid, include no extra info. | ||||||
2862 | if (FromType.isNull() || ToType.isNull()) { | ||||||
2863 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||
2864 | return; | ||||||
2865 | } | ||||||
2866 | |||||||
2867 | // Get the function type from the pointers. | ||||||
2868 | if (FromType->isMemberPointerType() && ToType->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||
2869 | const auto *FromMember = FromType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(), | ||||||
2870 | *ToMember = ToType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
2871 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromMember->getClass(), ToMember->getClass())) { | ||||||
2872 | PDiag << ft_different_class << QualType(ToMember->getClass(), 0) | ||||||
2873 | << QualType(FromMember->getClass(), 0); | ||||||
2874 | return; | ||||||
2875 | } | ||||||
2876 | FromType = FromMember->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2877 | ToType = ToMember->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2878 | } | ||||||
2879 | |||||||
2880 | if (FromType->isPointerType()) | ||||||
2881 | FromType = FromType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2882 | if (ToType->isPointerType()) | ||||||
2883 | ToType = ToType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2884 | |||||||
2885 | // Remove references. | ||||||
2886 | FromType = FromType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
2887 | ToType = ToType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
2888 | |||||||
2889 | // Don't print extra info for non-specialized template functions. | ||||||
2890 | if (FromType->isInstantiationDependentType() && | ||||||
2891 | !FromType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { | ||||||
2892 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||
2893 | return; | ||||||
2894 | } | ||||||
2895 | |||||||
2896 | // No extra info for same types. | ||||||
2897 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||
2898 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||
2899 | return; | ||||||
2900 | } | ||||||
2901 | |||||||
2902 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(FromType), | ||||||
2903 | *ToFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(ToType); | ||||||
2904 | |||||||
2905 | // Both types need to be function types. | ||||||
2906 | if (!FromFunction || !ToFunction) { | ||||||
2907 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||
2908 | return; | ||||||
2909 | } | ||||||
2910 | |||||||
2911 | if (FromFunction->getNumParams() != ToFunction->getNumParams()) { | ||||||
2912 | PDiag << ft_parameter_arity << ToFunction->getNumParams() | ||||||
2913 | << FromFunction->getNumParams(); | ||||||
2914 | return; | ||||||
2915 | } | ||||||
2916 | |||||||
2917 | // Handle different parameter types. | ||||||
2918 | unsigned ArgPos; | ||||||
2919 | if (!FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(FromFunction, ToFunction, &ArgPos)) { | ||||||
2920 | PDiag << ft_parameter_mismatch << ArgPos + 1 | ||||||
2921 | << ToFunction->getParamType(ArgPos) | ||||||
2922 | << FromFunction->getParamType(ArgPos); | ||||||
2923 | return; | ||||||
2924 | } | ||||||
2925 | |||||||
2926 | // Handle different return type. | ||||||
2927 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromFunction->getReturnType(), | ||||||
2928 | ToFunction->getReturnType())) { | ||||||
2929 | PDiag << ft_return_type << ToFunction->getReturnType() | ||||||
2930 | << FromFunction->getReturnType(); | ||||||
2931 | return; | ||||||
2932 | } | ||||||
2933 | |||||||
2934 | if (FromFunction->getMethodQuals() != ToFunction->getMethodQuals()) { | ||||||
2935 | PDiag << ft_qualifer_mismatch << ToFunction->getMethodQuals() | ||||||
2936 | << FromFunction->getMethodQuals(); | ||||||
2937 | return; | ||||||
2938 | } | ||||||
2939 | |||||||
2940 | // Handle exception specification differences on canonical type (in C++17 | ||||||
2941 | // onwards). | ||||||
2942 | if (cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) | ||||||
2943 | ->isNothrow() != | ||||||
2944 | cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) | ||||||
2945 | ->isNothrow()) { | ||||||
2946 | PDiag << ft_noexcept; | ||||||
2947 | return; | ||||||
2948 | } | ||||||
2949 | |||||||
2950 | // Unable to find a difference, so add no extra info. | ||||||
2951 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||
2952 | } | ||||||
2953 | |||||||
2954 | /// FunctionParamTypesAreEqual - This routine checks two function proto types | ||||||
2955 | /// for equality of their argument types. Caller has already checked that | ||||||
2956 | /// they have same number of arguments. If the parameters are different, | ||||||
2957 | /// ArgPos will have the parameter index of the first different parameter. | ||||||
2958 | bool Sema::FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, | ||||||
2959 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, | ||||||
2960 | unsigned *ArgPos) { | ||||||
2961 | for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator O = OldType->param_type_begin(), | ||||||
2962 | N = NewType->param_type_begin(), | ||||||
2963 | E = OldType->param_type_end(); | ||||||
2964 | O && (O != E); ++O, ++N) { | ||||||
2965 | // Ignore address spaces in pointee type. This is to disallow overloading | ||||||
2966 | // on __ptr32/__ptr64 address spaces. | ||||||
2967 | QualType Old = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(O->getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||
2968 | QualType New = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(N->getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||
2969 | |||||||
2970 | if (!Context.hasSameType(Old, New)) { | ||||||
2971 | if (ArgPos) | ||||||
2972 | *ArgPos = O - OldType->param_type_begin(); | ||||||
2973 | return false; | ||||||
2974 | } | ||||||
2975 | } | ||||||
2976 | return true; | ||||||
2977 | } | ||||||
2978 | |||||||
2979 | /// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the | ||||||
2980 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for | ||||||
2981 | /// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer | ||||||
2982 | /// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned | ||||||
2983 | /// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an | ||||||
2984 | /// error, or returns false otherwise. | ||||||
2985 | bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
2986 | CastKind &Kind, | ||||||
2987 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, | ||||||
2988 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, | ||||||
2989 | bool Diagnose) { | ||||||
2990 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||
2991 | bool IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast = IgnoreBaseAccess; | ||||||
2992 | |||||||
2993 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||
2994 | |||||||
2995 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && !FromType->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||||
2996 | From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) == | ||||||
2997 | Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) { | ||||||
2998 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(From->getType(), Context.BoolTy)) | ||||||
2999 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(From->getExprLoc(), From, | ||||||
3000 | PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_bool_to_null_pointer) | ||||||
3001 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange()); | ||||||
3002 | else if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||
3003 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_non_literal_null_pointer) | ||||||
3004 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3005 | } | ||||||
3006 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
3007 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
3008 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(), | ||||||
3009 | ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
3010 | |||||||
3011 | if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||
3012 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||
3013 | // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an | ||||||
3014 | // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion. | ||||||
3015 | unsigned InaccessibleID = 0; | ||||||
3016 | unsigned AmbiguousID = 0; | ||||||
3017 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||
3018 | InaccessibleID = diag::err_upcast_to_inaccessible_base; | ||||||
3019 | AmbiguousID = diag::err_ambiguous_derived_to_base_conv; | ||||||
3020 | } | ||||||
3021 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion( | ||||||
3022 | FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, InaccessibleID, AmbiguousID, | ||||||
3023 | From->getExprLoc(), From->getSourceRange(), DeclarationName(), | ||||||
3024 | &BasePath, IgnoreBaseAccess)) | ||||||
3025 | return true; | ||||||
3026 | |||||||
3027 | // The conversion was successful. | ||||||
3028 | Kind = CK_DerivedToBase; | ||||||
3029 | } | ||||||
3030 | |||||||
3031 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && | ||||||
3032 | FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
3033 | assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&((getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3034, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
3034 | "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!")((getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3034, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3035 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_ms_impcast_fn_obj) | ||||||
3036 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3037 | } | ||||||
3038 | } | ||||||
3039 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType = | ||||||
3040 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||
3041 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType = | ||||||
3042 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||
3043 | // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay. | ||||||
3044 | // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the | ||||||
3045 | // Objective-C++ implicit conversions. | ||||||
3046 | if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType()) | ||||||
3047 | return false; | ||||||
3048 | } else if (FromType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||
3049 | Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||
3050 | } else { | ||||||
3051 | Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||
3052 | } | ||||||
3053 | } else if (ToType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||
3054 | if (!FromType->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||||
3055 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; | ||||||
3056 | } | ||||||
3057 | |||||||
3058 | // We shouldn't fall into this case unless it's valid for other | ||||||
3059 | // reasons. | ||||||
3060 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) | ||||||
3061 | Kind = CK_NullToPointer; | ||||||
3062 | |||||||
3063 | return false; | ||||||
3064 | } | ||||||
3065 | |||||||
3066 | /// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the | ||||||
3067 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be | ||||||
3068 | /// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11). | ||||||
3069 | /// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from | ||||||
3070 | /// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType. | ||||||
3071 | bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, | ||||||
3072 | QualType ToType, | ||||||
3073 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
3074 | QualType &ConvertedType) { | ||||||
3075 | const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
3076 | if (!ToTypePtr) | ||||||
3077 | return false; | ||||||
3078 | |||||||
3079 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1) | ||||||
3080 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||
3081 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||||||
3082 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||||
3083 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||
3084 | return true; | ||||||
3085 | } | ||||||
3086 | |||||||
3087 | // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers. | ||||||
3088 | const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
3089 | if (!FromTypePtr) | ||||||
3090 | return false; | ||||||
3091 | |||||||
3092 | // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D, | ||||||
3093 | // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2). | ||||||
3094 | QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0); | ||||||
3095 | QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0); | ||||||
3096 | |||||||
3097 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromClass, ToClass) && | ||||||
3098 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass)) { | ||||||
3099 | ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||
3100 | ToClass.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
3101 | return true; | ||||||
3102 | } | ||||||
3103 | |||||||
3104 | return false; | ||||||
3105 | } | ||||||
3106 | |||||||
3107 | /// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the | ||||||
3108 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or | ||||||
3109 | /// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions | ||||||
3110 | /// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns | ||||||
3111 | /// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false | ||||||
3112 | /// otherwise. | ||||||
3113 | bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
3114 | CastKind &Kind, | ||||||
3115 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, | ||||||
3116 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess) { | ||||||
3117 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||
3118 | const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
3119 | if (!FromPtrType) { | ||||||
3120 | // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion | ||||||
3121 | assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3123, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
3122 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3123, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
3123 | "Expr must be null pointer constant!")((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3123, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3124 | Kind = CK_NullToMemberPointer; | ||||||
3125 | return false; | ||||||
3126 | } | ||||||
3127 | |||||||
3128 | const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
3129 | assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "((ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3130, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
3130 | "that is not a member pointer.")((ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3130, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3131 | |||||||
3132 | QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0); | ||||||
3133 | QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0); | ||||||
3134 | |||||||
3135 | // FIXME: What about dependent types? | ||||||
3136 | assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")((FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3136, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3137 | assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")((ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ToClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3137, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3138 | |||||||
3139 | CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true, | ||||||
3140 | /*DetectVirtual=*/true); | ||||||
3141 | bool DerivationOkay = | ||||||
3142 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass, Paths); | ||||||
3143 | assert(DerivationOkay &&((DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3144, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
3144 | "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.")((DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3144, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3145 | (void)DerivationOkay; | ||||||
3146 | |||||||
3147 | if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass). | ||||||
3148 | getUnqualifiedType())) { | ||||||
3149 | std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths); | ||||||
3150 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv) | ||||||
3151 | << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3152 | return true; | ||||||
3153 | } | ||||||
3154 | |||||||
3155 | if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) { | ||||||
3156 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual) | ||||||
3157 | << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0) | ||||||
3158 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3159 | return true; | ||||||
3160 | } | ||||||
3161 | |||||||
3162 | if (!IgnoreBaseAccess) | ||||||
3163 | CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass, | ||||||
3164 | Paths.front(), | ||||||
3165 | diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base); | ||||||
3166 | |||||||
3167 | // Must be a base to derived member conversion. | ||||||
3168 | BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath); | ||||||
3169 | Kind = CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer; | ||||||
3170 | return false; | ||||||
3171 | } | ||||||
3172 | |||||||
3173 | /// Determine whether the lifetime conversion between the two given | ||||||
3174 | /// qualifiers sets is nontrivial. | ||||||
3175 | static bool isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(Qualifiers FromQuals, | ||||||
3176 | Qualifiers ToQuals) { | ||||||
3177 | // Converting anything to const __unsafe_unretained is trivial. | ||||||
3178 | if (ToQuals.hasConst() && | ||||||
3179 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) | ||||||
3180 | return false; | ||||||
3181 | |||||||
3182 | return true; | ||||||
3183 | } | ||||||
3184 | |||||||
3185 | /// Perform a single iteration of the loop for checking if a qualification | ||||||
3186 | /// conversion is valid. | ||||||
3187 | /// | ||||||
3188 | /// Specifically, check whether any change between the qualifiers of \p | ||||||
3189 | /// FromType and \p ToType is permissible, given knowledge about whether every | ||||||
3190 | /// outer layer is const-qualified. | ||||||
3191 | static bool isQualificationConversionStep(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
3192 | bool CStyle, bool IsTopLevel, | ||||||
3193 | bool &PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, | ||||||
3194 | bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { | ||||||
3195 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
3196 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
3197 | |||||||
3198 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is void. | ||||||
3199 | if (ToType.getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) | ||||||
3200 | FromQuals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||
3201 | |||||||
3202 | // Objective-C ARC: | ||||||
3203 | // Check Objective-C lifetime conversions. | ||||||
3204 | if (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != ToQuals.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||
3205 | if (ToQuals.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(FromQuals)) { | ||||||
3206 | if (isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(FromQuals, ToQuals)) | ||||||
3207 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = true; | ||||||
3208 | FromQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
3209 | ToQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
3210 | } else { | ||||||
3211 | // Qualification conversions cannot cast between different | ||||||
3212 | // Objective-C lifetime qualifiers. | ||||||
3213 | return false; | ||||||
3214 | } | ||||||
3215 | } | ||||||
3216 | |||||||
3217 | // Allow addition/removal of GC attributes but not changing GC attributes. | ||||||
3218 | if (FromQuals.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQuals.getObjCGCAttr() && | ||||||
3219 | (!FromQuals.hasObjCGCAttr() || !ToQuals.hasObjCGCAttr())) { | ||||||
3220 | FromQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||
3221 | ToQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||
3222 | } | ||||||
3223 | |||||||
3224 | // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv | ||||||
3225 | // 2,j, and similarly for volatile. | ||||||
3226 | if (!CStyle && !ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) | ||||||
3227 | return false; | ||||||
3228 | |||||||
3229 | // If address spaces mismatch: | ||||||
3230 | // - in top level it is only valid to convert to addr space that is a | ||||||
3231 | // superset in all cases apart from C-style casts where we allow | ||||||
3232 | // conversions between overlapping address spaces. | ||||||
3233 | // - in non-top levels it is not a valid conversion. | ||||||
3234 | if (ToQuals.getAddressSpace() != FromQuals.getAddressSpace() && | ||||||
3235 | (!IsTopLevel || | ||||||
3236 | !(ToQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(FromQuals) || | ||||||
3237 | (CStyle && FromQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(ToQuals))))) | ||||||
3238 | return false; | ||||||
3239 | |||||||
3240 | // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in | ||||||
3241 | // every cv for 0 < k < j. | ||||||
3242 | if (!CStyle && FromQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != ToQuals.getCVRQualifiers() && | ||||||
3243 | !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst) | ||||||
3244 | return false; | ||||||
3245 | |||||||
3246 | // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type | ||||||
3247 | // include const. | ||||||
3248 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = | ||||||
3249 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToQuals.hasConst(); | ||||||
3250 | return true; | ||||||
3251 | } | ||||||
3252 | |||||||
3253 | /// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from | ||||||
3254 | /// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion | ||||||
3255 | /// (C++ 4.4). | ||||||
3256 | /// | ||||||
3257 | /// \param ObjCLifetimeConversion Output parameter that will be set to indicate | ||||||
3258 | /// when the qualification conversion involves a change in the Objective-C | ||||||
3259 | /// object lifetime. | ||||||
3260 | bool | ||||||
3261 | Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
3262 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { | ||||||
3263 | FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||
3264 | ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||
3265 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | ||||||
3266 | |||||||
3267 | // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a | ||||||
3268 | // qualification conversion. | ||||||
3269 | if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType()) | ||||||
3270 | return false; | ||||||
3271 | |||||||
3272 | // (C++ 4.4p4): | ||||||
3273 | // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first | ||||||
3274 | // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...] | ||||||
3275 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; | ||||||
3276 | bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false; | ||||||
3277 | while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||
3278 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep( | ||||||
3279 | FromType, ToType, CStyle, !UnwrappedAnyPointer, | ||||||
3280 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||||
3281 | return false; | ||||||
3282 | UnwrappedAnyPointer = true; | ||||||
3283 | } | ||||||
3284 | |||||||
3285 | // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types | ||||||
3286 | // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number | ||||||
3287 | // of times. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and | ||||||
3288 | // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked | ||||||
3289 | // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion. | ||||||
3290 | return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType); | ||||||
3291 | } | ||||||
3292 | |||||||
3293 | /// - Determine whether this is a conversion from a scalar type to an | ||||||
3294 | /// atomic type. | ||||||
3295 | /// | ||||||
3296 | /// If successful, updates \c SCS's second and third steps in the conversion | ||||||
3297 | /// sequence to finish the conversion. | ||||||
3298 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
3299 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
3300 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||
3301 | bool CStyle) { | ||||||
3302 | const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>(); | ||||||
3303 | if (!ToAtomic) | ||||||
3304 | return false; | ||||||
3305 | |||||||
3306 | StandardConversionSequence InnerSCS; | ||||||
3307 | if (!IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToAtomic->getValueType(), | ||||||
3308 | InOverloadResolution, InnerSCS, | ||||||
3309 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) | ||||||
3310 | return false; | ||||||
3311 | |||||||
3312 | SCS.Second = InnerSCS.Second; | ||||||
3313 | SCS.setToType(1, InnerSCS.getToType(1)); | ||||||
3314 | SCS.Third = InnerSCS.Third; | ||||||
3315 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime | ||||||
3316 | = InnerSCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime; | ||||||
3317 | SCS.setToType(2, InnerSCS.getToType(2)); | ||||||
3318 | return true; | ||||||
3319 | } | ||||||
3320 | |||||||
3321 | static bool isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
3322 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, | ||||||
3323 | QualType Type) { | ||||||
3324 | const auto *CtorType = Constructor->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
3325 | if (CtorType->getNumParams() > 0) { | ||||||
3326 | QualType FirstArg = CtorType->getParamType(0); | ||||||
3327 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, FirstArg.getNonReferenceType())) | ||||||
3328 | return true; | ||||||
3329 | } | ||||||
3330 | return false; | ||||||
3331 | } | ||||||
3332 | |||||||
3333 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||
3334 | IsInitializerListConstructorConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
3335 | CXXRecordDecl *To, | ||||||
3336 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, | ||||||
3337 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
3338 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||
3339 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||
3340 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(To)) { | ||||||
3341 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); | ||||||
3342 | if (!Info) | ||||||
3343 | continue; | ||||||
3344 | |||||||
3345 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl() && | ||||||
3346 | S.isInitListConstructor(Info.Constructor); | ||||||
3347 | if (Usable) { | ||||||
3348 | // If the first argument is (a reference to) the target type, | ||||||
3349 | // suppress conversions. | ||||||
3350 | bool SuppressUserConversions = isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType( | ||||||
3351 | S.Context, Info.Constructor, ToType); | ||||||
3352 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) | ||||||
3353 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||
3354 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, From, | ||||||
3355 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
3356 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||
3357 | AllowExplicit); | ||||||
3358 | else | ||||||
3359 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, From, | ||||||
3360 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
3361 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||
3362 | } | ||||||
3363 | } | ||||||
3364 | |||||||
3365 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||
3366 | |||||||
3367 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
3368 | switch (auto Result = | ||||||
3369 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { | ||||||
3370 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
3371 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||
3372 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. | ||||||
3373 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||||
3374 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); | ||||||
3375 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. | ||||||
3376 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
3377 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||
3378 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; | ||||||
3379 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||
3380 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
3381 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
3382 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
3383 | return Result; | ||||||
3384 | } | ||||||
3385 | |||||||
3386 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||
3387 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||||
3388 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
3389 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||||
3390 | } | ||||||
3391 | |||||||
3392 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3392); | ||||||
3393 | } | ||||||
3394 | |||||||
3395 | /// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence | ||||||
3396 | /// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type | ||||||
3397 | /// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the | ||||||
3398 | /// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion | ||||||
3399 | /// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns | ||||||
3400 | /// false and User is unspecified. | ||||||
3401 | /// | ||||||
3402 | /// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x | ||||||
3403 | /// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion | ||||||
3404 | /// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2). | ||||||
3405 | /// | ||||||
3406 | /// \param AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit true if the conversion should | ||||||
3407 | /// allow an extra Objective-C pointer conversion on uses of explicit | ||||||
3408 | /// constructors. Requires \c AllowExplicit to also be set. | ||||||
3409 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||
3410 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
3411 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, | ||||||
3412 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
3413 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||
3414 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||
3415 | assert(AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None ||((AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3416, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
3416 | !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)((AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3416, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3417 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||
3418 | |||||||
3419 | // Whether we will only visit constructors. | ||||||
3420 | bool ConstructorsOnly = false; | ||||||
3421 | |||||||
3422 | // If the type we are conversion to is a class type, enumerate its | ||||||
3423 | // constructors. | ||||||
3424 | if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||
3425 | // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1: | ||||||
3426 | // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or | ||||||
3427 | // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a | ||||||
3428 | // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the | ||||||
3429 | // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate | ||||||
3430 | // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of | ||||||
3431 | // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within | ||||||
3432 | // the parentheses of the initializer. | ||||||
3433 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) || | ||||||
3434 | (From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>() && | ||||||
3435 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), ToType))) | ||||||
3436 | ConstructorsOnly = true; | ||||||
3437 | |||||||
3438 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType)) { | ||||||
3439 | // We're not going to find any constructors. | ||||||
3440 | } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl | ||||||
3441 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) { | ||||||
3442 | |||||||
3443 | Expr **Args = &From; | ||||||
3444 | unsigned NumArgs = 1; | ||||||
3445 | bool ListInitializing = false; | ||||||
3446 | if (InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||
3447 | // But first, see if there is an init-list-constructor that will work. | ||||||
3448 | OverloadingResult Result = IsInitializerListConstructorConversion( | ||||||
3449 | S, From, ToType, ToRecordDecl, User, CandidateSet, | ||||||
3450 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||
3451 | if (Result != OR_No_Viable_Function) | ||||||
3452 | return Result; | ||||||
3453 | // Never mind. | ||||||
3454 | CandidateSet.clear( | ||||||
3455 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||
3456 | |||||||
3457 | // If we're list-initializing, we pass the individual elements as | ||||||
3458 | // arguments, not the entire list. | ||||||
3459 | Args = InitList->getInits(); | ||||||
3460 | NumArgs = InitList->getNumInits(); | ||||||
3461 | ListInitializing = true; | ||||||
3462 | } | ||||||
3463 | |||||||
3464 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(ToRecordDecl)) { | ||||||
3465 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); | ||||||
3466 | if (!Info) | ||||||
3467 | continue; | ||||||
3468 | |||||||
3469 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
3470 | if (!ListInitializing) | ||||||
3471 | Usable = Usable && Info.Constructor->isConvertingConstructor( | ||||||
3472 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||||
3473 | if (Usable) { | ||||||
3474 | bool SuppressUserConversions = !ConstructorsOnly; | ||||||
3475 | if (SuppressUserConversions && ListInitializing) { | ||||||
3476 | SuppressUserConversions = false; | ||||||
3477 | if (NumArgs == 1) { | ||||||
3478 | // If the first argument is (a reference to) the target type, | ||||||
3479 | // suppress conversions. | ||||||
3480 | SuppressUserConversions = isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType( | ||||||
3481 | S.Context, Info.Constructor, ToType); | ||||||
3482 | } | ||||||
3483 | } | ||||||
3484 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) | ||||||
3485 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
3486 | Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||
3487 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||
3488 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
3489 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||
3490 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||
3491 | else | ||||||
3492 | // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a | ||||||
3493 | // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc). | ||||||
3494 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||
3495 | llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||
3496 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
3497 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||
3498 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||
3499 | } | ||||||
3500 | } | ||||||
3501 | } | ||||||
3502 | } | ||||||
3503 | |||||||
3504 | // Enumerate conversion functions, if we're allowed to. | ||||||
3505 | if (ConstructorsOnly || isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||
3506 | } else if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType())) { | ||||||
3507 | // No conversion functions from incomplete types. | ||||||
3508 | } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType = | ||||||
3509 | From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||
3510 | if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl | ||||||
3511 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) { | ||||||
3512 | // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates. | ||||||
3513 | const auto &Conversions = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||
3514 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
3515 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair(); | ||||||
3516 | NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||||
3517 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
3518 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||
3519 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
3520 | |||||||
3521 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||||
3522 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate; | ||||||
3523 | if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))) | ||||||
3524 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||
3525 | else | ||||||
3526 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||
3527 | |||||||
3528 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||
3529 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||
3530 | ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, | ||||||
3531 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||
3532 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); | ||||||
3533 | else | ||||||
3534 | S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, | ||||||
3535 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||
3536 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); | ||||||
3537 | } | ||||||
3538 | } | ||||||
3539 | } | ||||||
3540 | |||||||
3541 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||
3542 | |||||||
3543 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
3544 | switch (auto Result = | ||||||
3545 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { | ||||||
3546 | case OR_Success: | ||||||
3547 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
3548 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. | ||||||
3549 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | ||||||
3550 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) { | ||||||
3551 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: | ||||||
3552 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a | ||||||
3553 | // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion | ||||||
3554 | // sequence converts the source type to the type required by | ||||||
3555 | // the argument of the constructor. | ||||||
3556 | // | ||||||
3557 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); | ||||||
3558 | if (isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||
3559 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. | ||||||
3560 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
3561 | } else { | ||||||
3562 | if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis()) | ||||||
3563 | User.EllipsisConversion = true; | ||||||
3564 | else { | ||||||
3565 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||
3566 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||
3567 | } | ||||||
3568 | } | ||||||
3569 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||
3570 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; | ||||||
3571 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||
3572 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
3573 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
3574 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
3575 | return Result; | ||||||
3576 | } | ||||||
3577 | if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion | ||||||
3578 | = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) { | ||||||
3579 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: | ||||||
3580 | // | ||||||
3581 | // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a | ||||||
3582 | // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard | ||||||
3583 | // conversion sequence converts the source type to the | ||||||
3584 | // implicit object parameter of the conversion function. | ||||||
3585 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||
3586 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||
3587 | User.ConversionFunction = Conversion; | ||||||
3588 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||
3589 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||
3590 | |||||||
3591 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p2: | ||||||
3592 | // The second standard conversion sequence converts the | ||||||
3593 | // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type | ||||||
3594 | // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence | ||||||
3595 | // is an initialization, the special rules for | ||||||
3596 | // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when | ||||||
3597 | // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a | ||||||
3598 | // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and | ||||||
3599 | // 13.3.3.1). | ||||||
3600 | User.After = Best->FinalConversion; | ||||||
3601 | return Result; | ||||||
3602 | } | ||||||
3603 | llvm_unreachable("Not a constructor or conversion function?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Not a constructor or conversion function?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3603); | ||||||
3604 | |||||||
3605 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||
3606 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||||
3607 | |||||||
3608 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
3609 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||||
3610 | } | ||||||
3611 | |||||||
3612 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3612); | ||||||
3613 | } | ||||||
3614 | |||||||
3615 | bool | ||||||
3616 | Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { | ||||||
3617 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||
3618 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||
3619 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||
3620 | OverloadingResult OvResult = | ||||||
3621 | IsUserDefinedConversion(*this, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, | ||||||
3622 | CandidateSet, AllowedExplicit::None, false); | ||||||
3623 | |||||||
3624 | if (!(OvResult == OR_Ambiguous || | ||||||
3625 | (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty()))) | ||||||
3626 | return false; | ||||||
3627 | |||||||
3628 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates( | ||||||
3629 | *this, | ||||||
3630 | OvResult == OR_Ambiguous ? OCD_AmbiguousCandidates : OCD_AllCandidates, | ||||||
3631 | From); | ||||||
3632 | if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous) | ||||||
3633 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) | ||||||
3634 | << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3635 | else { // OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty() | ||||||
3636 | if (!RequireCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, | ||||||
3637 | diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition_incomplete, | ||||||
3638 | From->getType(), From->getSourceRange())) | ||||||
3639 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition) | ||||||
3640 | << false << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << ToType; | ||||||
3641 | } | ||||||
3642 | |||||||
3643 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
3644 | *this, From, Cands); | ||||||
3645 | return true; | ||||||
3646 | } | ||||||
3647 | |||||||
3648 | // Helper for compareConversionFunctions that gets the FunctionType that the | ||||||
3649 | // conversion-operator return value 'points' to, or nullptr. | ||||||
3650 | static const FunctionType * | ||||||
3651 | getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(CXXConversionDecl *Conv) { | ||||||
3652 | const FunctionType *ConvFuncTy = Conv->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||
3653 | const PointerType *RetPtrTy = | ||||||
3654 | ConvFuncTy->getReturnType()->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||
3655 | |||||||
3656 | if (!RetPtrTy) | ||||||
3657 | return nullptr; | ||||||
3658 | |||||||
3659 | return RetPtrTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||
3660 | } | ||||||
3661 | |||||||
3662 | /// Compare the user-defined conversion functions or constructors | ||||||
3663 | /// of two user-defined conversion sequences to determine whether any ordering | ||||||
3664 | /// is possible. | ||||||
3665 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
3666 | compareConversionFunctions(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function1, | ||||||
3667 | FunctionDecl *Function2) { | ||||||
3668 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function1); | ||||||
3669 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function2); | ||||||
3670 | if (!Conv1 || !Conv2) | ||||||
3671 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3672 | |||||||
3673 | if (!Conv1->getParent()->isLambda() || !Conv2->getParent()->isLambda()) | ||||||
3674 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3675 | |||||||
3676 | // Objective-C++: | ||||||
3677 | // If both conversion functions are implicitly-declared conversions from | ||||||
3678 | // a lambda closure type to a function pointer and a block pointer, | ||||||
3679 | // respectively, always prefer the conversion to a function pointer, | ||||||
3680 | // because the function pointer is more lightweight and is more likely | ||||||
3681 | // to keep code working. | ||||||
3682 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjC && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||
3683 | bool Block1 = Conv1->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||||
3684 | bool Block2 = Conv2->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||||
3685 | if (Block1 != Block2) | ||||||
3686 | return Block1 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||
3687 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3688 | } | ||||||
3689 | |||||||
3690 | // In order to support multiple calling conventions for the lambda conversion | ||||||
3691 | // operator (such as when the free and member function calling convention is | ||||||
3692 | // different), prefer the 'free' mechanism, followed by the calling-convention | ||||||
3693 | // of operator(). The latter is in place to support the MSVC-like solution of | ||||||
3694 | // defining ALL of the possible conversions in regards to calling-convention. | ||||||
3695 | const FunctionType *Conv1FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv1); | ||||||
3696 | const FunctionType *Conv2FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv2); | ||||||
3697 | |||||||
3698 | if (Conv1FuncRet && Conv2FuncRet && | ||||||
3699 | Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv() != Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv()) { | ||||||
3700 | CallingConv Conv1CC = Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv(); | ||||||
3701 | CallingConv Conv2CC = Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv(); | ||||||
3702 | |||||||
3703 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOp = Conv2->getParent()->getLambdaCallOperator(); | ||||||
3704 | const FunctionProtoType *CallOpProto = | ||||||
3705 | CallOp->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
3706 | |||||||
3707 | CallingConv CallOpCC = | ||||||
3708 | CallOp->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||||
3709 | CallingConv DefaultFree = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( | ||||||
3710 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/false); | ||||||
3711 | CallingConv DefaultMember = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( | ||||||
3712 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/true); | ||||||
3713 | |||||||
3714 | CallingConv PrefOrder[] = {DefaultFree, DefaultMember, CallOpCC}; | ||||||
3715 | for (CallingConv CC : PrefOrder) { | ||||||
3716 | if (Conv1CC == CC) | ||||||
3717 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3718 | if (Conv2CC == CC) | ||||||
3719 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3720 | } | ||||||
3721 | } | ||||||
3722 | |||||||
3723 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3724 | } | ||||||
3725 | |||||||
3726 | static bool hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion( | ||||||
3727 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) { | ||||||
3728 | return (ICS.isStandard() && ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) || | ||||||
3729 | (ICS.isUserDefined() && | ||||||
3730 | ICS.UserDefined.Before.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr); | ||||||
3731 | } | ||||||
3732 | |||||||
3733 | /// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit | ||||||
3734 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the | ||||||
3735 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2). | ||||||
3736 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
3737 | CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
3738 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1, | ||||||
3739 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2) | ||||||
3740 | { | ||||||
3741 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit | ||||||
3742 | // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1) | ||||||
3743 | // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better | ||||||
3744 | // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or | ||||||
3745 | // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and | ||||||
3746 | // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better | ||||||
3747 | // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence | ||||||
3748 | // (13.3.3.1.3). | ||||||
3749 | // | ||||||
3750 | // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10: | ||||||
3751 | // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as | ||||||
3752 | // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is | ||||||
3753 | // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable | ||||||
3754 | // from any other user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||
3755 | |||||||
3756 | // String literal to 'char *' conversion has been deprecated in C++03. It has | ||||||
3757 | // been removed from C++11. We still accept this conversion, if it happens at | ||||||
3758 | // the best viable function. Otherwise, this conversion is considered worse | ||||||
3759 | // than ellipsis conversion. Consider this as an extension; this is not in the | ||||||
3760 | // standard. For example: | ||||||
3761 | // | ||||||
3762 | // int &f(...); // #1 | ||||||
3763 | // void f(char*); // #2 | ||||||
3764 | // void g() { int &r = f("foo"); } | ||||||
3765 | // | ||||||
3766 | // In C++03, we pick #2 as the best viable function. | ||||||
3767 | // In C++11, we pick #1 as the best viable function, because ellipsis | ||||||
3768 | // conversion is better than string-literal to char* conversion (since there | ||||||
3769 | // is no such conversion in C++11). If there was no #1 at all or #1 couldn't | ||||||
3770 | // convert arguments, #2 would be the best viable function in C++11. | ||||||
3771 | // If the best viable function has this conversion, a warning will be issued | ||||||
3772 | // in C++03, or an ExtWarn (+SFINAE failure) will be issued in C++11. | ||||||
3773 | |||||||
3774 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings && | ||||||
3775 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) != | ||||||
3776 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS2)) | ||||||
3777 | return hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) | ||||||
3778 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||
3779 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3780 | |||||||
3781 | if (ICS1.getKindRank() < ICS2.getKindRank()) | ||||||
3782 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3783 | if (ICS2.getKindRank() < ICS1.getKindRank()) | ||||||
3784 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3785 | |||||||
3786 | // The following checks require both conversion sequences to be of | ||||||
3787 | // the same kind. | ||||||
3788 | if (ICS1.getKind() != ICS2.getKind()) | ||||||
3789 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3790 | |||||||
3791 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result = | ||||||
3792 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3793 | |||||||
3794 | // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are | ||||||
3795 | // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the | ||||||
3796 | // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): | ||||||
3797 | |||||||
3798 | // List-initialization sequence L1 is a better conversion sequence than | ||||||
3799 | // list-initialization sequence L2 if: | ||||||
3800 | // - L1 converts to std::initializer_list<X> for some X and L2 does not, or, | ||||||
3801 | // if not that, | ||||||
3802 | // - L1 converts to type "array of N1 T", L2 converts to type "array of N2 T", | ||||||
3803 | // and N1 is smaller than N2., | ||||||
3804 | // even if one of the other rules in this paragraph would otherwise apply. | ||||||
3805 | if (!ICS1.isBad()) { | ||||||
3806 | if (ICS1.isStdInitializerListElement() && | ||||||
3807 | !ICS2.isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||
3808 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3809 | if (!ICS1.isStdInitializerListElement() && | ||||||
3810 | ICS2.isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||
3811 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3812 | } | ||||||
3813 | |||||||
3814 | if (ICS1.isStandard()) | ||||||
3815 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence than | ||||||
3816 | // standard conversion sequence S2 if [...] | ||||||
3817 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||
3818 | ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard); | ||||||
3819 | else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) { | ||||||
3820 | // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion | ||||||
3821 | // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if | ||||||
3822 | // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or | ||||||
3823 | // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of | ||||||
3824 | // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of | ||||||
3825 | // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). | ||||||
3826 | if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction == | ||||||
3827 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction) | ||||||
3828 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||
3829 | ICS1.UserDefined.After, | ||||||
3830 | ICS2.UserDefined.After); | ||||||
3831 | else | ||||||
3832 | Result = compareConversionFunctions(S, | ||||||
3833 | ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction, | ||||||
3834 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction); | ||||||
3835 | } | ||||||
3836 | |||||||
3837 | return Result; | ||||||
3838 | } | ||||||
3839 | |||||||
3840 | // Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to | ||||||
3841 | // determine if one is a proper subset of the other. | ||||||
3842 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
3843 | compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
3844 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||
3845 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||
3846 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result | ||||||
3847 | = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3848 | |||||||
3849 | // the identity conversion sequence is considered to be a subsequence of | ||||||
3850 | // any non-identity conversion sequence | ||||||
3851 | if (SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && !SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) | ||||||
3852 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3853 | else if (!SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) | ||||||
3854 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3855 | |||||||
3856 | if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) { | ||||||
3857 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity) | ||||||
3858 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3859 | else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity) | ||||||
3860 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3861 | else | ||||||
3862 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3863 | } else if (!Context.hasSimilarType(SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1))) | ||||||
3864 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3865 | |||||||
3866 | if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) { | ||||||
3867 | return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result | ||||||
3868 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3869 | } | ||||||
3870 | |||||||
3871 | if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity) | ||||||
3872 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||
3873 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable | ||||||
3874 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3875 | |||||||
3876 | if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity) | ||||||
3877 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
3878 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable | ||||||
3879 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3880 | |||||||
3881 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3882 | } | ||||||
3883 | |||||||
3884 | /// Determine whether one of the given reference bindings is better | ||||||
3885 | /// than the other based on what kind of bindings they are. | ||||||
3886 | static bool | ||||||
3887 | isBetterReferenceBindingKind(const StandardConversionSequence &SCS1, | ||||||
3888 | const StandardConversionSequence &SCS2) { | ||||||
3889 | // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4: | ||||||
3890 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an | ||||||
3891 | // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared | ||||||
3892 | // without a ref-qualifier, and *either* S1 binds an rvalue reference | ||||||
3893 | // to an rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference *or S1 binds an | ||||||
3894 | // lvalue reference to a function lvalue and S2 binds an rvalue | ||||||
3895 | // reference*. | ||||||
3896 | // | ||||||
3897 | // FIXME: Rvalue references. We're going rogue with the above edits, | ||||||
3898 | // because the semantics in the current C++0x working paper (N3225 at the | ||||||
3899 | // time of this writing) break the standard definition of std::forward | ||||||
3900 | // and std::reference_wrapper when dealing with references to functions. | ||||||
3901 | // Proposed wording changes submitted to CWG for consideration. | ||||||
3902 | if (SCS1.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier || | ||||||
3903 | SCS2.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier) | ||||||
3904 | return false; | ||||||
3905 | |||||||
3906 | return (!SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToRvalue && | ||||||
3907 | SCS2.IsLvalueReference) || | ||||||
3908 | (SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToFunctionLvalue && | ||||||
3909 | !SCS2.IsLvalueReference && SCS2.BindsToFunctionLvalue); | ||||||
3910 | } | ||||||
3911 | |||||||
3912 | enum class FixedEnumPromotion { | ||||||
3913 | None, | ||||||
3914 | ToUnderlyingType, | ||||||
3915 | ToPromotedUnderlyingType | ||||||
3916 | }; | ||||||
3917 | |||||||
3918 | /// Returns kind of fixed enum promotion the \a SCS uses. | ||||||
3919 | static FixedEnumPromotion | ||||||
3920 | getFixedEnumPromtion(Sema &S, const StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||
3921 | |||||||
3922 | if (SCS.Second != ICK_Integral_Promotion) | ||||||
3923 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||
3924 | |||||||
3925 | QualType FromType = SCS.getFromType(); | ||||||
3926 | if (!FromType->isEnumeralType()) | ||||||
3927 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||
3928 | |||||||
3929 | EnumDecl *Enum = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); | ||||||
3930 | if (!Enum->isFixed()) | ||||||
3931 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||
3932 | |||||||
3933 | QualType UnderlyingType = Enum->getIntegerType(); | ||||||
3934 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(SCS.getToType(1), UnderlyingType)) | ||||||
3935 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType; | ||||||
3936 | |||||||
3937 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToPromotedUnderlyingType; | ||||||
3938 | } | ||||||
3939 | |||||||
3940 | /// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard | ||||||
3941 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the | ||||||
3942 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). | ||||||
3943 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
3944 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
3945 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||
3946 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) | ||||||
3947 | { | ||||||
3948 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence | ||||||
3949 | // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): | ||||||
3950 | |||||||
3951 | // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion | ||||||
3952 | // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1, | ||||||
3953 | // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion | ||||||
3954 | // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any | ||||||
3955 | // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that, | ||||||
3956 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK | ||||||
3957 | = compareStandardConversionSubsets(S.Context, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||
3958 | return CK; | ||||||
3959 | |||||||
3960 | // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules | ||||||
3961 | // defined below), or, if not that, | ||||||
3962 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank(); | ||||||
3963 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank(); | ||||||
3964 | if (Rank1 < Rank2) | ||||||
3965 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3966 | else if (Rank2 < Rank1) | ||||||
3967 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3968 | |||||||
3969 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank | ||||||
3970 | // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules | ||||||
3971 | // applies: | ||||||
3972 | |||||||
3973 | // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or | ||||||
3974 | // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion | ||||||
3975 | // that is such a conversion. | ||||||
3976 | if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()) | ||||||
3977 | return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool() | ||||||
3978 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
3979 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3980 | |||||||
3981 | // C++14 [over.ics.rank]p4b2: | ||||||
3982 | // This is retroactively applied to C++11 by CWG 1601. | ||||||
3983 | // | ||||||
3984 | // A conversion that promotes an enumeration whose underlying type is fixed | ||||||
3985 | // to its underlying type is better than one that promotes to the promoted | ||||||
3986 | // underlying type, if the two are different. | ||||||
3987 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP1 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS1); | ||||||
3988 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP2 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS2); | ||||||
3989 | if (FEP1 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && FEP2 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && | ||||||
3990 | FEP1 != FEP2) | ||||||
3991 | return FEP1 == FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType | ||||||
3992 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
3993 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3994 | |||||||
3995 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2: | ||||||
3996 | // | ||||||
3997 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A, | ||||||
3998 | // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to | ||||||
3999 | // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion | ||||||
4000 | // of B* to void*. | ||||||
4001 | bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid | ||||||
4002 | = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); | ||||||
4003 | bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid | ||||||
4004 | = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); | ||||||
4005 | if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { | ||||||
4006 | // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to | ||||||
4007 | // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion. | ||||||
4008 | return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
4009 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4010 | } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { | ||||||
4011 | // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare | ||||||
4012 | // their derived-to-base conversions. | ||||||
4013 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK | ||||||
4014 | = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(S, Loc, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||
4015 | return DerivedCK; | ||||||
4016 | } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid && | ||||||
4017 | !S.Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS2.getFromType())) { | ||||||
4018 | // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void | ||||||
4019 | // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an | ||||||
4020 | // inheritance relationship in their sources. | ||||||
4021 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); | ||||||
4022 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); | ||||||
4023 | |||||||
4024 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer | ||||||
4025 | // conversion, if we need to. | ||||||
4026 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||
4027 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); | ||||||
4028 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||
4029 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); | ||||||
4030 | |||||||
4031 | QualType FromPointee1 = FromType1->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4032 | QualType FromPointee2 = FromType2->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4033 | |||||||
4034 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||
4035 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4036 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||
4037 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4038 | |||||||
4039 | // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the | ||||||
4040 | // other, it is the better one. | ||||||
4041 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr1 | ||||||
4042 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
4043 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr2 | ||||||
4044 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
4045 | if (FromObjCPtr1 && FromObjCPtr2) { | ||||||
4046 | bool AssignLeft = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr1, | ||||||
4047 | FromObjCPtr2); | ||||||
4048 | bool AssignRight = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr2, | ||||||
4049 | FromObjCPtr1); | ||||||
4050 | if (AssignLeft != AssignRight) { | ||||||
4051 | return AssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
4052 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4053 | } | ||||||
4054 | } | ||||||
4055 | } | ||||||
4056 | |||||||
4057 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||
4058 | // Check for a better reference binding based on the kind of bindings. | ||||||
4059 | if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||
4060 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4061 | else if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS2, SCS1)) | ||||||
4062 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4063 | } | ||||||
4064 | |||||||
4065 | // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3, | ||||||
4066 | // bullet 3). | ||||||
4067 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK | ||||||
4068 | = CompareQualificationConversions(S, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||
4069 | return QualCK; | ||||||
4070 | |||||||
4071 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||
4072 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4: | ||||||
4073 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to | ||||||
4074 | // which the references refer are the same type except for | ||||||
4075 | // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference | ||||||
4076 | // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type | ||||||
4077 | // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers. | ||||||
4078 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); | ||||||
4079 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); | ||||||
4080 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | ||||||
4081 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | ||||||
4082 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||
4083 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||
4084 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||
4085 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { | ||||||
4086 | // Objective-C++ ARC: If the references refer to objects with different | ||||||
4087 | // lifetimes, prefer bindings that don't change lifetime. | ||||||
4088 | if (SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding != | ||||||
4089 | SCS2.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding) { | ||||||
4090 | return SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding | ||||||
4091 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||
4092 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4093 | } | ||||||
4094 | |||||||
4095 | // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the | ||||||
4096 | // type for comparison. | ||||||
4097 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals) | ||||||
4098 | T1 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals); | ||||||
4099 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals) | ||||||
4100 | T2 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals); | ||||||
4101 | if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) | ||||||
4102 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4103 | if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) | ||||||
4104 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4105 | } | ||||||
4106 | } | ||||||
4107 | |||||||
4108 | // In Microsoft mode, prefer an integral conversion to a | ||||||
4109 | // floating-to-integral conversion if the integral conversion | ||||||
4110 | // is between types of the same size. | ||||||
4111 | // For example: | ||||||
4112 | // void f(float); | ||||||
4113 | // void f(int); | ||||||
4114 | // int main { | ||||||
4115 | // long a; | ||||||
4116 | // f(a); | ||||||
4117 | // } | ||||||
4118 | // Here, MSVC will call f(int) instead of generating a compile error | ||||||
4119 | // as clang will do in standard mode. | ||||||
4120 | if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && SCS1.Second == ICK_Integral_Conversion && | ||||||
4121 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Floating_Integral && | ||||||
4122 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getFromType()) == | ||||||
4123 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getToType(2))) | ||||||
4124 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4125 | |||||||
4126 | // Prefer a compatible vector conversion over a lax vector conversion | ||||||
4127 | // For example: | ||||||
4128 | // | ||||||
4129 | // typedef float __v4sf __attribute__((__vector_size__(16))); | ||||||
4130 | // void f(vector float); | ||||||
4131 | // void f(vector signed int); | ||||||
4132 | // int main() { | ||||||
4133 | // __v4sf a; | ||||||
4134 | // f(a); | ||||||
4135 | // } | ||||||
4136 | // Here, we'd like to choose f(vector float) and not | ||||||
4137 | // report an ambiguous call error | ||||||
4138 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion && | ||||||
4139 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion) { | ||||||
4140 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( | ||||||
4141 | SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); | ||||||
4142 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( | ||||||
4143 | SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); | ||||||
4144 | |||||||
4145 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion != SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion) | ||||||
4146 | return SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion | ||||||
4147 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
4148 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4149 | } | ||||||
4150 | |||||||
4151 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion && | ||||||
4152 | SCS2.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion) { | ||||||
4153 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = | ||||||
4154 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); | ||||||
4155 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = | ||||||
4156 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); | ||||||
4157 | |||||||
4158 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion != | ||||||
4159 | SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion) | ||||||
4160 | return SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion | ||||||
4161 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
4162 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4163 | } | ||||||
4164 | |||||||
4165 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4166 | } | ||||||
4167 | |||||||
4168 | /// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion | ||||||
4169 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their | ||||||
4170 | /// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3). | ||||||
4171 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
4172 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||
4173 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||
4174 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||
4175 | // C++ 13.3.3.2p3: | ||||||
4176 | // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and | ||||||
4177 | // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the | ||||||
4178 | // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of | ||||||
4179 | // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the | ||||||
4180 | // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2). | ||||||
4181 | if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second || | ||||||
4182 | SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification) | ||||||
4183 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4184 | |||||||
4185 | // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification | ||||||
4186 | // conversion (!) | ||||||
4187 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); | ||||||
4188 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); | ||||||
4189 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | ||||||
4190 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | ||||||
4191 | assert(!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType())((!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4191, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4192 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||
4193 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||
4194 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||
4195 | |||||||
4196 | // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapping | ||||||
4197 | // them. | ||||||
4198 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) | ||||||
4199 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4200 | |||||||
4201 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result | ||||||
4202 | = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4203 | |||||||
4204 | // Objective-C++ ARC: | ||||||
4205 | // Prefer qualification conversions not involving a change in lifetime | ||||||
4206 | // to qualification conversions that do not change lifetime. | ||||||
4207 | if (SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime != | ||||||
4208 | SCS2.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime) { | ||||||
4209 | Result = SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime | ||||||
4210 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||
4211 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4212 | } | ||||||
4213 | |||||||
4214 | while (S.Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)) { | ||||||
4215 | // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to | ||||||
4216 | // determine if this still looks like a qualification | ||||||
4217 | // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of | ||||||
4218 | // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again | ||||||
4219 | // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left | ||||||
4220 | // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what | ||||||
4221 | // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a | ||||||
4222 | // strict subset of qualifiers. | ||||||
4223 | if (T1.getQualifiers().withoutObjCLifetime() == | ||||||
4224 | T2.getQualifiers().withoutObjCLifetime()) | ||||||
4225 | // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything | ||||||
4226 | // about how the sequences rank. | ||||||
4227 | // ObjC ownership quals are omitted above as they interfere with | ||||||
4228 | // the ARC overload rule. | ||||||
4229 | ; | ||||||
4230 | else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) { | ||||||
4231 | // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence. | ||||||
4232 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) | ||||||
4233 | // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's | ||||||
4234 | // qualifiers. | ||||||
4235 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4236 | |||||||
4237 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4238 | } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) { | ||||||
4239 | // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence. | ||||||
4240 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better) | ||||||
4241 | // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's | ||||||
4242 | // qualifiers. | ||||||
4243 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4244 | |||||||
4245 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4246 | } else { | ||||||
4247 | // Qualifiers are disjoint. | ||||||
4248 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4249 | } | ||||||
4250 | |||||||
4251 | // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done. | ||||||
4252 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||||
4253 | break; | ||||||
4254 | } | ||||||
4255 | |||||||
4256 | // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using | ||||||
4257 | // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion. | ||||||
4258 | switch (Result) { | ||||||
4259 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||||
4260 | if (SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) | ||||||
4261 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4262 | break; | ||||||
4263 | |||||||
4264 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||||
4265 | break; | ||||||
4266 | |||||||
4267 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||||
4268 | if (SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) | ||||||
4269 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4270 | break; | ||||||
4271 | } | ||||||
4272 | |||||||
4273 | return Result; | ||||||
4274 | } | ||||||
4275 | |||||||
4276 | /// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion | ||||||
4277 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their | ||||||
4278 | /// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++ | ||||||
4279 | /// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at | ||||||
4280 | /// conversions between Objective-C interface types. | ||||||
4281 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
4282 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
4283 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||
4284 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||
4285 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); | ||||||
4286 | QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1); | ||||||
4287 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); | ||||||
4288 | QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1); | ||||||
4289 | |||||||
4290 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer | ||||||
4291 | // conversion, if we need to. | ||||||
4292 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||
4293 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); | ||||||
4294 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||
4295 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); | ||||||
4296 | |||||||
4297 | // Canonicalize all of the types. | ||||||
4298 | FromType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1); | ||||||
4299 | ToType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1); | ||||||
4300 | FromType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2); | ||||||
4301 | ToType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2); | ||||||
4302 | |||||||
4303 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3: | ||||||
4304 | // | ||||||
4305 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and | ||||||
4306 | // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B, | ||||||
4307 | // | ||||||
4308 | // Compare based on pointer conversions. | ||||||
4309 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||
4310 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||
4311 | /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/ | ||||||
4312 | FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() && | ||||||
4313 | ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) { | ||||||
4314 | QualType FromPointee1 = | ||||||
4315 | FromType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4316 | QualType ToPointee1 = | ||||||
4317 | ToType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4318 | QualType FromPointee2 = | ||||||
4319 | FromType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4320 | QualType ToPointee2 = | ||||||
4321 | ToType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4322 | |||||||
4323 | // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*, | ||||||
4324 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { | ||||||
4325 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) | ||||||
4326 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4327 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) | ||||||
4328 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4329 | } | ||||||
4330 | |||||||
4331 | // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*, | ||||||
4332 | if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) { | ||||||
4333 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||
4334 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4335 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||
4336 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4337 | } | ||||||
4338 | } else if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||
4339 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { | ||||||
4340 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr1 | ||||||
4341 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
4342 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr2 | ||||||
4343 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
4344 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr1 | ||||||
4345 | = ToType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
4346 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr2 | ||||||
4347 | = ToType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
4348 | |||||||
4349 | if (FromPtr1 && FromPtr2 && ToPtr1 && ToPtr2) { | ||||||
4350 | // Apply the same conversion ranking rules for Objective-C pointer types | ||||||
4351 | // that we do for C++ pointers to class types. However, we employ the | ||||||
4352 | // Objective-C pseudo-subtyping relationship used for assignment of | ||||||
4353 | // Objective-C pointer types. | ||||||
4354 | bool FromAssignLeft | ||||||
4355 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr1, FromPtr2); | ||||||
4356 | bool FromAssignRight | ||||||
4357 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr2, FromPtr1); | ||||||
4358 | bool ToAssignLeft | ||||||
4359 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr1, ToPtr2); | ||||||
4360 | bool ToAssignRight | ||||||
4361 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr2, ToPtr1); | ||||||
4362 | |||||||
4363 | // A conversion to an a non-id object pointer type or qualified 'id' | ||||||
4364 | // type is better than a conversion to 'id'. | ||||||
4365 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCIdType() && | ||||||
4366 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||
4367 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4368 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCIdType() && | ||||||
4369 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||
4370 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4371 | |||||||
4372 | // A conversion to a non-id object pointer type is better than a | ||||||
4373 | // conversion to a qualified 'id' type | ||||||
4374 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||
4375 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4376 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||
4377 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4378 | |||||||
4379 | // A conversion to an a non-Class object pointer type or qualified 'Class' | ||||||
4380 | // type is better than a conversion to 'Class'. | ||||||
4381 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||
4382 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||
4383 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4384 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||
4385 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||
4386 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4387 | |||||||
4388 | // A conversion to a non-Class object pointer type is better than a | ||||||
4389 | // conversion to a qualified 'Class' type. | ||||||
4390 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||
4391 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4392 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||
4393 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4394 | |||||||
4395 | // -- "conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*," | ||||||
4396 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||
4397 | !FromPtr1->isObjCIdType() && !FromPtr1->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||
4398 | (ToAssignLeft != ToAssignRight)) { | ||||||
4399 | if (FromPtr1->isSpecialized()) { | ||||||
4400 | // "conversion of B<A> * to B * is better than conversion of B * to | ||||||
4401 | // C *. | ||||||
4402 | bool IsFirstSame = | ||||||
4403 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||
4404 | bool IsSecondSame = | ||||||
4405 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||
4406 | if (IsFirstSame) { | ||||||
4407 | if (!IsSecondSame) | ||||||
4408 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4409 | } else if (IsSecondSame) | ||||||
4410 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4411 | } | ||||||
4412 | return ToAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||
4413 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4414 | } | ||||||
4415 | |||||||
4416 | // -- "conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*," | ||||||
4417 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2) && | ||||||
4418 | (FromAssignLeft != FromAssignRight)) | ||||||
4419 | return FromAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
4420 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4421 | } | ||||||
4422 | } | ||||||
4423 | |||||||
4424 | // Ranking of member-pointer types. | ||||||
4425 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && | ||||||
4426 | FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() && | ||||||
4427 | ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||
4428 | const auto *FromMemPointer1 = FromType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
4429 | const auto *ToMemPointer1 = ToType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
4430 | const auto *FromMemPointer2 = FromType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
4431 | const auto *ToMemPointer2 = ToType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
4432 | const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass(); | ||||||
4433 | const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass(); | ||||||
4434 | const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass(); | ||||||
4435 | const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass(); | ||||||
4436 | QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4437 | QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4438 | QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4439 | QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4440 | // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*, | ||||||
4441 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { | ||||||
4442 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) | ||||||
4443 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4444 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) | ||||||
4445 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4446 | } | ||||||
4447 | // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::* | ||||||
4448 | if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) { | ||||||
4449 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||
4450 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4451 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||
4452 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4453 | } | ||||||
4454 | } | ||||||
4455 | |||||||
4456 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | ||||||
4457 | // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A, | ||||||
4458 | // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type | ||||||
4459 | // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a | ||||||
4460 | // reference of type A&, | ||||||
4461 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||
4462 | !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { | ||||||
4463 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType1, ToType2)) | ||||||
4464 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4465 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType2, ToType1)) | ||||||
4466 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4467 | } | ||||||
4468 | |||||||
4469 | // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A. | ||||||
4470 | // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type | ||||||
4471 | // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a | ||||||
4472 | // reference of type A&, | ||||||
4473 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||
4474 | S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { | ||||||
4475 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType2, FromType1)) | ||||||
4476 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4477 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType1, FromType2)) | ||||||
4478 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4479 | } | ||||||
4480 | } | ||||||
4481 | |||||||
4482 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4483 | } | ||||||
4484 | |||||||
4485 | /// Determine whether the given type is valid, e.g., it is not an invalid | ||||||
4486 | /// C++ class. | ||||||
4487 | static bool isTypeValid(QualType T) { | ||||||
4488 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||||
4489 | return !Record->isInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
4490 | |||||||
4491 | return true; | ||||||
4492 | } | ||||||
4493 | |||||||
4494 | static QualType withoutUnaligned(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) { | ||||||
4495 | if (!T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned()) | ||||||
4496 | return T; | ||||||
4497 | |||||||
4498 | Qualifiers Q; | ||||||
4499 | T = Ctx.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Q); | ||||||
4500 | Q.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||
4501 | return Ctx.getQualifiedType(T, Q); | ||||||
4502 | } | ||||||
4503 | |||||||
4504 | /// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to | ||||||
4505 | /// determine whether they are reference-compatible, | ||||||
4506 | /// reference-related, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by | ||||||
4507 | /// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference | ||||||
4508 | /// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference | ||||||
4509 | /// type being initialized. | ||||||
4510 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult | ||||||
4511 | Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
4512 | QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2, | ||||||
4513 | ReferenceConversions *ConvOut) { | ||||||
4514 | assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&((!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4515, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
4515 | "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type")((!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4515, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4516 | assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type")((!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && \"T2 cannot be a reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4516, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4517 | |||||||
4518 | QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1); | ||||||
4519 | QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2); | ||||||
4520 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||
4521 | QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||
4522 | QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||
4523 | |||||||
4524 | ReferenceConversions ConvTmp; | ||||||
4525 | ReferenceConversions &Conv = ConvOut ? *ConvOut : ConvTmp; | ||||||
4526 | Conv = ReferenceConversions(); | ||||||
4527 | |||||||
4528 | // C++2a [dcl.init.ref]p4: | ||||||
4529 | // Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is | ||||||
4530 | // reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is similar to T2, or | ||||||
4531 | // T1 is a base class of T2. | ||||||
4532 | // "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if | ||||||
4533 | // a prvalue of type "pointer to cv2 T2" can be converted to the type | ||||||
4534 | // "pointer to cv1 T1" via a standard conversion sequence. | ||||||
4535 | |||||||
4536 | // Check for standard conversions we can apply to pointers: derived-to-base | ||||||
4537 | // conversions, ObjC pointer conversions, and function pointer conversions. | ||||||
4538 | // (Qualification conversions are checked last.) | ||||||
4539 | QualType ConvertedT2; | ||||||
4540 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { | ||||||
4541 | // Nothing to do. | ||||||
4542 | } else if (isCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2) && | ||||||
4543 | isTypeValid(UnqualT1) && isTypeValid(UnqualT2) && | ||||||
4544 | IsDerivedFrom(Loc, UnqualT2, UnqualT1)) | ||||||
4545 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase; | ||||||
4546 | else if (UnqualT1->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && | ||||||
4547 | UnqualT2->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && | ||||||
4548 | Context.canBindObjCObjectType(UnqualT1, UnqualT2)) | ||||||
4549 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjC; | ||||||
4550 | else if (UnqualT2->isFunctionType() && | ||||||
4551 | IsFunctionConversion(UnqualT2, UnqualT1, ConvertedT2)) { | ||||||
4552 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Function; | ||||||
4553 | // No need to check qualifiers; function types don't have them. | ||||||
4554 | return Ref_Compatible; | ||||||
4555 | } | ||||||
4556 | bool ConvertedReferent = Conv != 0; | ||||||
4557 | |||||||
4558 | // We can have a qualification conversion. Compute whether the types are | ||||||
4559 | // similar at the same time. | ||||||
4560 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; | ||||||
4561 | bool TopLevel = true; | ||||||
4562 | do { | ||||||
4563 | if (T1 == T2) | ||||||
4564 | break; | ||||||
4565 | |||||||
4566 | // We will need a qualification conversion. | ||||||
4567 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Qualification; | ||||||
4568 | |||||||
4569 | // Track whether we performed a qualification conversion anywhere other | ||||||
4570 | // than the top level. This matters for ranking reference bindings in | ||||||
4571 | // overload resolution. | ||||||
4572 | if (!TopLevel) | ||||||
4573 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification; | ||||||
4574 | |||||||
4575 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. | ||||||
4576 | T1 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T1); | ||||||
4577 | T2 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T2); | ||||||
4578 | |||||||
4579 | // If we find a qualifier mismatch, the types are not reference-compatible, | ||||||
4580 | // but are still be reference-related if they're similar. | ||||||
4581 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | ||||||
4582 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep(T2, T1, /*CStyle=*/false, TopLevel, | ||||||
4583 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, | ||||||
4584 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||||
4585 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSimilarType(T1, T2)) | ||||||
4586 | ? Ref_Related | ||||||
4587 | : Ref_Incompatible; | ||||||
4588 | |||||||
4589 | // FIXME: Should we track this for any level other than the first? | ||||||
4590 | if (ObjCLifetimeConversion) | ||||||
4591 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime; | ||||||
4592 | |||||||
4593 | TopLevel = false; | ||||||
4594 | } while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)); | ||||||
4595 | |||||||
4596 | // At this point, if the types are reference-related, we must either have the | ||||||
4597 | // same inner type (ignoring qualifiers), or must have already worked out how | ||||||
4598 | // to convert the referent. | ||||||
4599 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||||
4600 | ? Ref_Compatible | ||||||
4601 | : Ref_Incompatible; | ||||||
4602 | } | ||||||
4603 | |||||||
4604 | /// Look for a user-defined conversion to a value reference-compatible | ||||||
4605 | /// with DeclType. Return true if something definite is found. | ||||||
4606 | static bool | ||||||
4607 | FindConversionForRefInit(Sema &S, ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, | ||||||
4608 | QualType DeclType, SourceLocation DeclLoc, | ||||||
4609 | Expr *Init, QualType T2, bool AllowRvalues, | ||||||
4610 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||
4611 | assert(T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types.")((T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("T2->isRecordType() && \"Can only find conversions of record types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4611, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4612 | auto *T2RecordDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||||
4613 | |||||||
4614 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet( | ||||||
4615 | DeclLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||
4616 | const auto &Conversions = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||
4617 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
4618 | NamedDecl *D = *I; | ||||||
4619 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
4620 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||
4621 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
4622 | |||||||
4623 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate | ||||||
4624 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||||
4625 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||||
4626 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||
4627 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||
4628 | else | ||||||
4629 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||
4630 | |||||||
4631 | if (AllowRvalues) { | ||||||
4632 | // If we are initializing an rvalue reference, don't permit conversion | ||||||
4633 | // functions that return lvalues. | ||||||
4634 | if (!ConvTemplate && DeclType->isRValueReferenceType()) { | ||||||
4635 | const ReferenceType *RefType | ||||||
4636 | = Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||||
4637 | if (RefType && !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||||
4638 | continue; | ||||||
4639 | } | ||||||
4640 | |||||||
4641 | if (!ConvTemplate && | ||||||
4642 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship( | ||||||
4643 | DeclLoc, | ||||||
4644 | Conv->getConversionType() | ||||||
4645 | .getNonReferenceType() | ||||||
4646 | .getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||||
4647 | DeclType.getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType()) == | ||||||
4648 | Sema::Ref_Incompatible) | ||||||
4649 | continue; | ||||||
4650 | } else { | ||||||
4651 | // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type, | ||||||
4652 | // it can't be considered for this conversion. An rvalue reference | ||||||
4653 | // is only acceptable if its referencee is a function type. | ||||||
4654 | |||||||
4655 | const ReferenceType *RefType = | ||||||
4656 | Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<ReferenceType>(); | ||||||
4657 | if (!RefType || | ||||||
4658 | (!RefType->isLValueReferenceType() && | ||||||
4659 | !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())) | ||||||
4660 | continue; | ||||||
4661 | } | ||||||
4662 | |||||||
4663 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||
4664 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||
4665 | ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, | ||||||
4666 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||
4667 | else | ||||||
4668 | S.AddConversionCandidate( | ||||||
4669 | Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, | ||||||
4670 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||
4671 | } | ||||||
4672 | |||||||
4673 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||
4674 | |||||||
4675 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
4676 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, DeclLoc, Best)) { | ||||||
4677 | case OR_Success: | ||||||
4678 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | ||||||
4679 | // | ||||||
4680 | // [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of | ||||||
4681 | // applying a conversion function to the argument | ||||||
4682 | // expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a | ||||||
4683 | // user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the | ||||||
4684 | // second standard conversion sequence either an identity | ||||||
4685 | // conversion or, if the conversion function returns an | ||||||
4686 | // entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter | ||||||
4687 | // type, a derived-to-base Conversion. | ||||||
4688 | if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding) | ||||||
4689 | return false; | ||||||
4690 | |||||||
4691 | ICS.setUserDefined(); | ||||||
4692 | ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||
4693 | ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion; | ||||||
4694 | ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||
4695 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function; | ||||||
4696 | ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||
4697 | ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||
4698 | assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4700, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
4699 | ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4700, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
4700 | "Expected a direct reference binding!")((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4700, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4701 | return true; | ||||||
4702 | |||||||
4703 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
4704 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); | ||||||
4705 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(); | ||||||
4706 | Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) | ||||||
4707 | if (Cand->Best) | ||||||
4708 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); | ||||||
4709 | return true; | ||||||
4710 | |||||||
4711 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||
4712 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
4713 | // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted | ||||||
4714 | // conversion; continue with other checks. | ||||||
4715 | return false; | ||||||
4716 | } | ||||||
4717 | |||||||
4718 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4718); | ||||||
4719 | } | ||||||
4720 | |||||||
4721 | /// Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference | ||||||
4722 | /// initialization. | ||||||
4723 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
4724 | TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *Init, QualType DeclType, | ||||||
4725 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, | ||||||
4726 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
4727 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||
4728 | assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference")((DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DeclType->isReferenceType() && \"Reference init needs a reference\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4728, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4729 | |||||||
4730 | // Most paths end in a failed conversion. | ||||||
4731 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||
4732 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||||
4733 | |||||||
4734 | QualType T1 = DeclType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
4735 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | ||||||
4736 | |||||||
4737 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | ||||||
4738 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | ||||||
4739 | // type of the resulting function. | ||||||
4740 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||
4741 | DeclAccessPair Found; | ||||||
4742 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType, | ||||||
4743 | false, Found)) | ||||||
4744 | T2 = Fn->getType(); | ||||||
4745 | } | ||||||
4746 | |||||||
4747 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | ||||||
4748 | bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType(); | ||||||
4749 | Expr::Classification InitCategory = Init->Classify(S.Context); | ||||||
4750 | |||||||
4751 | Sema::ReferenceConversions RefConv; | ||||||
4752 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = | ||||||
4753 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, &RefConv); | ||||||
4754 | |||||||
4755 | auto SetAsReferenceBinding = [&](bool BindsDirectly) { | ||||||
4756 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||
4757 | ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
4758 | // FIXME: A reference binding can be a function conversion too. We should | ||||||
4759 | // consider that when ordering reference-to-function bindings. | ||||||
4760 | ICS.Standard.Second = (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase) | ||||||
4761 | ? ICK_Derived_To_Base | ||||||
4762 | : (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjC) | ||||||
4763 | ? ICK_Compatible_Conversion | ||||||
4764 | : ICK_Identity; | ||||||
4765 | // FIXME: As a speculative fix to a defect introduced by CWG2352, we rank | ||||||
4766 | // a reference binding that performs a non-top-level qualification | ||||||
4767 | // conversion as a qualification conversion, not as an identity conversion. | ||||||
4768 | ICS.Standard.Third = (RefConv & | ||||||
4769 | Sema::ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification) | ||||||
4770 | ? ICK_Qualification | ||||||
4771 | : ICK_Identity; | ||||||
4772 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(T2); | ||||||
4773 | ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2); | ||||||
4774 | ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1); | ||||||
4775 | ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1); | ||||||
4776 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||
4777 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = BindsDirectly; | ||||||
4778 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||
4779 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = T2->isFunctionType(); | ||||||
4780 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = InitCategory.isRValue(); | ||||||
4781 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||
4782 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = | ||||||
4783 | (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime) != 0; | ||||||
4784 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||
4785 | ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; | ||||||
4786 | }; | ||||||
4787 | |||||||
4788 | // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: | ||||||
4789 | // A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression | ||||||
4790 | // of type "cv2 T2" as follows: | ||||||
4791 | |||||||
4792 | // -- If reference is an lvalue reference and the initializer expression | ||||||
4793 | if (!isRValRef) { | ||||||
4794 | // -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is | ||||||
4795 | // reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or | ||||||
4796 | // | ||||||
4797 | // Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here. | ||||||
4798 | if (InitCategory.isLValue() && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible) { | ||||||
4799 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | ||||||
4800 | // When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3) | ||||||
4801 | // to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence | ||||||
4802 | // is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression | ||||||
4803 | // has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type, | ||||||
4804 | // in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a | ||||||
4805 | // derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1). | ||||||
4806 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/true); | ||||||
4807 | |||||||
4808 | // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for | ||||||
4809 | // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're | ||||||
4810 | // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++ | ||||||
4811 | // [over.best.ics]p2). | ||||||
4812 | return ICS; | ||||||
4813 | } | ||||||
4814 | |||||||
4815 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is | ||||||
4816 | // not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly | ||||||
4817 | // converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1" | ||||||
4818 | // is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this | ||||||
4819 | // conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable | ||||||
4820 | // conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best | ||||||
4821 | // one through overload resolution (13.3)), | ||||||
4822 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() && | ||||||
4823 | S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && | ||||||
4824 | RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) { | ||||||
4825 | if (FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, | ||||||
4826 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/false, | ||||||
4827 | AllowExplicit)) | ||||||
4828 | return ICS; | ||||||
4829 | } | ||||||
4830 | } | ||||||
4831 | |||||||
4832 | // -- Otherwise, the reference shall be an lvalue reference to a | ||||||
4833 | // non-volatile const type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference | ||||||
4834 | // shall be an rvalue reference. | ||||||
4835 | if (!isRValRef && (!T1.isConstQualified() || T1.isVolatileQualified())) | ||||||
4836 | return ICS; | ||||||
4837 | |||||||
4838 | // -- If the initializer expression | ||||||
4839 | // | ||||||
4840 | // -- is an xvalue, class prvalue, array prvalue or function | ||||||
4841 | // lvalue and "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2", or | ||||||
4842 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible && | ||||||
4843 | (InitCategory.isXValue() || | ||||||
4844 | (InitCategory.isPRValue() && | ||||||
4845 | (T2->isRecordType() || T2->isArrayType())) || | ||||||
4846 | (InitCategory.isLValue() && T2->isFunctionType()))) { | ||||||
4847 | // In C++11, this is always a direct binding. In C++98/03, it's a direct | ||||||
4848 | // binding unless we're binding to a class prvalue. | ||||||
4849 | // Note: Although xvalues wouldn't normally show up in C++98/03 code, we | ||||||
4850 | // allow the use of rvalue references in C++98/03 for the benefit of | ||||||
4851 | // standard library implementors; therefore, we need the xvalue check here. | ||||||
4852 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || | ||||||
4853 | !(InitCategory.isPRValue() || T2->isRecordType())); | ||||||
4854 | return ICS; | ||||||
4855 | } | ||||||
4856 | |||||||
4857 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is not | ||||||
4858 | // reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly converted to | ||||||
4859 | // an xvalue, class prvalue, or function lvalue of type | ||||||
4860 | // "cv3 T3", where "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with | ||||||
4861 | // "cv3 T3", | ||||||
4862 | // | ||||||
4863 | // then the reference is bound to the value of the initializer | ||||||
4864 | // expression in the first case and to the result of the conversion | ||||||
4865 | // in the second case (or, in either case, to an appropriate base | ||||||
4866 | // class subobject). | ||||||
4867 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && | ||||||
4868 | T2->isRecordType() && S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && | ||||||
4869 | FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, | ||||||
4870 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/true, | ||||||
4871 | AllowExplicit)) { | ||||||
4872 | // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference | ||||||
4873 | // and the second standard conversion sequence of the | ||||||
4874 | // user-defined conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||||
4875 | // conversion, the program is ill-formed. | ||||||
4876 | if (ICS.isUserDefined() && isRValRef && | ||||||
4877 | ICS.UserDefined.After.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) | ||||||
4878 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||||
4879 | |||||||
4880 | return ICS; | ||||||
4881 | } | ||||||
4882 | |||||||
4883 | // A temporary of function type cannot be created; don't even try. | ||||||
4884 | if (T1->isFunctionType()) | ||||||
4885 | return ICS; | ||||||
4886 | |||||||
4887 | // -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and | ||||||
4888 | // initialized from the initializer expression using the | ||||||
4889 | // rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The | ||||||
4890 | // reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is | ||||||
4891 | // reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same | ||||||
4892 | // cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than, | ||||||
4893 | // cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed. | ||||||
4894 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) { | ||||||
4895 | // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then | ||||||
4896 | // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with | ||||||
4897 | // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference | ||||||
4898 | // initialization fails. | ||||||
4899 | // | ||||||
4900 | // Note that we only want to check address spaces and cvr-qualifiers here. | ||||||
4901 | // ObjC GC, lifetime and unaligned qualifiers aren't important. | ||||||
4902 | Qualifiers T1Quals = T1.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
4903 | Qualifiers T2Quals = T2.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
4904 | T1Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||
4905 | T1Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
4906 | T2Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||
4907 | T2Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
4908 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. | ||||||
4909 | T1Quals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||
4910 | T2Quals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||
4911 | if (!T1Quals.compatiblyIncludes(T2Quals)) | ||||||
4912 | return ICS; | ||||||
4913 | } | ||||||
4914 | |||||||
4915 | // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not | ||||||
4916 | // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the | ||||||
4917 | // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking | ||||||
4918 | // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to | ||||||
4919 | // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor. | ||||||
4920 | if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && | ||||||
4921 | (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType())) | ||||||
4922 | return ICS; | ||||||
4923 | |||||||
4924 | // If T1 is reference-related to T2 and the reference is an rvalue | ||||||
4925 | // reference, the initializer expression shall not be an lvalue. | ||||||
4926 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related && | ||||||
4927 | isRValRef && Init->Classify(S.Context).isLValue()) | ||||||
4928 | return ICS; | ||||||
4929 | |||||||
4930 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2: | ||||||
4931 | // When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to | ||||||
4932 | // an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one | ||||||
4933 | // required to convert the argument expression to the | ||||||
4934 | // underlying type of the reference according to | ||||||
4935 | // 13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds | ||||||
4936 | // to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with | ||||||
4937 | // the argument expression. Any difference in top-level | ||||||
4938 | // cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself | ||||||
4939 | // and does not constitute a conversion. | ||||||
4940 | ICS = TryImplicitConversion(S, Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
4941 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||
4942 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
4943 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||
4944 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||
4945 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
4946 | |||||||
4947 | // Of course, that's still a reference binding. | ||||||
4948 | if (ICS.isStandard()) { | ||||||
4949 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||
4950 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||
4951 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||
4952 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = true; | ||||||
4953 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||
4954 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||
4955 | } else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) { | ||||||
4956 | const ReferenceType *LValRefType = | ||||||
4957 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction->getReturnType() | ||||||
4958 | ->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||||
4959 | |||||||
4960 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p3: | ||||||
4961 | // Except for an implicit object parameter, for which see 13.3.1, a | ||||||
4962 | // standard conversion sequence cannot be formed if it requires [...] | ||||||
4963 | // binding an rvalue reference to an lvalue other than a function | ||||||
4964 | // lvalue. | ||||||
4965 | // Note that the function case is not possible here. | ||||||
4966 | if (DeclType->isRValueReferenceType() && LValRefType) { | ||||||
4967 | // FIXME: This is the wrong BadConversionSequence. The problem is binding | ||||||
4968 | // an rvalue reference to a (non-function) lvalue, not binding an lvalue | ||||||
4969 | // reference to an rvalue! | ||||||
4970 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, Init, DeclType); | ||||||
4971 | return ICS; | ||||||
4972 | } | ||||||
4973 | |||||||
4974 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||
4975 | ICS.UserDefined.After.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||
4976 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||
4977 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToRvalue = !LValRefType; | ||||||
4978 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||
4979 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||
4980 | } | ||||||
4981 | |||||||
4982 | return ICS; | ||||||
4983 | } | ||||||
4984 | |||||||
4985 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
4986 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
4987 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
4988 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
4989 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
4990 | bool AllowExplicit = false); | ||||||
4991 | |||||||
4992 | /// TryListConversion - Try to copy-initialize a value of type ToType from the | ||||||
4993 | /// initializer list From. | ||||||
4994 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
4995 | TryListConversion(Sema &S, InitListExpr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
4996 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
4997 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
4998 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||
4999 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p1: | ||||||
5000 | // When an argument is an initializer list, it is not an expression and | ||||||
5001 | // special rules apply for converting it to a parameter type. | ||||||
5002 | |||||||
5003 | ImplicitConversionSequence Result; | ||||||
5004 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||
5005 | |||||||
5006 | // We need a complete type for what follows. Incomplete types can never be | ||||||
5007 | // initialized from init lists. | ||||||
5008 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType)) | ||||||
5009 | return Result; | ||||||
5010 | |||||||
5011 | // Per DR1467: | ||||||
5012 | // If the parameter type is a class X and the initializer list has a single | ||||||
5013 | // element of type cv U, where U is X or a class derived from X, the | ||||||
5014 | // implicit conversion sequence is the one required to convert the element | ||||||
5015 | // to the parameter type. | ||||||
5016 | // | ||||||
5017 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is a character array [... ] | ||||||
5018 | // and the initializer list has a single element that is an | ||||||
5019 | // appropriately-typed string literal (8.5.2 [dcl.init.string]), the | ||||||
5020 | // implicit conversion sequence is the identity conversion. | ||||||
5021 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { | ||||||
5022 | if (ToType->isRecordType()) { | ||||||
5023 | QualType InitType = From->getInit(0)->getType(); | ||||||
5024 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(InitType, ToType) || | ||||||
5025 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), InitType, ToType)) | ||||||
5026 | return TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, | ||||||
5027 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5028 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
5029 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||
5030 | } | ||||||
5031 | |||||||
5032 | if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType)) { | ||||||
5033 | if (S.IsStringInit(From->getInit(0), AT)) { | ||||||
5034 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||||
5035 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, | ||||||
5036 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||||
5037 | if (S.CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, From)) { | ||||||
5038 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||
5039 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
5040 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||
5041 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
5042 | return Result; | ||||||
5043 | } | ||||||
5044 | } | ||||||
5045 | } | ||||||
5046 | } | ||||||
5047 | |||||||
5048 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p2: Otherwise, if the parameter type [...] (below). | ||||||
5049 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p2: | ||||||
5050 | // If the parameter type is std::initializer_list<X> or "array of X" and | ||||||
5051 | // all the elements can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit | ||||||
5052 | // conversion sequence is the worst conversion necessary to convert an | ||||||
5053 | // element of the list to X. | ||||||
5054 | // | ||||||
5055 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p3: | ||||||
5056 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is "array of N X", if the initializer | ||||||
5057 | // list has exactly N elements or if it has fewer than N elements and X is | ||||||
5058 | // default-constructible, and if all the elements of the initializer list | ||||||
5059 | // can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit conversion sequence is | ||||||
5060 | // the worst conversion necessary to convert an element of the list to X. | ||||||
5061 | // | ||||||
5062 | // FIXME: We're missing a lot of these checks. | ||||||
5063 | bool toStdInitializerList = false; | ||||||
5064 | QualType X; | ||||||
5065 | if (ToType->isArrayType()) | ||||||
5066 | X = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType)->getElementType(); | ||||||
5067 | else | ||||||
5068 | toStdInitializerList = S.isStdInitializerList(ToType, &X); | ||||||
5069 | if (!X.isNull()) { | ||||||
5070 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = From->getNumInits(); i < e; ++i) { | ||||||
5071 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(i); | ||||||
5072 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||
5073 | TryCopyInitialization(S, Init, X, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5074 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
5075 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||
5076 | // If a single element isn't convertible, fail. | ||||||
5077 | if (ICS.isBad()) { | ||||||
5078 | Result = ICS; | ||||||
5079 | break; | ||||||
5080 | } | ||||||
5081 | // Otherwise, look for the worst conversion. | ||||||
5082 | if (Result.isBad() || CompareImplicitConversionSequences( | ||||||
5083 | S, From->getBeginLoc(), ICS, Result) == | ||||||
5084 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) | ||||||
5085 | Result = ICS; | ||||||
5086 | } | ||||||
5087 | |||||||
5088 | // For an empty list, we won't have computed any conversion sequence. | ||||||
5089 | // Introduce the identity conversion sequence. | ||||||
5090 | if (From->getNumInits() == 0) { | ||||||
5091 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||
5092 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
5093 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||
5094 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
5095 | } | ||||||
5096 | |||||||
5097 | Result.setStdInitializerListElement(toStdInitializerList); | ||||||
5098 | return Result; | ||||||
5099 | } | ||||||
5100 | |||||||
5101 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p4: | ||||||
5102 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p3: | ||||||
5103 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a non-aggregate class X and overload | ||||||
5104 | // resolution chooses a single best constructor [...] the implicit | ||||||
5105 | // conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. If multiple | ||||||
5106 | // constructors are viable but none is better than the others, the | ||||||
5107 | // implicit conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||
5108 | if (ToType->isRecordType() && !ToType->isAggregateType()) { | ||||||
5109 | // This function can deal with initializer lists. | ||||||
5110 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5111 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||
5112 | InOverloadResolution, /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||
5113 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
5114 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
5115 | } | ||||||
5116 | |||||||
5117 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p5: | ||||||
5118 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p4: | ||||||
5119 | // Otherwise, if the parameter has an aggregate type which can be | ||||||
5120 | // initialized from the initializer list [...] the implicit conversion | ||||||
5121 | // sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||
5122 | if (ToType->isAggregateType()) { | ||||||
5123 | // Type is an aggregate, argument is an init list. At this point it comes | ||||||
5124 | // down to checking whether the initialization works. | ||||||
5125 | // FIXME: Find out whether this parameter is consumed or not. | ||||||
5126 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||||
5127 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, | ||||||
5128 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||||
5129 | if (S.CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution(Entity, | ||||||
5130 | From)) { | ||||||
5131 | Result.setUserDefined(); | ||||||
5132 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
5133 | // Initializer lists don't have a type. | ||||||
5134 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setFromType(QualType()); | ||||||
5135 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAllToTypes(QualType()); | ||||||
5136 | |||||||
5137 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
5138 | Result.UserDefined.After.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||
5139 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
5140 | Result.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = nullptr; | ||||||
5141 | } | ||||||
5142 | return Result; | ||||||
5143 | } | ||||||
5144 | |||||||
5145 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p6: | ||||||
5146 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p5: | ||||||
5147 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a reference, see 13.3.3.1.4. | ||||||
5148 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||
5149 | // The standard is notoriously unclear here, since 13.3.3.1.4 doesn't | ||||||
5150 | // mention initializer lists in any way. So we go by what list- | ||||||
5151 | // initialization would do and try to extrapolate from that. | ||||||
5152 | |||||||
5153 | QualType T1 = ToType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
5154 | |||||||
5155 | // If the initializer list has a single element that is reference-related | ||||||
5156 | // to the parameter type, we initialize the reference from that. | ||||||
5157 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { | ||||||
5158 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(0); | ||||||
5159 | |||||||
5160 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | ||||||
5161 | |||||||
5162 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | ||||||
5163 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | ||||||
5164 | // type of the resulting function. | ||||||
5165 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||
5166 | DeclAccessPair Found; | ||||||
5167 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction( | ||||||
5168 | Init, ToType, false, Found)) | ||||||
5169 | T2 = Fn->getType(); | ||||||
5170 | } | ||||||
5171 | |||||||
5172 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | ||||||
5173 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = | ||||||
5174 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(From->getBeginLoc(), T1, T2); | ||||||
5175 | |||||||
5176 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related) { | ||||||
5177 | return TryReferenceInit(S, Init, ToType, /*FIXME*/ From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
5178 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5179 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
5180 | } | ||||||
5181 | } | ||||||
5182 | |||||||
5183 | // Otherwise, we bind the reference to a temporary created from the | ||||||
5184 | // initializer list. | ||||||
5185 | Result = TryListConversion(S, From, T1, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5186 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
5187 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||
5188 | if (Result.isFailure()) | ||||||
5189 | return Result; | ||||||
5190 | assert(!Result.isEllipsis() &&((!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5191, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
5191 | "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.")((!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5191, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5192 | |||||||
5193 | // Can we even bind to a temporary? | ||||||
5194 | if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() || | ||||||
5195 | (T1.isConstQualified() && !T1.isVolatileQualified())) { | ||||||
5196 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS = Result.isStandard() ? Result.Standard : | ||||||
5197 | Result.UserDefined.After; | ||||||
5198 | SCS.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||
5199 | SCS.IsLvalueReference = ToType->isLValueReferenceType(); | ||||||
5200 | SCS.BindsToRvalue = true; | ||||||
5201 | SCS.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||
5202 | SCS.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||
5203 | SCS.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||
5204 | } else | ||||||
5205 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, | ||||||
5206 | From, ToType); | ||||||
5207 | return Result; | ||||||
5208 | } | ||||||
5209 | |||||||
5210 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p7: | ||||||
5211 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p6: | ||||||
5212 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is not a class: | ||||||
5213 | if (!ToType->isRecordType()) { | ||||||
5214 | // - if the initializer list has one element that is not itself an | ||||||
5215 | // initializer list, the implicit conversion sequence is the one | ||||||
5216 | // required to convert the element to the parameter type. | ||||||
5217 | unsigned NumInits = From->getNumInits(); | ||||||
5218 | if (NumInits == 1 && !isa<InitListExpr>(From->getInit(0))) | ||||||
5219 | Result = TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, | ||||||
5220 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5221 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
5222 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||
5223 | // - if the initializer list has no elements, the implicit conversion | ||||||
5224 | // sequence is the identity conversion. | ||||||
5225 | else if (NumInits == 0) { | ||||||
5226 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||
5227 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
5228 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||
5229 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
5230 | } | ||||||
5231 | return Result; | ||||||
5232 | } | ||||||
5233 | |||||||
5234 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p8: | ||||||
5235 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p7: | ||||||
5236 | // In all cases other than those enumerated above, no conversion is possible | ||||||
5237 | return Result; | ||||||
5238 | } | ||||||
5239 | |||||||
5240 | /// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type | ||||||
5241 | /// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion | ||||||
5242 | /// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad | ||||||
5243 | /// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to | ||||||
5244 | /// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we | ||||||
5245 | /// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. | ||||||
5246 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
5247 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
5248 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5249 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
5250 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
5251 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||
5252 | if (InitListExpr *FromInitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) | ||||||
5253 | return TryListConversion(S, FromInitList, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5254 | InOverloadResolution,AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||
5255 | |||||||
5256 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) | ||||||
5257 | return TryReferenceInit(S, From, ToType, | ||||||
5258 | /*FIXME:*/ From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
5259 | SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit); | ||||||
5260 | |||||||
5261 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, ToType, | ||||||
5262 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5263 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||
5264 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
5265 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||
5266 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
5267 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
5268 | } | ||||||
5269 | |||||||
5270 | static bool TryCopyInitialization(const CanQualType FromQTy, | ||||||
5271 | const CanQualType ToQTy, | ||||||
5272 | Sema &S, | ||||||
5273 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
5274 | ExprValueKind FromVK) { | ||||||
5275 | OpaqueValueExpr TmpExpr(Loc, FromQTy, FromVK); | ||||||
5276 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||
5277 | TryCopyInitialization(S, &TmpExpr, ToQTy, true, true, false); | ||||||
5278 | |||||||
5279 | return !ICS.isBad(); | ||||||
5280 | } | ||||||
5281 | |||||||
5282 | /// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object | ||||||
5283 | /// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the | ||||||
5284 | /// expression @p From. | ||||||
5285 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
5286 | TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType FromType, | ||||||
5287 | Expr::Classification FromClassification, | ||||||
5288 | CXXMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||
5289 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) { | ||||||
5290 | QualType ClassType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext); | ||||||
5291 | // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or | ||||||
5292 | // const volatile object. | ||||||
5293 | Qualifiers Quals = Method->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||
5294 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method)) { | ||||||
5295 | Quals.addConst(); | ||||||
5296 | Quals.addVolatile(); | ||||||
5297 | } | ||||||
5298 | |||||||
5299 | QualType ImplicitParamType = S.Context.getQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals); | ||||||
5300 | |||||||
5301 | // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us | ||||||
5302 | // to exit early. | ||||||
5303 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||
5304 | |||||||
5305 | // We need to have an object of class type. | ||||||
5306 | if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
5307 | FromType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
5308 | |||||||
5309 | // When we had a pointer, it's implicitly dereferenced, so we | ||||||
5310 | // better have an lvalue. | ||||||
5311 | assert(FromClassification.isLValue())((FromClassification.isLValue()) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("FromClassification.isLValue()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5311, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5312 | } | ||||||
5313 | |||||||
5314 | assert(FromType->isRecordType())((FromType->isRecordType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isRecordType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5314, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5315 | |||||||
5316 | // C++0x [over.match.funcs]p4: | ||||||
5317 | // For non-static member functions, the type of the implicit object | ||||||
5318 | // parameter is | ||||||
5319 | // | ||||||
5320 | // - "lvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared without a | ||||||
5321 | // ref-qualifier or with the & ref-qualifier | ||||||
5322 | // - "rvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared with the && | ||||||
5323 | // ref-qualifier | ||||||
5324 | // | ||||||
5325 | // where X is the class of which the function is a member and cv is the | ||||||
5326 | // cv-qualification on the member function declaration. | ||||||
5327 | // | ||||||
5328 | // However, when finding an implicit conversion sequence for the argument, we | ||||||
5329 | // are not allowed to perform user-defined conversions | ||||||
5330 | // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of | ||||||
5331 | // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to | ||||||
5332 | // non-constant references. | ||||||
5333 | |||||||
5334 | // First check the qualifiers. | ||||||
5335 | QualType FromTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||
5336 | if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers() | ||||||
5337 | != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() && | ||||||
5338 | !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) { | ||||||
5339 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, | ||||||
5340 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||
5341 | return ICS; | ||||||
5342 | } | ||||||
5343 | |||||||
5344 | if (FromTypeCanon.hasAddressSpace()) { | ||||||
5345 | Qualifiers QualsImplicitParamType = ImplicitParamType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
5346 | Qualifiers QualsFromType = FromTypeCanon.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
5347 | if (!QualsImplicitParamType.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(QualsFromType)) { | ||||||
5348 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, | ||||||
5349 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||
5350 | return ICS; | ||||||
5351 | } | ||||||
5352 | } | ||||||
5353 | |||||||
5354 | // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It | ||||||
5355 | // affects the conversion rank. | ||||||
5356 | QualType ClassTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType); | ||||||
5357 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind; | ||||||
5358 | if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) { | ||||||
5359 | SecondKind = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
5360 | } else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType, ClassType)) | ||||||
5361 | SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||
5362 | else { | ||||||
5363 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class, | ||||||
5364 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||
5365 | return ICS; | ||||||
5366 | } | ||||||
5367 | |||||||
5368 | // Check the ref-qualifier. | ||||||
5369 | switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||||
5370 | case RQ_None: | ||||||
5371 | // Do nothing; we don't care about lvalueness or rvalueness. | ||||||
5372 | break; | ||||||
5373 | |||||||
5374 | case RQ_LValue: | ||||||
5375 | if (!FromClassification.isLValue() && !Quals.hasOnlyConst()) { | ||||||
5376 | // non-const lvalue reference cannot bind to an rvalue | ||||||
5377 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, FromType, | ||||||
5378 | ImplicitParamType); | ||||||
5379 | return ICS; | ||||||
5380 | } | ||||||
5381 | break; | ||||||
5382 | |||||||
5383 | case RQ_RValue: | ||||||
5384 | if (!FromClassification.isRValue()) { | ||||||
5385 | // rvalue reference cannot bind to an lvalue | ||||||
5386 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, FromType, | ||||||
5387 | ImplicitParamType); | ||||||
5388 | return ICS; | ||||||
5389 | } | ||||||
5390 | break; | ||||||
5391 | } | ||||||
5392 | |||||||
5393 | // Success. Mark this as a reference binding. | ||||||
5394 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||
5395 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
5396 | ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind; | ||||||
5397 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||
5398 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType); | ||||||
5399 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||
5400 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true; | ||||||
5401 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = Method->getRefQualifier() != RQ_RValue; | ||||||
5402 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||
5403 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = FromClassification.isRValue(); | ||||||
5404 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier | ||||||
5405 | = (Method->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None); | ||||||
5406 | return ICS; | ||||||
5407 | } | ||||||
5408 | |||||||
5409 | /// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of | ||||||
5410 | /// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given | ||||||
5411 | /// expression. | ||||||
5412 | ExprResult | ||||||
5413 | Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, | ||||||
5414 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, | ||||||
5415 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||||
5416 | CXXMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||||
5417 | QualType FromRecordType, DestType; | ||||||
5418 | QualType ImplicitParamRecordType = | ||||||
5419 | Method->getThisType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
5420 | |||||||
5421 | Expr::Classification FromClassification; | ||||||
5422 | if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
5423 | FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
5424 | DestType = Method->getThisType(); | ||||||
5425 | FromClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(); | ||||||
5426 | } else { | ||||||
5427 | FromRecordType = From->getType(); | ||||||
5428 | DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType; | ||||||
5429 | FromClassification = From->Classify(Context); | ||||||
5430 | |||||||
5431 | // When performing member access on an rvalue, materialize a temporary. | ||||||
5432 | if (From->isRValue()) { | ||||||
5433 | From = CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(FromRecordType, From, | ||||||
5434 | Method->getRefQualifier() != | ||||||
5435 | RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue); | ||||||
5436 | } | ||||||
5437 | } | ||||||
5438 | |||||||
5439 | // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing | ||||||
5440 | // the actual argument initialization. | ||||||
5441 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||
5442 | *this, From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), FromClassification, Method, | ||||||
5443 | Method->getParent()); | ||||||
5444 | if (ICS.isBad()) { | ||||||
5445 | switch (ICS.Bad.Kind) { | ||||||
5446 | case BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers: { | ||||||
5447 | Qualifiers FromQs = FromRecordType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
5448 | Qualifiers ToQs = DestType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
5449 | unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||
5450 | if (CVR) { | ||||||
5451 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_cvr) | ||||||
5452 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromRecordType << (CVR - 1) | ||||||
5453 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5454 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||||
5455 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||
5456 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5457 | } | ||||||
5458 | break; | ||||||
5459 | } | ||||||
5460 | |||||||
5461 | case BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue: | ||||||
5462 | case BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue: { | ||||||
5463 | bool IsRValueQualified = | ||||||
5464 | Method->getRefQualifier() == RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue; | ||||||
5465 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_ref) | ||||||
5466 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromClassification.isRValue() | ||||||
5467 | << IsRValueQualified; | ||||||
5468 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||||
5469 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||
5470 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5471 | } | ||||||
5472 | |||||||
5473 | case BadConversionSequence::no_conversion: | ||||||
5474 | case BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class: | ||||||
5475 | break; | ||||||
5476 | } | ||||||
5477 | |||||||
5478 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_type) | ||||||
5479 | << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType | ||||||
5480 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5481 | } | ||||||
5482 | |||||||
5483 | if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | ||||||
5484 | ExprResult FromRes = | ||||||
5485 | PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||
5486 | if (FromRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||
5487 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5488 | From = FromRes.get(); | ||||||
5489 | } | ||||||
5490 | |||||||
5491 | if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType)) { | ||||||
5492 | CastKind CK; | ||||||
5493 | QualType PteeTy = DestType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
5494 | LangAS DestAS = | ||||||
5495 | PteeTy.isNull() ? DestType.getAddressSpace() : PteeTy.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||
5496 | if (FromRecordType.getAddressSpace() != DestAS) | ||||||
5497 | CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||||
5498 | else | ||||||
5499 | CK = CK_NoOp; | ||||||
5500 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK, From->getValueKind()).get(); | ||||||
5501 | } | ||||||
5502 | return From; | ||||||
5503 | } | ||||||
5504 | |||||||
5505 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the | ||||||
5506 | /// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). | ||||||
5507 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
5508 | TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Sema &S, Expr *From) { | ||||||
5509 | // C++ [dcl.init]/17.8: | ||||||
5510 | // - Otherwise, if the initialization is direct-initialization, the source | ||||||
5511 | // type is std::nullptr_t, and the destination type is bool, the initial | ||||||
5512 | // value of the object being initialized is false. | ||||||
5513 | if (From->getType()->isNullPtrType()) | ||||||
5514 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::getNullptrToBool(From->getType(), | ||||||
5515 | S.Context.BoolTy, | ||||||
5516 | From->isGLValue()); | ||||||
5517 | |||||||
5518 | // All other direct-initialization of bool is equivalent to an implicit | ||||||
5519 | // conversion to bool in which explicit conversions are permitted. | ||||||
5520 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, S.Context.BoolTy, | ||||||
5521 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
5522 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, | ||||||
5523 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
5524 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||
5525 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||
5526 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
5527 | } | ||||||
5528 | |||||||
5529 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion | ||||||
5530 | /// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). | ||||||
5531 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) { | ||||||
5532 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||
5533 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5534 | |||||||
5535 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, From); | ||||||
5536 | if (!ICS.isBad()) | ||||||
5537 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting); | ||||||
5538 | |||||||
5539 | if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy)) | ||||||
5540 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition) | ||||||
5541 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5542 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5543 | } | ||||||
5544 | |||||||
5545 | /// Check that the specified conversion is permitted in a converted constant | ||||||
5546 | /// expression, according to C++11 [expr.const]p3. Return true if the conversion | ||||||
5547 | /// is acceptable. | ||||||
5548 | static bool CheckConvertedConstantConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||
5549 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||
5550 | // Since we know that the target type is an integral or unscoped enumeration | ||||||
5551 | // type, most conversion kinds are impossible. All possible First and Third | ||||||
5552 | // conversions are fine. | ||||||
5553 | switch (SCS.Second) { | ||||||
5554 | case ICK_Identity: | ||||||
5555 | case ICK_Integral_Promotion: | ||||||
5556 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: // Narrowing conversions are checked elsewhere. | ||||||
5557 | case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion: | ||||||
5558 | return true; | ||||||
5559 | |||||||
5560 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | ||||||
5561 | // Conversion from an integral or unscoped enumeration type to bool is | ||||||
5562 | // classified as ICK_Boolean_Conversion, but it's also arguably an integral | ||||||
5563 | // conversion, so we allow it in a converted constant expression. | ||||||
5564 | // | ||||||
5565 | // FIXME: Per core issue 1407, we should not allow this, but that breaks | ||||||
5566 | // a lot of popular code. We should at least add a warning for this | ||||||
5567 | // (non-conforming) extension. | ||||||
5568 | return SCS.getFromType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||
5569 | SCS.getToType(2)->isBooleanType(); | ||||||
5570 | |||||||
5571 | case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||
5572 | case ICK_Pointer_Member: | ||||||
5573 | // C++1z: null pointer conversions and null member pointer conversions are | ||||||
5574 | // only permitted if the source type is std::nullptr_t. | ||||||
5575 | return SCS.getFromType()->isNullPtrType(); | ||||||
5576 | |||||||
5577 | case ICK_Floating_Promotion: | ||||||
5578 | case ICK_Complex_Promotion: | ||||||
5579 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | ||||||
5580 | case ICK_Complex_Conversion: | ||||||
5581 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | ||||||
5582 | case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: | ||||||
5583 | case ICK_Derived_To_Base: | ||||||
5584 | case ICK_Vector_Conversion: | ||||||
5585 | case ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion: | ||||||
5586 | case ICK_Vector_Splat: | ||||||
5587 | case ICK_Complex_Real: | ||||||
5588 | case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||
5589 | case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: | ||||||
5590 | case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: | ||||||
5591 | case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: | ||||||
5592 | case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: | ||||||
5593 | case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||
5594 | return false; | ||||||
5595 | |||||||
5596 | case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: | ||||||
5597 | case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: | ||||||
5598 | case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: | ||||||
5599 | llvm_unreachable("found a first conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a first conversion kind in Second" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5599); | ||||||
5600 | |||||||
5601 | case ICK_Function_Conversion: | ||||||
5602 | case ICK_Qualification: | ||||||
5603 | llvm_unreachable("found a third conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a third conversion kind in Second" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5603); | ||||||
5604 | |||||||
5605 | case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: | ||||||
5606 | break; | ||||||
5607 | } | ||||||
5608 | |||||||
5609 | llvm_unreachable("unknown conversion kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown conversion kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5609); | ||||||
5610 | } | ||||||
5611 | |||||||
5612 | /// CheckConvertedConstantExpression - Check that the expression From is a | ||||||
5613 | /// converted constant expression of type T, perform the conversion and produce | ||||||
5614 | /// the converted expression, per C++11 [expr.const]p3. | ||||||
5615 | static ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Sema &S, Expr *From, | ||||||
5616 | QualType T, APValue &Value, | ||||||
5617 | Sema::CCEKind CCE, | ||||||
5618 | bool RequireInt, | ||||||
5619 | NamedDecl *Dest) { | ||||||
5620 | assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5621, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
5621 | "converted constant expression outside C++11")((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5621, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5622 | |||||||
5623 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, From)) | ||||||
5624 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5625 | |||||||
5626 | // C++1z [expr.const]p3: | ||||||
5627 | // A converted constant expression of type T is an expression, | ||||||
5628 | // implicitly converted to type T, where the converted | ||||||
5629 | // expression is a constant expression and the implicit conversion | ||||||
5630 | // sequence contains only [... list of conversions ...]. | ||||||
5631 | // C++1z [stmt.if]p2: | ||||||
5632 | // If the if statement is of the form if constexpr, the value of the | ||||||
5633 | // condition shall be a contextually converted constant expression of type | ||||||
5634 | // bool. | ||||||
5635 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||
5636 | CCE == Sema::CCEK_ConstexprIf || CCE == Sema::CCEK_ExplicitBool | ||||||
5637 | ? TryContextuallyConvertToBool(S, From) | ||||||
5638 | : TryCopyInitialization(S, From, T, | ||||||
5639 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
5640 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
5641 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||
5642 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
5643 | StandardConversionSequence *SCS = nullptr; | ||||||
5644 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||||
5645 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||||
5646 | SCS = &ICS.Standard; | ||||||
5647 | break; | ||||||
5648 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||
5649 | if (T->isRecordType()) | ||||||
5650 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.Before; | ||||||
5651 | else | ||||||
5652 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.After; | ||||||
5653 | break; | ||||||
5654 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||
5655 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||||
5656 | if (!S.DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, T)) | ||||||
5657 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
5658 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression) | ||||||
5659 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||
5660 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5661 | |||||||
5662 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | ||||||
5663 | llvm_unreachable("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5663); | ||||||
5664 | } | ||||||
5665 | |||||||
5666 | // Check that we would only use permitted conversions. | ||||||
5667 | if (!CheckConvertedConstantConversions(S, *SCS)) { | ||||||
5668 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
5669 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_disallowed) | ||||||
5670 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||
5671 | } | ||||||
5672 | // [...] and where the reference binding (if any) binds directly. | ||||||
5673 | if (SCS->ReferenceBinding && !SCS->DirectBinding) { | ||||||
5674 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
5675 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_indirect) | ||||||
5676 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||
5677 | } | ||||||
5678 | |||||||
5679 | // Usually we can simply apply the ImplicitConversionSequence we formed | ||||||
5680 | // earlier, but that's not guaranteed to work when initializing an object of | ||||||
5681 | // class type. | ||||||
5682 | ExprResult Result; | ||||||
5683 | if (T->isRecordType()) { | ||||||
5684 | assert(CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg &&((CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5685, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
5685 | "unexpected class type converted constant expr")((CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5685, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5686 | Result = S.PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||
5687 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemplateParameter( | ||||||
5688 | T, cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Dest)), | ||||||
5689 | SourceLocation(), From); | ||||||
5690 | } else { | ||||||
5691 | Result = S.PerformImplicitConversion(From, T, ICS, Sema::AA_Converting); | ||||||
5692 | } | ||||||
5693 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||
5694 | return Result; | ||||||
5695 | |||||||
5696 | // C++2a [intro.execution]p5: | ||||||
5697 | // A full-expression is [...] a constant-expression [...] | ||||||
5698 | Result = | ||||||
5699 | S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(Result.get(), From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||
5700 | /*DiscardedValue=*/false, /*IsConstexpr=*/true); | ||||||
5701 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||
5702 | return Result; | ||||||
5703 | |||||||
5704 | // Check for a narrowing implicit conversion. | ||||||
5705 | bool ReturnPreNarrowingValue = false; | ||||||
5706 | APValue PreNarrowingValue; | ||||||
5707 | QualType PreNarrowingType; | ||||||
5708 | switch (SCS->getNarrowingKind(S.Context, Result.get(), PreNarrowingValue, | ||||||
5709 | PreNarrowingType)) { | ||||||
5710 | case NK_Dependent_Narrowing: | ||||||
5711 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, but the expression is | ||||||
5712 | // value-dependent so we can't tell whether it's actually narrowing. | ||||||
5713 | case NK_Variable_Narrowing: | ||||||
5714 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant | ||||||
5715 | // expression. We'll diagnose this in a moment. | ||||||
5716 | case NK_Not_Narrowing: | ||||||
5717 | break; | ||||||
5718 | |||||||
5719 | case NK_Constant_Narrowing: | ||||||
5720 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_ArrayBound && | ||||||
5721 | PreNarrowingType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | ||||||
5722 | PreNarrowingValue.isInt()) { | ||||||
5723 | // Don't diagnose array bound narrowing here; we produce more precise | ||||||
5724 | // errors by allowing the un-narrowed value through. | ||||||
5725 | ReturnPreNarrowingValue = true; | ||||||
5726 | break; | ||||||
5727 | } | ||||||
5728 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) | ||||||
5729 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 1 | ||||||
5730 | << PreNarrowingValue.getAsString(S.Context, PreNarrowingType) << T; | ||||||
5731 | break; | ||||||
5732 | |||||||
5733 | case NK_Type_Narrowing: | ||||||
5734 | // FIXME: It would be better to diagnose that the expression is not a | ||||||
5735 | // constant expression. | ||||||
5736 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) | ||||||
5737 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 0 << From->getType() << T; | ||||||
5738 | break; | ||||||
5739 | } | ||||||
5740 | |||||||
5741 | if (Result.get()->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||
5742 | Value = APValue(); | ||||||
5743 | return Result; | ||||||
5744 | } | ||||||
5745 | |||||||
5746 | // Check the expression is a constant expression. | ||||||
5747 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; | ||||||
5748 | Expr::EvalResult Eval; | ||||||
5749 | Eval.Diag = &Notes; | ||||||
5750 | |||||||
5751 | ConstantExprKind Kind; | ||||||
5752 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && T->isRecordType()) | ||||||
5753 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument; | ||||||
5754 | else if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg) | ||||||
5755 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::NonClassTemplateArgument; | ||||||
5756 | else | ||||||
5757 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::Normal; | ||||||
5758 | |||||||
5759 | if (!Result.get()->EvaluateAsConstantExpr(Eval, S.Context, Kind) || | ||||||
5760 | (RequireInt && !Eval.Val.isInt())) { | ||||||
5761 | // The expression can't be folded, so we can't keep it at this position in | ||||||
5762 | // the AST. | ||||||
5763 | Result = ExprError(); | ||||||
5764 | } else { | ||||||
5765 | Value = Eval.Val; | ||||||
5766 | |||||||
5767 | if (Notes.empty()) { | ||||||
5768 | // It's a constant expression. | ||||||
5769 | Expr *E = ConstantExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get(), Value); | ||||||
5770 | if (ReturnPreNarrowingValue) | ||||||
5771 | Value = std::move(PreNarrowingValue); | ||||||
5772 | return E; | ||||||
5773 | } | ||||||
5774 | } | ||||||
5775 | |||||||
5776 | // It's not a constant expression. Produce an appropriate diagnostic. | ||||||
5777 | if (Notes.size() == 1 && | ||||||
5778 | Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { | ||||||
5779 | S.Diag(Notes[0].first, diag::err_expr_not_cce) << CCE; | ||||||
5780 | } else if (!Notes.empty() && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == | ||||||
5781 | diag::note_constexpr_invalid_template_arg) { | ||||||
5782 | Notes[0].second.setDiagID(diag::err_constexpr_invalid_template_arg); | ||||||
5783 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) | ||||||
5784 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | ||||||
5785 | } else { | ||||||
5786 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_cce) | ||||||
5787 | << CCE << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5788 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) | ||||||
5789 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | ||||||
5790 | } | ||||||
5791 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5792 | } | ||||||
5793 | |||||||
5794 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, | ||||||
5795 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE, | ||||||
5796 | NamedDecl *Dest) { | ||||||
5797 | return ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, Value, CCE, false, | ||||||
5798 | Dest); | ||||||
5799 | } | ||||||
5800 | |||||||
5801 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, | ||||||
5802 | llvm::APSInt &Value, | ||||||
5803 | CCEKind CCE) { | ||||||
5804 | assert(T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && "unexpected converted const type")((T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && "unexpected converted const type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && \"unexpected converted const type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5804, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5805 | |||||||
5806 | APValue V; | ||||||
5807 | auto R = ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, V, CCE, true, | ||||||
5808 | /*Dest=*/nullptr); | ||||||
5809 | if (!R.isInvalid() && !R.get()->isValueDependent()) | ||||||
5810 | Value = V.getInt(); | ||||||
5811 | return R; | ||||||
5812 | } | ||||||
5813 | |||||||
5814 | |||||||
5815 | /// dropPointerConversions - If the given standard conversion sequence | ||||||
5816 | /// involves any pointer conversions, remove them. This may change | ||||||
5817 | /// the result type of the conversion sequence. | ||||||
5818 | static void dropPointerConversion(StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||
5819 | if (SCS.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { | ||||||
5820 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
5821 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
5822 | SCS.ToTypePtrs[2] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[1] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[0]; | ||||||
5823 | } | ||||||
5824 | } | ||||||
5825 | |||||||
5826 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Attempt to contextually | ||||||
5827 | /// convert the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||
5828 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
5829 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Sema &S, Expr *From) { | ||||||
5830 | // Do an implicit conversion to 'id'. | ||||||
5831 | QualType Ty = S.Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||
5832 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS | ||||||
5833 | = TryImplicitConversion(S, From, Ty, | ||||||
5834 | // FIXME: Are these flags correct? | ||||||
5835 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
5836 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, | ||||||
5837 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
5838 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||
5839 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||
5840 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/true); | ||||||
5841 | |||||||
5842 | // Strip off any final conversions to 'id'. | ||||||
5843 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||||
5844 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||||
5845 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||
5846 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | ||||||
5847 | break; | ||||||
5848 | |||||||
5849 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||
5850 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.UserDefined.After); | ||||||
5851 | break; | ||||||
5852 | |||||||
5853 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||||
5854 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.Standard); | ||||||
5855 | break; | ||||||
5856 | } | ||||||
5857 | |||||||
5858 | return ICS; | ||||||
5859 | } | ||||||
5860 | |||||||
5861 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Perform a contextual | ||||||
5862 | /// conversion of the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||
5863 | /// Returns a valid but null ExprResult if no conversion sequence exists. | ||||||
5864 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From) { | ||||||
5865 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||
5866 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5867 | |||||||
5868 | QualType Ty = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||
5869 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||
5870 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(*this, From); | ||||||
5871 | if (!ICS.isBad()) | ||||||
5872 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Ty, ICS, AA_Converting); | ||||||
5873 | return ExprResult(); | ||||||
5874 | } | ||||||
5875 | |||||||
5876 | /// Determine whether the provided type is an integral type, or an enumeration | ||||||
5877 | /// type of a permitted flavor. | ||||||
5878 | bool Sema::ICEConvertDiagnoser::match(QualType T) { | ||||||
5879 | return AllowScopedEnumerations ? T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() | ||||||
5880 | : T->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||||
5881 | } | ||||||
5882 | |||||||
5883 | static ExprResult | ||||||
5884 | diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, | ||||||
5885 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||||
5886 | QualType T, UnresolvedSetImpl &ViableConversions) { | ||||||
5887 | |||||||
5888 | if (Converter.Suppress) | ||||||
5889 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5890 | |||||||
5891 | Converter.diagnoseAmbiguous(SemaRef, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5892 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||||
5893 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = | ||||||
5894 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ViableConversions[I]->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||||
5895 | QualType ConvTy = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
5896 | Converter.noteAmbiguous(SemaRef, Conv, ConvTy); | ||||||
5897 | } | ||||||
5898 | return From; | ||||||
5899 | } | ||||||
5900 | |||||||
5901 | static bool | ||||||
5902 | diagnoseNoViableConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&From, | ||||||
5903 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||||
5904 | QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
5905 | UnresolvedSetImpl &ExplicitConversions) { | ||||||
5906 | if (ExplicitConversions.size() == 1 && !Converter.Suppress) { | ||||||
5907 | DeclAccessPair Found = ExplicitConversions[0]; | ||||||
5908 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = | ||||||
5909 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||||
5910 | |||||||
5911 | // The user probably meant to invoke the given explicit | ||||||
5912 | // conversion; use it. | ||||||
5913 | QualType ConvTy = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
5914 | std::string TypeStr; | ||||||
5915 | ConvTy.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||
5916 | |||||||
5917 | Converter.diagnoseExplicitConv(SemaRef, Loc, T, ConvTy) | ||||||
5918 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
5919 | "static_cast<" + TypeStr + ">(") | ||||||
5920 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( | ||||||
5921 | SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(From->getEndLoc()), ")"); | ||||||
5922 | Converter.noteExplicitConv(SemaRef, Conversion, ConvTy); | ||||||
5923 | |||||||
5924 | // If we aren't in a SFINAE context, build a call to the | ||||||
5925 | // explicit conversion function. | ||||||
5926 | if (SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) | ||||||
5927 | return true; | ||||||
5928 | |||||||
5929 | SemaRef.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, nullptr, Found); | ||||||
5930 | ExprResult Result = SemaRef.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion, | ||||||
5931 | HadMultipleCandidates); | ||||||
5932 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||
5933 | return true; | ||||||
5934 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | ||||||
5935 | From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, Result.get()->getType(), | ||||||
5936 | CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), | ||||||
5937 | nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind(), | ||||||
5938 | SemaRef.CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
5939 | } | ||||||
5940 | return false; | ||||||
5941 | } | ||||||
5942 | |||||||
5943 | static bool recordConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&From, | ||||||
5944 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||||
5945 | QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
5946 | DeclAccessPair &Found) { | ||||||
5947 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = | ||||||
5948 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||||
5949 | SemaRef.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, nullptr, Found); | ||||||
5950 | |||||||
5951 | QualType ToType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
5952 | if (!Converter.SuppressConversion) { | ||||||
5953 | if (SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) | ||||||
5954 | return true; | ||||||
5955 | |||||||
5956 | Converter.diagnoseConversion(SemaRef, Loc, T, ToType) | ||||||
5957 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5958 | } | ||||||
5959 | |||||||
5960 | ExprResult Result = SemaRef.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion, | ||||||
5961 | HadMultipleCandidates); | ||||||
5962 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||
5963 | return true; | ||||||
5964 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | ||||||
5965 | From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, Result.get()->getType(), | ||||||
5966 | CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), | ||||||
5967 | nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind(), | ||||||
5968 | SemaRef.CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
5969 | return false; | ||||||
5970 | } | ||||||
5971 | |||||||
5972 | static ExprResult finishContextualImplicitConversion( | ||||||
5973 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, | ||||||
5974 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter) { | ||||||
5975 | if (!Converter.match(From->getType()) && !Converter.Suppress) | ||||||
5976 | Converter.diagnoseNoMatch(SemaRef, Loc, From->getType()) | ||||||
5977 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5978 | |||||||
5979 | return SemaRef.DefaultLvalueConversion(From); | ||||||
5980 | } | ||||||
5981 | |||||||
5982 | static void | ||||||
5983 | collectViableConversionCandidates(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
5984 | UnresolvedSetImpl &ViableConversions, | ||||||
5985 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||||
5986 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||||
5987 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = ViableConversions[I]; | ||||||
5988 | NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||||
5989 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
5990 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||
5991 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
5992 | |||||||
5993 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||||
5994 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate; | ||||||
5995 | if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))) | ||||||
5996 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||
5997 | else | ||||||
5998 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||
5999 | |||||||
6000 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||
6001 | SemaRef.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||
6002 | ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, CandidateSet, | ||||||
6003 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||||
6004 | else | ||||||
6005 | SemaRef.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, | ||||||
6006 | ToType, CandidateSet, | ||||||
6007 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, | ||||||
6008 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||||
6009 | } | ||||||
6010 | } | ||||||
6011 | |||||||
6012 | /// Attempt to convert the given expression to a type which is accepted | ||||||
6013 | /// by the given converter. | ||||||
6014 | /// | ||||||
6015 | /// This routine will attempt to convert an expression of class type to a | ||||||
6016 | /// type accepted by the specified converter. In C++11 and before, the class | ||||||
6017 | /// must have a single non-explicit conversion function converting to a matching | ||||||
6018 | /// type. In C++1y, there can be multiple such conversion functions, but only | ||||||
6019 | /// one target type. | ||||||
6020 | /// | ||||||
6021 | /// \param Loc The source location of the construct that requires the | ||||||
6022 | /// conversion. | ||||||
6023 | /// | ||||||
6024 | /// \param From The expression we're converting from. | ||||||
6025 | /// | ||||||
6026 | /// \param Converter Used to control and diagnose the conversion process. | ||||||
6027 | /// | ||||||
6028 | /// \returns The expression, converted to an integral or enumeration type if | ||||||
6029 | /// successful. | ||||||
6030 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextualImplicitConversion( | ||||||
6031 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter) { | ||||||
6032 | // We can't perform any more checking for type-dependent expressions. | ||||||
6033 | if (From->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||
6034 | return From; | ||||||
6035 | |||||||
6036 | // Process placeholders immediately. | ||||||
6037 | if (From->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||
6038 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(From); | ||||||
6039 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||||
6040 | return result; | ||||||
6041 | From = result.get(); | ||||||
6042 | } | ||||||
6043 | |||||||
6044 | // If the expression already has a matching type, we're golden. | ||||||
6045 | QualType T = From->getType(); | ||||||
6046 | if (Converter.match(T)) | ||||||
6047 | return DefaultLvalueConversion(From); | ||||||
6048 | |||||||
6049 | // FIXME: Check for missing '()' if T is a function type? | ||||||
6050 | |||||||
6051 | // We can only perform contextual implicit conversions on objects of class | ||||||
6052 | // type. | ||||||
6053 | const RecordType *RecordTy = T->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||
6054 | if (!RecordTy || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
6055 | if (!Converter.Suppress) | ||||||
6056 | Converter.diagnoseNoMatch(*this, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
6057 | return From; | ||||||
6058 | } | ||||||
6059 | |||||||
6060 | // We must have a complete class type. | ||||||
6061 | struct TypeDiagnoserPartialDiag : TypeDiagnoser { | ||||||
6062 | ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter; | ||||||
6063 | Expr *From; | ||||||
6064 | |||||||
6065 | TypeDiagnoserPartialDiag(ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, Expr *From) | ||||||
6066 | : Converter(Converter), From(From) {} | ||||||
6067 | |||||||
6068 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | ||||||
6069 | Converter.diagnoseIncomplete(S, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
6070 | } | ||||||
6071 | } IncompleteDiagnoser(Converter, From); | ||||||
6072 | |||||||
6073 | if (Converter.Suppress ? !isCompleteType(Loc, T) | ||||||
6074 | : RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, IncompleteDiagnoser)) | ||||||
6075 | return From; | ||||||
6076 | |||||||
6077 | // Look for a conversion to an integral or enumeration type. | ||||||
6078 | UnresolvedSet<4> | ||||||
6079 | ViableConversions; // These are *potentially* viable in C++1y. | ||||||
6080 | UnresolvedSet<4> ExplicitConversions; | ||||||
6081 | const auto &Conversions = | ||||||
6082 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||
6083 | |||||||
6084 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = | ||||||
6085 | (std::distance(Conversions.begin(), Conversions.end()) > 1); | ||||||
6086 | |||||||
6087 | // To check that there is only one target type, in C++1y: | ||||||
6088 | QualType ToType; | ||||||
6089 | bool HasUniqueTargetType = true; | ||||||
6090 | |||||||
6091 | // Collect explicit or viable (potentially in C++1y) conversions. | ||||||
6092 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
6093 | NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||
6094 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion; | ||||||
6095 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||||
6096 | if (ConvTemplate) { | ||||||
6097 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) | ||||||
6098 | Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||
6099 | else | ||||||
6100 | continue; // C++11 does not consider conversion operator templates(?). | ||||||
6101 | } else | ||||||
6102 | Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||
6103 | |||||||
6104 | assert((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) &&(((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6106, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6105 | "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially "(((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6106, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6106 | "viable in C++1y")(((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6106, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6107 | |||||||
6108 | QualType CurToType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
6109 | if (Converter.match(CurToType) || ConvTemplate) { | ||||||
6110 | |||||||
6111 | if (Conversion->isExplicit()) { | ||||||
6112 | // FIXME: For C++1y, do we need this restriction? | ||||||
6113 | // cf. diagnoseNoViableConversion() | ||||||
6114 | if (!ConvTemplate) | ||||||
6115 | ExplicitConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess()); | ||||||
6116 | } else { | ||||||
6117 | if (!ConvTemplate && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | ||||||
6118 | if (ToType.isNull()) | ||||||
6119 | ToType = CurToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
6120 | else if (HasUniqueTargetType && | ||||||
6121 | (CurToType.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType)) | ||||||
6122 | HasUniqueTargetType = false; | ||||||
6123 | } | ||||||
6124 | ViableConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess()); | ||||||
6125 | } | ||||||
6126 | } | ||||||
6127 | } | ||||||
6128 | |||||||
6129 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | ||||||
6130 | // C++1y [conv]p6: | ||||||
6131 | // ... An expression e of class type E appearing in such a context | ||||||
6132 | // is said to be contextually implicitly converted to a specified | ||||||
6133 | // type T and is well-formed if and only if e can be implicitly | ||||||
6134 | // converted to a type T that is determined as follows: E is searched | ||||||
6135 | // for conversion functions whose return type is cv T or reference to | ||||||
6136 | // cv T such that T is allowed by the context. There shall be | ||||||
6137 | // exactly one such T. | ||||||
6138 | |||||||
6139 | // If no unique T is found: | ||||||
6140 | if (ToType.isNull()) { | ||||||
6141 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6142 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
6143 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||||
6144 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
6145 | return finishContextualImplicitConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter); | ||||||
6146 | } | ||||||
6147 | |||||||
6148 | // If more than one unique Ts are found: | ||||||
6149 | if (!HasUniqueTargetType) | ||||||
6150 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6151 | ViableConversions); | ||||||
6152 | |||||||
6153 | // If one unique T is found: | ||||||
6154 | // First, build a candidate set from the previously recorded | ||||||
6155 | // potentially viable conversions. | ||||||
6156 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||
6157 | collectViableConversionCandidates(*this, From, ToType, ViableConversions, | ||||||
6158 | CandidateSet); | ||||||
6159 | |||||||
6160 | // Then, perform overload resolution over the candidate set. | ||||||
6161 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
6162 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Loc, Best)) { | ||||||
6163 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||
6164 | // Apply this conversion. | ||||||
6165 | DeclAccessPair Found = | ||||||
6166 | DeclAccessPair::make(Best->Function, Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); | ||||||
6167 | if (recordConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6168 | HadMultipleCandidates, Found)) | ||||||
6169 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
6170 | break; | ||||||
6171 | } | ||||||
6172 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
6173 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6174 | ViableConversions); | ||||||
6175 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||
6176 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6177 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
6178 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||||
6179 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
6180 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
6181 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
6182 | // We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type. | ||||||
6183 | break; | ||||||
6184 | } | ||||||
6185 | } else { | ||||||
6186 | switch (ViableConversions.size()) { | ||||||
6187 | case 0: { | ||||||
6188 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6189 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
6190 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||||
6191 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
6192 | |||||||
6193 | // We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type. | ||||||
6194 | break; | ||||||
6195 | } | ||||||
6196 | case 1: { | ||||||
6197 | // Apply this conversion. | ||||||
6198 | DeclAccessPair Found = ViableConversions[0]; | ||||||
6199 | if (recordConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6200 | HadMultipleCandidates, Found)) | ||||||
6201 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
6202 | break; | ||||||
6203 | } | ||||||
6204 | default: | ||||||
6205 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6206 | ViableConversions); | ||||||
6207 | } | ||||||
6208 | } | ||||||
6209 | |||||||
6210 | return finishContextualImplicitConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter); | ||||||
6211 | } | ||||||
6212 | |||||||
6213 | /// IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate - Determine whether Fn is | ||||||
6214 | /// an acceptable non-member overloaded operator for a call whose | ||||||
6215 | /// arguments have types T1 (and, if non-empty, T2). This routine | ||||||
6216 | /// implements the check in C++ [over.match.oper]p3b2 concerning | ||||||
6217 | /// enumeration types. | ||||||
6218 | static bool IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
6219 | FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||||
6220 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||||
6221 | QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType(); | ||||||
6222 | QualType T2 = Args.size() > 1 ? Args[1]->getType() : QualType(); | ||||||
6223 | |||||||
6224 | if (T1->isDependentType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isDependentType())) | ||||||
6225 | return true; | ||||||
6226 | |||||||
6227 | if (T1->isRecordType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isRecordType())) | ||||||
6228 | return true; | ||||||
6229 | |||||||
6230 | const auto *Proto = Fn->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
6231 | if (Proto->getNumParams() < 1) | ||||||
6232 | return false; | ||||||
6233 | |||||||
6234 | if (T1->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||
6235 | QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(0).getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
6236 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, ArgType)) | ||||||
6237 | return true; | ||||||
6238 | } | ||||||
6239 | |||||||
6240 | if (Proto->getNumParams() < 2) | ||||||
6241 | return false; | ||||||
6242 | |||||||
6243 | if (!T2.isNull() && T2->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||
6244 | QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(1).getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
6245 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T2, ArgType)) | ||||||
6246 | return true; | ||||||
6247 | } | ||||||
6248 | |||||||
6249 | return false; | ||||||
6250 | } | ||||||
6251 | |||||||
6252 | /// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of | ||||||
6253 | /// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If | ||||||
6254 | /// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined | ||||||
6255 | /// conversions via constructors or conversion operators. | ||||||
6256 | /// | ||||||
6257 | /// \param PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading | ||||||
6258 | /// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by | ||||||
6259 | /// code completion. | ||||||
6260 | void Sema::AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
6261 | FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
6262 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6263 | bool PartialOverloading, bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||||
6264 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate, ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions, | ||||||
6265 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||
6266 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto | ||||||
6267 | = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()); | ||||||
6268 | assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded")((Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Proto && \"Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6268, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6269 | assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&((!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6270, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6270 | "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates")((!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6270, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6271 | |||||||
6272 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) { | ||||||
6273 | if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) { | ||||||
6274 | // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function | ||||||
6275 | // that is named without a member access expression (e.g., | ||||||
6276 | // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created | ||||||
6277 | // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member | ||||||
6278 | // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied | ||||||
6279 | // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context | ||||||
6280 | // is irrelevant. | ||||||
6281 | AddMethodCandidate(Method, FoundDecl, Method->getParent(), QualType(), | ||||||
6282 | Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(), Args, | ||||||
6283 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6284 | PartialOverloading, EarlyConversions, PO); | ||||||
6285 | return; | ||||||
6286 | } | ||||||
6287 | // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object | ||||||
6288 | // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution. | ||||||
6289 | } | ||||||
6290 | |||||||
6291 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function, PO)) | ||||||
6292 | return; | ||||||
6293 | |||||||
6294 | // C++11 [class.copy]p11: [DR1402] | ||||||
6295 | // A defaulted move constructor that is defined as deleted is ignored by | ||||||
6296 | // overload resolution. | ||||||
6297 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function); | ||||||
6298 | if (Constructor && Constructor->isDefaulted() && Constructor->isDeleted() && | ||||||
6299 | Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) | ||||||
6300 | return; | ||||||
6301 | |||||||
6302 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||
6303 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||
6304 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||
6305 | |||||||
6306 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||
6307 | // if no operand has a class type, only those non-member functions in the | ||||||
6308 | // lookup set that have a first parameter of type T1 or "reference to | ||||||
6309 | // (possibly cv-qualified) T1", when T1 is an enumeration type, or (if there | ||||||
6310 | // is a right operand) a second parameter of type T2 or "reference to | ||||||
6311 | // (possibly cv-qualified) T2", when T2 is an enumeration type, are | ||||||
6312 | // candidate functions. | ||||||
6313 | if (CandidateSet.getKind() == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator && | ||||||
6314 | !IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(Context, Function, Args)) | ||||||
6315 | return; | ||||||
6316 | |||||||
6317 | // Add this candidate | ||||||
6318 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||||
6319 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size(), EarlyConversions); | ||||||
6320 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
6321 | Candidate.Function = Function; | ||||||
6322 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||
6323 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||||
6324 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Function, PO); | ||||||
6325 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||
6326 | Candidate.IsADLCandidate = IsADLCandidate; | ||||||
6327 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||
6328 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||
6329 | |||||||
6330 | // Explicit functions are not actually candidates at all if we're not | ||||||
6331 | // allowing them in this context, but keep them around so we can point | ||||||
6332 | // to them in diagnostics. | ||||||
6333 | if (!AllowExplicit && ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(Function).isExplicit()) { | ||||||
6334 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6335 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||||
6336 | return; | ||||||
6337 | } | ||||||
6338 | |||||||
6339 | if (Function->isMultiVersion() && Function->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||||
6340 | !Function->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||||
6341 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6342 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||||
6343 | return; | ||||||
6344 | } | ||||||
6345 | |||||||
6346 | if (Constructor) { | ||||||
6347 | // C++ [class.copy]p3: | ||||||
6348 | // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy | ||||||
6349 | // of a class object to an object of its class type. | ||||||
6350 | QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent()); | ||||||
6351 | if (Args.size() == 1 && Constructor->isSpecializationCopyingObject() && | ||||||
6352 | (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()) || | ||||||
6353 | IsDerivedFrom(Args[0]->getBeginLoc(), Args[0]->getType(), | ||||||
6354 | ClassType))) { | ||||||
6355 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6356 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_illegal_constructor; | ||||||
6357 | return; | ||||||
6358 | } | ||||||
6359 | |||||||
6360 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p8: (proposed DR resolution) | ||||||
6361 | // A constructor inherited from class type C that has a first parameter | ||||||
6362 | // of type "reference to P" (including such a constructor instantiated | ||||||
6363 | // from a template) is excluded from the set of candidate functions when | ||||||
6364 | // constructing an object of type cv D if the argument list has exactly | ||||||
6365 | // one argument and D is reference-related to P and P is reference-related | ||||||
6366 | // to C. | ||||||
6367 | auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||||
6368 | if (Shadow && Args.size() == 1 && Constructor->getNumParams() >= 1 && | ||||||
6369 | Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||
6370 | QualType P = Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
6371 | QualType C = Context.getRecordType(Constructor->getParent()); | ||||||
6372 | QualType D = Context.getRecordType(Shadow->getParent()); | ||||||
6373 | SourceLocation Loc = Args.front()->getExprLoc(); | ||||||
6374 | if ((Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(P, C) || IsDerivedFrom(Loc, P, C)) && | ||||||
6375 | (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(D, P) || IsDerivedFrom(Loc, D, P))) { | ||||||
6376 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6377 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_inhctor_slice; | ||||||
6378 | return; | ||||||
6379 | } | ||||||
6380 | } | ||||||
6381 | |||||||
6382 | // Check that the constructor is capable of constructing an object in the | ||||||
6383 | // destination address space. | ||||||
6384 | if (!Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf( | ||||||
6385 | Constructor->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace(), | ||||||
6386 | CandidateSet.getDestAS())) { | ||||||
6387 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6388 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_object_addrspace_mismatch; | ||||||
6389 | } | ||||||
6390 | } | ||||||
6391 | |||||||
6392 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||||
6393 | |||||||
6394 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||||
6395 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||||
6396 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||||
6397 | if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading) && | ||||||
6398 | !Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
6399 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6400 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||||
6401 | return; | ||||||
6402 | } | ||||||
6403 | |||||||
6404 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters | ||||||
6405 | // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument | ||||||
6406 | // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the | ||||||
6407 | // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are | ||||||
6408 | // exactly m parameters. | ||||||
6409 | unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||||
6410 | if (Args.size() < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) { | ||||||
6411 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||||
6412 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6413 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||||
6414 | return; | ||||||
6415 | } | ||||||
6416 | |||||||
6417 | // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets. | ||||||
6418 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||||
6419 | if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||||
6420 | // Skip the check for callers that are implicit members, because in this | ||||||
6421 | // case we may not yet know what the member's target is; the target is | ||||||
6422 | // inferred for the member automatically, based on the bases and fields of | ||||||
6423 | // the class. | ||||||
6424 | if (!Caller->isImplicit() && !IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, Function)) { | ||||||
6425 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6426 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target; | ||||||
6427 | return; | ||||||
6428 | } | ||||||
6429 | |||||||
6430 | if (Function->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||||
6431 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||
6432 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Function, Satisfaction) || | ||||||
6433 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||||
6434 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6435 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||||
6436 | return; | ||||||
6437 | } | ||||||
6438 | } | ||||||
6439 | |||||||
6440 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||||
6441 | // arguments. | ||||||
6442 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
6443 | unsigned ConvIdx = | ||||||
6444 | PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 - ArgIdx : ArgIdx; | ||||||
6445 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { | ||||||
6446 | // We already formed a conversion sequence for this parameter during | ||||||
6447 | // template argument deduction. | ||||||
6448 | } else if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||||
6449 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||||
6450 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||||
6451 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||||
6452 | // parameter of F. | ||||||
6453 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||
6454 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryCopyInitialization( | ||||||
6455 | *this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6456 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||
6457 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||
6458 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, AllowExplicitConversions); | ||||||
6459 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||||
6460 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6461 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
6462 | return; | ||||||
6463 | } | ||||||
6464 | } else { | ||||||
6465 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||||
6466 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||||
6467 | // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||||
6468 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); | ||||||
6469 | } | ||||||
6470 | } | ||||||
6471 | |||||||
6472 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||||
6473 | CheckEnableIf(Function, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Args)) { | ||||||
6474 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6475 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||||
6476 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||||
6477 | return; | ||||||
6478 | } | ||||||
6479 | |||||||
6480 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL && isOpenCLDisabledDecl(Function)) { | ||||||
6481 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6482 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_ext_disabled; | ||||||
6483 | return; | ||||||
6484 | } | ||||||
6485 | } | ||||||
6486 | |||||||
6487 | ObjCMethodDecl * | ||||||
6488 | Sema::SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, bool IsInstance, | ||||||
6489 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl *> &Methods) { | ||||||
6490 | if (Methods.size() <= 1) | ||||||
6491 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6492 | |||||||
6493 | for (unsigned b = 0, e = Methods.size(); b < e; b++) { | ||||||
6494 | bool Match = true; | ||||||
6495 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Methods[b]; | ||||||
6496 | unsigned NumNamedArgs = Sel.getNumArgs(); | ||||||
6497 | // Method might have more arguments than selector indicates. This is due | ||||||
6498 | // to addition of c-style arguments in method. | ||||||
6499 | if (Method->param_size() > NumNamedArgs) | ||||||
6500 | NumNamedArgs = Method->param_size(); | ||||||
6501 | if (Args.size() < NumNamedArgs) | ||||||
6502 | continue; | ||||||
6503 | |||||||
6504 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumNamedArgs; i++) { | ||||||
6505 | // We can't do any type-checking on a type-dependent argument. | ||||||
6506 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||
6507 | Match = false; | ||||||
6508 | break; | ||||||
6509 | } | ||||||
6510 | |||||||
6511 | ParmVarDecl *param = Method->parameters()[i]; | ||||||
6512 | Expr *argExpr = Args[i]; | ||||||
6513 | assert(argExpr && "SelectBestMethod(): missing expression")((argExpr && "SelectBestMethod(): missing expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("argExpr && \"SelectBestMethod(): missing expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6513, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6514 | |||||||
6515 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off unless it's | ||||||
6516 | // a consumed argument. | ||||||
6517 | if (argExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast) && | ||||||
6518 | !param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()) | ||||||
6519 | argExpr = stripARCUnbridgedCast(argExpr); | ||||||
6520 | |||||||
6521 | // If the parameter is __unknown_anytype, move on to the next method. | ||||||
6522 | if (param->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||||
6523 | Match = false; | ||||||
6524 | break; | ||||||
6525 | } | ||||||
6526 | |||||||
6527 | ImplicitConversionSequence ConversionState | ||||||
6528 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, argExpr, param->getType(), | ||||||
6529 | /*SuppressUserConversions*/false, | ||||||
6530 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||
6531 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||
6532 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, | ||||||
6533 | /*AllowExplicit*/false); | ||||||
6534 | // This function looks for a reasonably-exact match, so we consider | ||||||
6535 | // incompatible pointer conversions to be a failure here. | ||||||
6536 | if (ConversionState.isBad() || | ||||||
6537 | (ConversionState.isStandard() && | ||||||
6538 | ConversionState.Standard.Second == | ||||||
6539 | ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion)) { | ||||||
6540 | Match = false; | ||||||
6541 | break; | ||||||
6542 | } | ||||||
6543 | } | ||||||
6544 | // Promote additional arguments to variadic methods. | ||||||
6545 | if (Match && Method->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
6546 | for (unsigned i = NumNamedArgs, e = Args.size(); i < e; ++i) { | ||||||
6547 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||
6548 | Match = false; | ||||||
6549 | break; | ||||||
6550 | } | ||||||
6551 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod, | ||||||
6552 | nullptr); | ||||||
6553 | if (Arg.isInvalid()) { | ||||||
6554 | Match = false; | ||||||
6555 | break; | ||||||
6556 | } | ||||||
6557 | } | ||||||
6558 | } else { | ||||||
6559 | // Check for extra arguments to non-variadic methods. | ||||||
6560 | if (Args.size() != NumNamedArgs) | ||||||
6561 | Match = false; | ||||||
6562 | else if (Match && NumNamedArgs == 0 && Methods.size() > 1) { | ||||||
6563 | // Special case when selectors have no argument. In this case, select | ||||||
6564 | // one with the most general result type of 'id'. | ||||||
6565 | for (unsigned b = 0, e = Methods.size(); b < e; b++) { | ||||||
6566 | QualType ReturnT = Methods[b]->getReturnType(); | ||||||
6567 | if (ReturnT->isObjCIdType()) | ||||||
6568 | return Methods[b]; | ||||||
6569 | } | ||||||
6570 | } | ||||||
6571 | } | ||||||
6572 | |||||||
6573 | if (Match) | ||||||
6574 | return Method; | ||||||
6575 | } | ||||||
6576 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6577 | } | ||||||
6578 | |||||||
6579 | static bool convertArgsForAvailabilityChecks( | ||||||
6580 | Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function, Expr *ThisArg, SourceLocation CallLoc, | ||||||
6581 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, Sema::SFINAETrap &Trap, bool MissingImplicitThis, | ||||||
6582 | Expr *&ConvertedThis, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &ConvertedArgs) { | ||||||
6583 | if (ThisArg) { | ||||||
6584 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function); | ||||||
6585 | assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&((!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6586, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6586 | "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!")((!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6586, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6587 | assert(!Method->isStatic() && "Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!")((!Method->isStatic() && "Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Method->isStatic() && \"Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6587, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6588 | ExprResult R = S.PerformObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||
6589 | ThisArg, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, Method, Method); | ||||||
6590 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||
6591 | return false; | ||||||
6592 | ConvertedThis = R.get(); | ||||||
6593 | } else { | ||||||
6594 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) { | ||||||
6595 | (void)MD; | ||||||
6596 | assert((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() ||(((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl >(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6598, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6597 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) &&(((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl >(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6598, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6598 | "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods")(((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl >(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6598, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6599 | } | ||||||
6600 | ConvertedThis = nullptr; | ||||||
6601 | } | ||||||
6602 | |||||||
6603 | // Ignore any variadic arguments. Converting them is pointless, since the | ||||||
6604 | // user can't refer to them in the function condition. | ||||||
6605 | unsigned ArgSizeNoVarargs = std::min(Function->param_size(), Args.size()); | ||||||
6606 | |||||||
6607 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||
6608 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArgSizeNoVarargs; ++I) { | ||||||
6609 | ExprResult R; | ||||||
6610 | R = S.PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||||
6611 | S.Context, Function->getParamDecl(I)), | ||||||
6612 | SourceLocation(), Args[I]); | ||||||
6613 | |||||||
6614 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||
6615 | return false; | ||||||
6616 | |||||||
6617 | ConvertedArgs.push_back(R.get()); | ||||||
6618 | } | ||||||
6619 | |||||||
6620 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | ||||||
6621 | return false; | ||||||
6622 | |||||||
6623 | // Push default arguments if needed. | ||||||
6624 | if (!Function->isVariadic() && Args.size() < Function->getNumParams()) { | ||||||
6625 | for (unsigned i = Args.size(), e = Function->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||
6626 | ParmVarDecl *P = Function->getParamDecl(i); | ||||||
6627 | if (!P->hasDefaultArg()) | ||||||
6628 | return false; | ||||||
6629 | ExprResult R = S.BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, Function, P); | ||||||
6630 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||
6631 | return false; | ||||||
6632 | ConvertedArgs.push_back(R.get()); | ||||||
6633 | } | ||||||
6634 | |||||||
6635 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | ||||||
6636 | return false; | ||||||
6637 | } | ||||||
6638 | return true; | ||||||
6639 | } | ||||||
6640 | |||||||
6641 | EnableIfAttr *Sema::CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||||
6642 | SourceLocation CallLoc, | ||||||
6643 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
6644 | bool MissingImplicitThis) { | ||||||
6645 | auto EnableIfAttrs = Function->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||
6646 | if (EnableIfAttrs.begin() == EnableIfAttrs.end()) | ||||||
6647 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6648 | |||||||
6649 | SFINAETrap Trap(*this); | ||||||
6650 | SmallVector<Expr *, 16> ConvertedArgs; | ||||||
6651 | // FIXME: We should look into making enable_if late-parsed. | ||||||
6652 | Expr *DiscardedThis; | ||||||
6653 | if (!convertArgsForAvailabilityChecks( | ||||||
6654 | *this, Function, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr, CallLoc, Args, Trap, | ||||||
6655 | /*MissingImplicitThis=*/true, DiscardedThis, ConvertedArgs)) | ||||||
6656 | return *EnableIfAttrs.begin(); | ||||||
6657 | |||||||
6658 | for (auto *EIA : EnableIfAttrs) { | ||||||
6659 | APValue Result; | ||||||
6660 | // FIXME: This doesn't consider value-dependent cases, because doing so is | ||||||
6661 | // very difficult. Ideally, we should handle them more gracefully. | ||||||
6662 | if (EIA->getCond()->isValueDependent() || | ||||||
6663 | !EIA->getCond()->EvaluateWithSubstitution( | ||||||
6664 | Result, Context, Function, llvm::makeArrayRef(ConvertedArgs))) | ||||||
6665 | return EIA; | ||||||
6666 | |||||||
6667 | if (!Result.isInt() || !Result.getInt().getBoolValue()) | ||||||
6668 | return EIA; | ||||||
6669 | } | ||||||
6670 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6671 | } | ||||||
6672 | |||||||
6673 | template <typename CheckFn> | ||||||
6674 | static bool diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith(Sema &S, const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||||
6675 | bool ArgDependent, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
6676 | CheckFn &&IsSuccessful) { | ||||||
6677 | SmallVector<const DiagnoseIfAttr *, 8> Attrs; | ||||||
6678 | for (const auto *DIA : ND->specific_attrs<DiagnoseIfAttr>()) { | ||||||
6679 | if (ArgDependent == DIA->getArgDependent()) | ||||||
6680 | Attrs.push_back(DIA); | ||||||
6681 | } | ||||||
6682 | |||||||
6683 | // Common case: No diagnose_if attributes, so we can quit early. | ||||||
6684 | if (Attrs.empty()) | ||||||
6685 | return false; | ||||||
6686 | |||||||
6687 | auto WarningBegin = std::stable_partition( | ||||||
6688 | Attrs.begin(), Attrs.end(), | ||||||
6689 | [](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { return DIA->isError(); }); | ||||||
6690 | |||||||
6691 | // Note that diagnose_if attributes are late-parsed, so they appear in the | ||||||
6692 | // correct order (unlike enable_if attributes). | ||||||
6693 | auto ErrAttr = llvm::find_if(llvm::make_range(Attrs.begin(), WarningBegin), | ||||||
6694 | IsSuccessful); | ||||||
6695 | if (ErrAttr != WarningBegin) { | ||||||
6696 | const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA = *ErrAttr; | ||||||
6697 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_diagnose_if_succeeded) << DIA->getMessage(); | ||||||
6698 | S.Diag(DIA->getLocation(), diag::note_from_diagnose_if) | ||||||
6699 | << DIA->getParent() << DIA->getCond()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
6700 | return true; | ||||||
6701 | } | ||||||
6702 | |||||||
6703 | for (const auto *DIA : llvm::make_range(WarningBegin, Attrs.end())) | ||||||
6704 | if (IsSuccessful(DIA)) { | ||||||
6705 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_diagnose_if_succeeded) << DIA->getMessage(); | ||||||
6706 | S.Diag(DIA->getLocation(), diag::note_from_diagnose_if) | ||||||
6707 | << DIA->getParent() << DIA->getCond()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
6708 | } | ||||||
6709 | |||||||
6710 | return false; | ||||||
6711 | } | ||||||
6712 | |||||||
6713 | bool Sema::diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||||
6714 | const Expr *ThisArg, | ||||||
6715 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | ||||||
6716 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
6717 | return diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith( | ||||||
6718 | *this, Function, /*ArgDependent=*/true, Loc, | ||||||
6719 | [&](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { | ||||||
6720 | APValue Result; | ||||||
6721 | // It's sane to use the same Args for any redecl of this function, since | ||||||
6722 | // EvaluateWithSubstitution only cares about the position of each | ||||||
6723 | // argument in the arg list, not the ParmVarDecl* it maps to. | ||||||
6724 | if (!DIA->getCond()->EvaluateWithSubstitution( | ||||||
6725 | Result, Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(DIA->getParent()), Args, ThisArg)) | ||||||
6726 | return false; | ||||||
6727 | return Result.isInt() && Result.getInt().getBoolValue(); | ||||||
6728 | }); | ||||||
6729 | } | ||||||
6730 | |||||||
6731 | bool Sema::diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||||
6732 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
6733 | return diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith( | ||||||
6734 | *this, ND, /*ArgDependent=*/false, Loc, | ||||||
6735 | [&](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { | ||||||
6736 | bool Result; | ||||||
6737 | return DIA->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Context) && | ||||||
6738 | Result; | ||||||
6739 | }); | ||||||
6740 | } | ||||||
6741 | |||||||
6742 | /// Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to | ||||||
6743 | /// the overload candidate set. | ||||||
6744 | void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||||
6745 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
6746 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
6747 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||
6748 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6749 | bool PartialOverloading, | ||||||
6750 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase) { | ||||||
6751 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) { | ||||||
6752 | NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||
6753 | ArrayRef<Expr *> FunctionArgs = Args; | ||||||
6754 | |||||||
6755 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||||
6756 | FunctionDecl *FD = | ||||||
6757 | FunTmpl ? FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl() : cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||
6758 | |||||||
6759 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()) { | ||||||
6760 | QualType ObjectType; | ||||||
6761 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification; | ||||||
6762 | if (Args.size() > 0) { | ||||||
6763 | if (Expr *E = Args[0]) { | ||||||
6764 | // Use the explicit base to restrict the lookup: | ||||||
6765 | ObjectType = E->getType(); | ||||||
6766 | // Pointers in the object arguments are implicitly dereferenced, so we | ||||||
6767 | // always classify them as l-values. | ||||||
6768 | if (!ObjectType.isNull() && ObjectType->isPointerType()) | ||||||
6769 | ObjectClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(); | ||||||
6770 | else | ||||||
6771 | ObjectClassification = E->Classify(Context); | ||||||
6772 | } // .. else there is an implicit base. | ||||||
6773 | FunctionArgs = Args.slice(1); | ||||||
6774 | } | ||||||
6775 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||||
6776 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate( | ||||||
6777 | FunTmpl, F.getPair(), | ||||||
6778 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()), | ||||||
6779 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||||
6780 | FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6781 | PartialOverloading); | ||||||
6782 | } else { | ||||||
6783 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), F.getPair(), | ||||||
6784 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(), ObjectType, | ||||||
6785 | ObjectClassification, FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, | ||||||
6786 | SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading); | ||||||
6787 | } | ||||||
6788 | } else { | ||||||
6789 | // This branch handles both standalone functions and static methods. | ||||||
6790 | |||||||
6791 | // Slice the first argument (which is the base) when we access | ||||||
6792 | // static method as non-static. | ||||||
6793 | if (Args.size() > 0 && | ||||||
6794 | (!Args[0] || (FirstArgumentIsBase && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && | ||||||
6795 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)))) { | ||||||
6796 | assert(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())((cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6796, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6797 | FunctionArgs = Args.slice(1); | ||||||
6798 | } | ||||||
6799 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||||
6800 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(), | ||||||
6801 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, FunctionArgs, | ||||||
6802 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6803 | PartialOverloading); | ||||||
6804 | } else { | ||||||
6805 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, | ||||||
6806 | SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading); | ||||||
6807 | } | ||||||
6808 | } | ||||||
6809 | } | ||||||
6810 | } | ||||||
6811 | |||||||
6812 | /// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of | ||||||
6813 | /// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set. | ||||||
6814 | void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, QualType ObjectType, | ||||||
6815 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, | ||||||
6816 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
6817 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
6818 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6819 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||
6820 | NamedDecl *Decl = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||||
6821 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
6822 | |||||||
6823 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)) | ||||||
6824 | Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
6825 | |||||||
6826 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) { | ||||||
6827 | assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&((isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && "Expected a member function template") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Expected a member function template\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6828, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6828 | "Expected a member function template")((isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && "Expected a member function template") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Expected a member function template\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6828, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6829 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, FoundDecl, ActingContext, | ||||||
6830 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, ObjectType, | ||||||
6831 | ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
6832 | SuppressUserConversions, false, PO); | ||||||
6833 | } else { | ||||||
6834 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), FoundDecl, ActingContext, | ||||||
6835 | ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
6836 | SuppressUserConversions, false, None, PO); | ||||||
6837 | } | ||||||
6838 | } | ||||||
6839 | |||||||
6840 | /// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set | ||||||
6841 | /// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments | ||||||
6842 | /// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call | ||||||
6843 | /// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain | ||||||
6844 | /// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't | ||||||
6845 | /// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion | ||||||
6846 | /// operators. | ||||||
6847 | void | ||||||
6848 | Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||
6849 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, | ||||||
6850 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, | ||||||
6851 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
6852 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
6853 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6854 | bool PartialOverloading, | ||||||
6855 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions, | ||||||
6856 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||
6857 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto | ||||||
6858 | = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()); | ||||||
6859 | assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded")((Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Proto && \"Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6859, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6860 | assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&((!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6861, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6861 | "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors")((!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6861, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6862 | |||||||
6863 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method, PO)) | ||||||
6864 | return; | ||||||
6865 | |||||||
6866 | // C++11 [class.copy]p23: [DR1402] | ||||||
6867 | // A defaulted move assignment operator that is defined as deleted is | ||||||
6868 | // ignored by overload resolution. | ||||||
6869 | if (Method->isDefaulted() && Method->isDeleted() && | ||||||
6870 | Method->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) | ||||||
6871 | return; | ||||||
6872 | |||||||
6873 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||
6874 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||
6875 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||
6876 | |||||||
6877 | // Add this candidate | ||||||
6878 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||||
6879 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size() + 1, EarlyConversions); | ||||||
6880 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
6881 | Candidate.Function = Method; | ||||||
6882 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||||
6883 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Method, PO); | ||||||
6884 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||
6885 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||
6886 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||
6887 | |||||||
6888 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||||
6889 | |||||||
6890 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||||
6891 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||||
6892 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||||
6893 | if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading) && | ||||||
6894 | !Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
6895 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6896 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||||
6897 | return; | ||||||
6898 | } | ||||||
6899 | |||||||
6900 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters | ||||||
6901 | // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument | ||||||
6902 | // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the | ||||||
6903 | // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are | ||||||
6904 | // exactly m parameters. | ||||||
6905 | unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||||
6906 | if (Args.size() < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) { | ||||||
6907 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||||
6908 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6909 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||||
6910 | return; | ||||||
6911 | } | ||||||
6912 | |||||||
6913 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||
6914 | |||||||
6915 | if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull()) | ||||||
6916 | // The implicit object argument is ignored. | ||||||
6917 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true; | ||||||
6918 | else { | ||||||
6919 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 : 0; | ||||||
6920 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object | ||||||
6921 | // parameter. | ||||||
6922 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||
6923 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||||
6924 | Method, ActingContext); | ||||||
6925 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||||
6926 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6927 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
6928 | return; | ||||||
6929 | } | ||||||
6930 | } | ||||||
6931 | |||||||
6932 | // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets. | ||||||
6933 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||||
6934 | if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||||
6935 | if (!IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, Method)) { | ||||||
6936 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6937 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target; | ||||||
6938 | return; | ||||||
6939 | } | ||||||
6940 | |||||||
6941 | if (Method->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||||
6942 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||
6943 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Method, Satisfaction) || | ||||||
6944 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||||
6945 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6946 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||||
6947 | return; | ||||||
6948 | } | ||||||
6949 | } | ||||||
6950 | |||||||
6951 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||||
6952 | // arguments. | ||||||
6953 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
6954 | unsigned ConvIdx = | ||||||
6955 | PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 0 : (ArgIdx + 1); | ||||||
6956 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { | ||||||
6957 | // We already formed a conversion sequence for this parameter during | ||||||
6958 | // template argument deduction. | ||||||
6959 | } else if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||||
6960 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||||
6961 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||||
6962 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||||
6963 | // parameter of F. | ||||||
6964 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||
6965 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] | ||||||
6966 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, | ||||||
6967 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6968 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||
6969 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||
6970 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||||
6971 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||||
6972 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6973 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
6974 | return; | ||||||
6975 | } | ||||||
6976 | } else { | ||||||
6977 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||||
6978 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||||
6979 | // considered to "match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||||
6980 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); | ||||||
6981 | } | ||||||
6982 | } | ||||||
6983 | |||||||
6984 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||||
6985 | CheckEnableIf(Method, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Args, true)) { | ||||||
6986 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6987 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||||
6988 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||||
6989 | return; | ||||||
6990 | } | ||||||
6991 | |||||||
6992 | if (Method->isMultiVersion() && Method->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||||
6993 | !Method->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||||
6994 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6995 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||||
6996 | } | ||||||
6997 | } | ||||||
6998 | |||||||
6999 | /// Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate | ||||||
7000 | /// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member | ||||||
7001 | /// function template specialization. | ||||||
7002 | void Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate( | ||||||
7003 | FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||
7004 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, | ||||||
7005 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, QualType ObjectType, | ||||||
7006 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
7007 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
7008 | bool PartialOverloading, OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||
7009 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl, PO)) | ||||||
7010 | return; | ||||||
7011 | |||||||
7012 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7: | ||||||
7013 | // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate | ||||||
7014 | // function template specializations are generated using template argument | ||||||
7015 | // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as | ||||||
7016 | // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one | ||||||
7017 | // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template | ||||||
7018 | // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each | ||||||
7019 | // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate | ||||||
7020 | // functions. | ||||||
7021 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||||
7022 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||||
7023 | ConversionSequenceList Conversions; | ||||||
7024 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result = DeduceTemplateArguments( | ||||||
7025 | MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Specialization, Info, | ||||||
7026 | PartialOverloading, [&](ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes) { | ||||||
7027 | return CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||||
7028 | MethodTmpl, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, Conversions, | ||||||
7029 | SuppressUserConversions, ActingContext, ObjectType, | ||||||
7030 | ObjectClassification, PO); | ||||||
7031 | })) { | ||||||
7032 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||||
7033 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Conversions.size(), Conversions); | ||||||
7034 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7035 | Candidate.Function = MethodTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
7036 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7037 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||||
7038 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Candidate.Function, PO); | ||||||
7039 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||
7040 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = | ||||||
7041 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Candidate.Function)->isStatic() || | ||||||
7042 | ObjectType.isNull(); | ||||||
7043 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||
7044 | if (Result == TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure) | ||||||
7045 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
7046 | else { | ||||||
7047 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||||
7048 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||||
7049 | Info); | ||||||
7050 | } | ||||||
7051 | return; | ||||||
7052 | } | ||||||
7053 | |||||||
7054 | // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument | ||||||
7055 | // deduction as a candidate. | ||||||
7056 | assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?")((Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing member function template specialization?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7056, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7057 | assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&((isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && "Specialization is not a member function?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && \"Specialization is not a member function?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7058, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
7058 | "Specialization is not a member function?")((isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && "Specialization is not a member function?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && \"Specialization is not a member function?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7058, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7059 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), FoundDecl, | ||||||
7060 | ActingContext, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, | ||||||
7061 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading, | ||||||
7062 | Conversions, PO); | ||||||
7063 | } | ||||||
7064 | |||||||
7065 | /// Determine whether a given function template has a simple explicit specifier | ||||||
7066 | /// or a non-value-dependent explicit-specification that evaluates to true. | ||||||
7067 | static bool isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD) { | ||||||
7068 | return ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(FTD->getTemplatedDecl()).isExplicit(); | ||||||
7069 | } | ||||||
7070 | |||||||
7071 | /// Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate | ||||||
7072 | /// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce | ||||||
7073 | /// an appropriate function template specialization. | ||||||
7074 | void Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
7075 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||
7076 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
7077 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
7078 | bool PartialOverloading, bool AllowExplicit, ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate, | ||||||
7079 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||
7080 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate, PO)) | ||||||
7081 | return; | ||||||
7082 | |||||||
7083 | // If the function template has a non-dependent explicit specification, | ||||||
7084 | // exclude it now if appropriate; we are not permitted to perform deduction | ||||||
7085 | // and substitution in this case. | ||||||
7086 | if (!AllowExplicit && isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplate)) { | ||||||
7087 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||||
7088 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7089 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
7090 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7091 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||||
7092 | return; | ||||||
7093 | } | ||||||
7094 | |||||||
7095 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7: | ||||||
7096 | // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate | ||||||
7097 | // function template specializations are generated using template argument | ||||||
7098 | // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as | ||||||
7099 | // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one | ||||||
7100 | // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template | ||||||
7101 | // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each | ||||||
7102 | // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate | ||||||
7103 | // functions. | ||||||
7104 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||||
7105 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||||
7106 | ConversionSequenceList Conversions; | ||||||
7107 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result = DeduceTemplateArguments( | ||||||
7108 | FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Specialization, Info, | ||||||
7109 | PartialOverloading, [&](ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes) { | ||||||
7110 | return CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||||
7111 | FunctionTemplate, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, Conversions, | ||||||
7112 | SuppressUserConversions, nullptr, QualType(), {}, PO); | ||||||
7113 | })) { | ||||||
7114 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||||
7115 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Conversions.size(), Conversions); | ||||||
7116 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7117 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
7118 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7119 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||||
7120 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Candidate.Function, PO); | ||||||
7121 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||
7122 | Candidate.IsADLCandidate = IsADLCandidate; | ||||||
7123 | // Ignore the object argument if there is one, since we don't have an object | ||||||
7124 | // type. | ||||||
7125 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = | ||||||
7126 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Candidate.Function) && | ||||||
7127 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Candidate.Function); | ||||||
7128 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||
7129 | if (Result == TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure) | ||||||
7130 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
7131 | else { | ||||||
7132 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||||
7133 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||||
7134 | Info); | ||||||
7135 | } | ||||||
7136 | return; | ||||||
7137 | } | ||||||
7138 | |||||||
7139 | // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument | ||||||
7140 | // deduction as a candidate. | ||||||
7141 | assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?")((Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing function template specialization?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7141, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7142 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
7143 | Specialization, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
7144 | PartialOverloading, AllowExplicit, | ||||||
7145 | /*AllowExplicitConversions*/ false, IsADLCandidate, Conversions, PO); | ||||||
7146 | } | ||||||
7147 | |||||||
7148 | /// Check that implicit conversion sequences can be formed for each argument | ||||||
7149 | /// whose corresponding parameter has a non-dependent type, per DR1391's | ||||||
7150 | /// [temp.deduct.call]p10. | ||||||
7151 | bool Sema::CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||||
7152 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, | ||||||
7153 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
7154 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
7155 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, | ||||||
7156 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||
7157 | // FIXME: The cases in which we allow explicit conversions for constructor | ||||||
7158 | // arguments never consider calling a constructor template. It's not clear | ||||||
7159 | // that is correct. | ||||||
7160 | const bool AllowExplicit = false; | ||||||
7161 | |||||||
7162 | auto *FD = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
7163 | auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | ||||||
7164 | bool HasThisConversion = Method && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); | ||||||
7165 | unsigned ThisConversions = HasThisConversion ? 1 : 0; | ||||||
7166 | |||||||
7167 | Conversions = | ||||||
7168 | CandidateSet.allocateConversionSequences(ThisConversions + Args.size()); | ||||||
7169 | |||||||
7170 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||
7171 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||
7172 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||
7173 | |||||||
7174 | // For a method call, check the 'this' conversion here too. DR1391 doesn't | ||||||
7175 | // require that, but this check should never result in a hard error, and | ||||||
7176 | // overload resolution is permitted to sidestep instantiations. | ||||||
7177 | if (HasThisConversion && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic() && | ||||||
7178 | !ObjectType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7179 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 : 0; | ||||||
7180 | Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||
7181 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||||
7182 | Method, ActingContext); | ||||||
7183 | if (Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) | ||||||
7184 | return true; | ||||||
7185 | } | ||||||
7186 | |||||||
7187 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = std::min(ParamTypes.size(), Args.size()); I != N; | ||||||
7188 | ++I) { | ||||||
7189 | QualType ParamType = ParamTypes[I]; | ||||||
7190 | if (!ParamType->isDependentType()) { | ||||||
7191 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed | ||||||
7192 | ? 0 | ||||||
7193 | : (ThisConversions + I); | ||||||
7194 | Conversions[ConvIdx] | ||||||
7195 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[I], ParamType, | ||||||
7196 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
7197 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||
7198 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||
7199 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, | ||||||
7200 | AllowExplicit); | ||||||
7201 | if (Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) | ||||||
7202 | return true; | ||||||
7203 | } | ||||||
7204 | } | ||||||
7205 | |||||||
7206 | return false; | ||||||
7207 | } | ||||||
7208 | |||||||
7209 | /// Determine whether this is an allowable conversion from the result | ||||||
7210 | /// of an explicit conversion operator to the expected type, per C++ | ||||||
7211 | /// [over.match.conv]p1 and [over.match.ref]p1. | ||||||
7212 | /// | ||||||
7213 | /// \param ConvType The return type of the conversion function. | ||||||
7214 | /// | ||||||
7215 | /// \param ToType The type we are converting to. | ||||||
7216 | /// | ||||||
7217 | /// \param AllowObjCPointerConversion Allow a conversion from one | ||||||
7218 | /// Objective-C pointer to another. | ||||||
7219 | /// | ||||||
7220 | /// \returns true if the conversion is allowable, false otherwise. | ||||||
7221 | static bool isAllowableExplicitConversion(Sema &S, | ||||||
7222 | QualType ConvType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
7223 | bool AllowObjCPointerConversion) { | ||||||
7224 | QualType ToNonRefType = ToType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
7225 | |||||||
7226 | // Easy case: the types are the same. | ||||||
7227 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ConvType, ToNonRefType)) | ||||||
7228 | return true; | ||||||
7229 | |||||||
7230 | // Allow qualification conversions. | ||||||
7231 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||||
7232 | if (S.IsQualificationConversion(ConvType, ToNonRefType, /*CStyle*/false, | ||||||
7233 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||||
7234 | return true; | ||||||
7235 | |||||||
7236 | // If we're not allowed to consider Objective-C pointer conversions, | ||||||
7237 | // we're done. | ||||||
7238 | if (!AllowObjCPointerConversion) | ||||||
7239 | return false; | ||||||
7240 | |||||||
7241 | // Is this an Objective-C pointer conversion? | ||||||
7242 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||
7243 | QualType ConvertedType; | ||||||
7244 | return S.isObjCPointerConversion(ConvType, ToNonRefType, ConvertedType, | ||||||
7245 | IncompatibleObjC); | ||||||
7246 | } | ||||||
7247 | |||||||
7248 | /// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a | ||||||
7249 | /// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv], | ||||||
7250 | /// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from, | ||||||
7251 | /// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to | ||||||
7252 | /// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the | ||||||
7253 | /// conversion function produces). | ||||||
7254 | void Sema::AddConversionCandidate( | ||||||
7255 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||
7256 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
7257 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||
7258 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion) { | ||||||
7259 | assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&((!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7260, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
7260 | "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate")((!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7260, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7261 | QualType ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
7262 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion)) | ||||||
7263 | return; | ||||||
7264 | |||||||
7265 | // If the conversion function has an undeduced return type, trigger its | ||||||
7266 | // deduction now. | ||||||
7267 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && ConvType->isUndeducedType()) { | ||||||
7268 | if (DeduceReturnType(Conversion, From->getExprLoc())) | ||||||
7269 | return; | ||||||
7270 | ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
7271 | } | ||||||
7272 | |||||||
7273 | // If we don't allow any conversion of the result type, ignore conversion | ||||||
7274 | // functions that don't convert to exactly (possibly cv-qualified) T. | ||||||
7275 | if (!AllowResultConversion && | ||||||
7276 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Conversion->getConversionType(), ToType)) | ||||||
7277 | return; | ||||||
7278 | |||||||
7279 | // Per C++ [over.match.conv]p1, [over.match.ref]p1, an explicit conversion | ||||||
7280 | // operator is only a candidate if its return type is the target type or | ||||||
7281 | // can be converted to the target type with a qualification conversion. | ||||||
7282 | // | ||||||
7283 | // FIXME: Include such functions in the candidate list and explain why we | ||||||
7284 | // can't select them. | ||||||
7285 | if (Conversion->isExplicit() && | ||||||
7286 | !isAllowableExplicitConversion(*this, ConvType, ToType, | ||||||
7287 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) | ||||||
7288 | return; | ||||||
7289 | |||||||
7290 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||
7291 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||
7292 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||
7293 | |||||||
7294 | // Add this candidate | ||||||
7295 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(1); | ||||||
7296 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7297 | Candidate.Function = Conversion; | ||||||
7298 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||
7299 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||
7300 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
7301 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(ConvType); | ||||||
7302 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
7303 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||
7304 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1; | ||||||
7305 | |||||||
7306 | // Explicit functions are not actually candidates at all if we're not | ||||||
7307 | // allowing them in this context, but keep them around so we can point | ||||||
7308 | // to them in diagnostics. | ||||||
7309 | if (!AllowExplicit && Conversion->isExplicit()) { | ||||||
7310 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7311 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||||
7312 | return; | ||||||
7313 | } | ||||||
7314 | |||||||
7315 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p4: | ||||||
7316 | // For conversion functions, the function is considered to be a member of | ||||||
7317 | // the class of the implicit implied object argument for the purpose of | ||||||
7318 | // defining the type of the implicit object parameter. | ||||||
7319 | // | ||||||
7320 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit | ||||||
7321 | // object parameter. | ||||||
7322 | QualType ImplicitParamType = From->getType(); | ||||||
7323 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = ImplicitParamType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
7324 | ImplicitParamType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
7325 | CXXRecordDecl *ConversionContext | ||||||
7326 | = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ImplicitParamType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||||
7327 | |||||||
7328 | Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||
7329 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), From->getType(), | ||||||
7330 | From->Classify(Context), Conversion, ConversionContext); | ||||||
7331 | |||||||
7332 | if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) { | ||||||
7333 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7334 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
7335 | return; | ||||||
7336 | } | ||||||
7337 | |||||||
7338 | if (Conversion->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||||
7339 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||
7340 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Conversion, Satisfaction) || | ||||||
7341 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||||
7342 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7343 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||||
7344 | return; | ||||||
7345 | } | ||||||
7346 | } | ||||||
7347 | |||||||
7348 | // We won't go through a user-defined type conversion function to convert a | ||||||
7349 | // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only | ||||||
7350 | // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user] | ||||||
7351 | QualType FromCanon | ||||||
7352 | = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||
7353 | QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
7354 | if (FromCanon == ToCanon || | ||||||
7355 | IsDerivedFrom(CandidateSet.getLocation(), FromCanon, ToCanon)) { | ||||||
7356 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7357 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion; | ||||||
7358 | return; | ||||||
7359 | } | ||||||
7360 | |||||||
7361 | // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the | ||||||
7362 | // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to | ||||||
7363 | // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the | ||||||
7364 | // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This | ||||||
7365 | // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to | ||||||
7366 | // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this | ||||||
7367 | // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be | ||||||
7368 | // well-formed. | ||||||
7369 | DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Context, Conversion, false, Conversion->getType(), | ||||||
7370 | VK_LValue, From->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||
7371 | ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(ImplicitCastExpr::OnStack, | ||||||
7372 | Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()), | ||||||
7373 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, &ConversionRef, | ||||||
7374 | VK_RValue, FPOptionsOverride()); | ||||||
7375 | |||||||
7376 | QualType ConversionType = Conversion->getConversionType(); | ||||||
7377 | if (!isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ConversionType)) { | ||||||
7378 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7379 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||||
7380 | return; | ||||||
7381 | } | ||||||
7382 | |||||||
7383 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ConversionType); | ||||||
7384 | |||||||
7385 | // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because | ||||||
7386 | // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's | ||||||
7387 | // allocator). | ||||||
7388 | QualType CallResultType = ConversionType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||
7389 | |||||||
7390 | alignas(CallExpr) char Buffer[sizeof(CallExpr) + sizeof(Stmt *)]; | ||||||
7391 | CallExpr *TheTemporaryCall = CallExpr::CreateTemporary( | ||||||
7392 | Buffer, &ConversionFn, CallResultType, VK, From->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||
7393 | |||||||
7394 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||
7395 | TryCopyInitialization(*this, TheTemporaryCall, ToType, | ||||||
7396 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true, | ||||||
7397 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
7398 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false); | ||||||
7399 | |||||||
7400 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||||
7401 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||||
7402 | Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard; | ||||||
7403 | |||||||
7404 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p3: | ||||||
7405 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a specialization of a | ||||||
7406 | // conversion function template, the second standard conversion sequence | ||||||
7407 | // shall have exact match rank. | ||||||
7408 | if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate() && | ||||||
7409 | GetConversionRank(ICS.Standard.Second) != ICR_Exact_Match) { | ||||||
7410 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7411 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact; | ||||||
7412 | return; | ||||||
7413 | } | ||||||
7414 | |||||||
7415 | // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: | ||||||
7416 | // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference and | ||||||
7417 | // the second standard conversion sequence of the user-defined | ||||||
7418 | // conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, the | ||||||
7419 | // program is ill-formed. | ||||||
7420 | if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() && | ||||||
7421 | ICS.Standard.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) { | ||||||
7422 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7423 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||||
7424 | return; | ||||||
7425 | } | ||||||
7426 | break; | ||||||
7427 | |||||||
7428 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||||
7429 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7430 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||||
7431 | return; | ||||||
7432 | |||||||
7433 | default: | ||||||
7434 | llvm_unreachable(::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7435) | ||||||
7435 | "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7435); | ||||||
7436 | } | ||||||
7437 | |||||||
7438 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||||
7439 | CheckEnableIf(Conversion, CandidateSet.getLocation(), None)) { | ||||||
7440 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7441 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||||
7442 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||||
7443 | return; | ||||||
7444 | } | ||||||
7445 | |||||||
7446 | if (Conversion->isMultiVersion() && Conversion->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||||
7447 | !Conversion->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||||
7448 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7449 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||||
7450 | } | ||||||
7451 | } | ||||||
7452 | |||||||
7453 | /// Adds a conversion function template specialization | ||||||
7454 | /// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction | ||||||
7455 | /// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function | ||||||
7456 | /// template from the type that we are converting to (C++ | ||||||
7457 | /// [temp.deduct.conv]). | ||||||
7458 | void Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||
7459 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||
7460 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
7461 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||
7462 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion) { | ||||||
7463 | assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&((isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl ()) && "Only conversion function templates permitted here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Only conversion function templates permitted here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
7464 | "Only conversion function templates permitted here")((isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl ()) && "Only conversion function templates permitted here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Only conversion function templates permitted here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7465 | |||||||
7466 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate)) | ||||||
7467 | return; | ||||||
7468 | |||||||
7469 | // If the function template has a non-dependent explicit specification, | ||||||
7470 | // exclude it now if appropriate; we are not permitted to perform deduction | ||||||
7471 | // and substitution in this case. | ||||||
7472 | if (!AllowExplicit && isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplate)) { | ||||||
7473 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||||
7474 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7475 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
7476 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7477 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||||
7478 | return; | ||||||
7479 | } | ||||||
7480 | |||||||
7481 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||||
7482 | CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||||
7483 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result | ||||||
7484 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType, | ||||||
7485 | Specialization, Info)) { | ||||||
7486 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||||
7487 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7488 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
7489 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7490 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||||
7491 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||
7492 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||
7493 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1; | ||||||
7494 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||||
7495 | Info); | ||||||
7496 | return; | ||||||
7497 | } | ||||||
7498 | |||||||
7499 | // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by | ||||||
7500 | // template argument deduction as a candidate. | ||||||
7501 | assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?")((Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing function template specialization?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7501, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7502 | AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, ActingDC, From, ToType, | ||||||
7503 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||
7504 | AllowExplicit, AllowResultConversion); | ||||||
7505 | } | ||||||
7506 | |||||||
7507 | /// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that | ||||||
7508 | /// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the | ||||||
7509 | /// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it | ||||||
7510 | /// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is | ||||||
7511 | /// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling. | ||||||
7512 | void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, | ||||||
7513 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||
7514 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, | ||||||
7515 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, | ||||||
7516 | Expr *Object, | ||||||
7517 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
7518 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) { | ||||||
7519 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion)) | ||||||
7520 | return; | ||||||
7521 | |||||||
7522 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||
7523 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||
7524 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||
7525 | |||||||
7526 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size() + 1); | ||||||
7527 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7528 | Candidate.Function = nullptr; | ||||||
7529 | Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion; | ||||||
7530 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||
7531 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = true; | ||||||
7532 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||
7533 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||
7534 | |||||||
7535 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit | ||||||
7536 | // object parameter. | ||||||
7537 | ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||
7538 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Object->getType(), | ||||||
7539 | Object->Classify(Context), Conversion, ActingContext); | ||||||
7540 | if (ObjectInit.isBad()) { | ||||||
7541 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7542 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
7543 | Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit; | ||||||
7544 | return; | ||||||
7545 | } | ||||||
7546 | |||||||
7547 | // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose | ||||||
7548 | // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is | ||||||
7549 | // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such. | ||||||
7550 | Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined(); | ||||||
7551 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard; | ||||||
7552 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||
7553 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = false; | ||||||
7554 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion; | ||||||
7555 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7556 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After | ||||||
7557 | = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before; | ||||||
7558 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
7559 | |||||||
7560 | // Find the | ||||||
7561 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||||
7562 | |||||||
7563 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||||
7564 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||||
7565 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||||
7566 | if (Args.size() > NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
7567 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7568 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||||
7569 | return; | ||||||
7570 | } | ||||||
7571 | |||||||
7572 | // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if | ||||||
7573 | // we have enough arguments. | ||||||
7574 | if (Args.size() < NumParams) { | ||||||
7575 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||||
7576 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7577 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||||
7578 | return; | ||||||
7579 | } | ||||||
7580 | |||||||
7581 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||||
7582 | // arguments. | ||||||
7583 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
7584 | if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||||
7585 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||||
7586 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||||
7587 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||||
7588 | // parameter of F. | ||||||
7589 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||
7590 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1] | ||||||
7591 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, | ||||||
7592 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
7593 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
7594 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||
7595 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||||
7596 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) { | ||||||
7597 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7598 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
7599 | return; | ||||||
7600 | } | ||||||
7601 | } else { | ||||||
7602 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||||
7603 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||||
7604 | // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||||
7605 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis(); | ||||||
7606 | } | ||||||
7607 | } | ||||||
7608 | |||||||
7609 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||||
7610 | CheckEnableIf(Conversion, CandidateSet.getLocation(), None)) { | ||||||
7611 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7612 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||||
7613 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||||
7614 | return; | ||||||
7615 | } | ||||||
7616 | } | ||||||
7617 | |||||||
7618 | /// Add all of the non-member operator function declarations in the given | ||||||
7619 | /// function set to the overload candidate set. | ||||||
7620 | void Sema::AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates( | ||||||
7621 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
7622 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
7623 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs) { | ||||||
7624 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) { | ||||||
7625 | NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||
7626 | ArrayRef<Expr *> FunctionArgs = Args; | ||||||
7627 | |||||||
7628 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||||
7629 | FunctionDecl *FD = | ||||||
7630 | FunTmpl ? FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl() : cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||
7631 | |||||||
7632 | // Don't consider rewritten functions if we're not rewriting. | ||||||
7633 | if (!CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().isAcceptableCandidate(FD)) | ||||||
7634 | continue; | ||||||
7635 | |||||||
7636 | assert(!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) &&((!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && "unqualified operator lookup found a member function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && \"unqualified operator lookup found a member function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7637, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
7637 | "unqualified operator lookup found a member function")((!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && "unqualified operator lookup found a member function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && \"unqualified operator lookup found a member function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7637, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7638 | |||||||
7639 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||||
7640 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||
7641 | FunctionArgs, CandidateSet); | ||||||
7642 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) | ||||||
7643 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
7644 | FunTmpl, F.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||
7645 | {FunctionArgs[1], FunctionArgs[0]}, CandidateSet, false, false, | ||||||
7646 | true, ADLCallKind::NotADL, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||
7647 | } else { | ||||||
7648 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) | ||||||
7649 | continue; | ||||||
7650 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), FunctionArgs, CandidateSet); | ||||||
7651 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) | ||||||
7652 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), | ||||||
7653 | {FunctionArgs[1], FunctionArgs[0]}, CandidateSet, | ||||||
7654 | false, false, true, false, ADLCallKind::NotADL, | ||||||
7655 | None, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||
7656 | } | ||||||
7657 | } | ||||||
7658 | } | ||||||
7659 | |||||||
7660 | /// Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are | ||||||
7661 | /// member functions. | ||||||
7662 | /// | ||||||
7663 | /// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions | ||||||
7664 | /// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such | ||||||
7665 | /// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and | ||||||
7666 | /// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++ | ||||||
7667 | /// [over.match.oper]). | ||||||
7668 | void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||||
7669 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||
7670 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
7671 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
7672 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||
7673 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||||
7674 | |||||||
7675 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||
7676 | // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose | ||||||
7677 | // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with | ||||||
7678 | // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and | ||||||
7679 | // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2, | ||||||
7680 | // three sets of candidate functions, designated member | ||||||
7681 | // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are | ||||||
7682 | // constructed as follows: | ||||||
7683 | QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType(); | ||||||
7684 | |||||||
7685 | // -- If T1 is a complete class type or a class currently being | ||||||
7686 | // defined, the set of member candidates is the result of the | ||||||
7687 | // qualified lookup of T1::operator@ (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, | ||||||
7688 | // the set of member candidates is empty. | ||||||
7689 | if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||
7690 | // Complete the type if it can be completed. | ||||||
7691 | if (!isCompleteType(OpLoc, T1) && !T1Rec->isBeingDefined()) | ||||||
7692 | return; | ||||||
7693 | // If the type is neither complete nor being defined, bail out now. | ||||||
7694 | if (!T1Rec->getDecl()->getDefinition()) | ||||||
7695 | return; | ||||||
7696 | |||||||
7697 | LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
7698 | LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl()); | ||||||
7699 | Operators.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||
7700 | |||||||
7701 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(), | ||||||
7702 | OperEnd = Operators.end(); | ||||||
7703 | Oper != OperEnd; | ||||||
7704 | ++Oper) | ||||||
7705 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Args[0]->getType(), | ||||||
7706 | Args[0]->Classify(Context), Args.slice(1), | ||||||
7707 | CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false, PO); | ||||||
7708 | } | ||||||
7709 | } | ||||||
7710 | |||||||
7711 | /// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in | ||||||
7712 | /// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types | ||||||
7713 | /// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the | ||||||
7714 | /// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator | ||||||
7715 | /// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment | ||||||
7716 | /// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments | ||||||
7717 | /// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually | ||||||
7718 | /// converted to bool. | ||||||
7719 | void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
7720 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, | ||||||
7721 | bool IsAssignmentOperator, | ||||||
7722 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) { | ||||||
7723 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||
7724 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||
7725 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||
7726 | |||||||
7727 | // Add this candidate | ||||||
7728 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size()); | ||||||
7729 | Candidate.FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none); | ||||||
7730 | Candidate.Function = nullptr; | ||||||
7731 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||
7732 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||
7733 | std::copy(ParamTys, ParamTys + Args.size(), Candidate.BuiltinParamTypes); | ||||||
7734 | |||||||
7735 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||||
7736 | // arguments. | ||||||
7737 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||
7738 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||
7739 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
7740 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p4: | ||||||
7741 | // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the | ||||||
7742 | // left operand are restricted as follows: | ||||||
7743 | // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and | ||||||
7744 | // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left | ||||||
7745 | // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most | ||||||
7746 | // parameter of a built-in candidate. | ||||||
7747 | // | ||||||
7748 | // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined | ||||||
7749 | // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of | ||||||
7750 | // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that | ||||||
7751 | // is not of the same type. | ||||||
7752 | if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) { | ||||||
7753 | assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&((ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && \"Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7754, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
7754 | "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type")((ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && \"Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7754, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7755 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] | ||||||
7756 | = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, Args[ArgIdx]); | ||||||
7757 | } else { | ||||||
7758 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] | ||||||
7759 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx], | ||||||
7760 | ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator, | ||||||
7761 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
7762 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||
7763 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||||
7764 | } | ||||||
7765 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) { | ||||||
7766 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7767 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
7768 | break; | ||||||
7769 | } | ||||||
7770 | } | ||||||
7771 | } | ||||||
7772 | |||||||
7773 | namespace { | ||||||
7774 | |||||||
7775 | /// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the | ||||||
7776 | /// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++ | ||||||
7777 | /// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and | ||||||
7778 | /// enumeration types. | ||||||
7779 | class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet { | ||||||
7780 | /// TypeSet - A set of types. | ||||||
7781 | typedef llvm::SetVector<QualType, SmallVector<QualType, 8>, | ||||||
7782 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8>> TypeSet; | ||||||
7783 | |||||||
7784 | /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the | ||||||
7785 | /// built-in candidates. | ||||||
7786 | TypeSet PointerTypes; | ||||||
7787 | |||||||
7788 | /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be | ||||||
7789 | /// used in the built-in candidates. | ||||||
7790 | TypeSet MemberPointerTypes; | ||||||
7791 | |||||||
7792 | /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be | ||||||
7793 | /// used in the built-in candidates. | ||||||
7794 | TypeSet EnumerationTypes; | ||||||
7795 | |||||||
7796 | /// The set of vector types that will be used in the built-in | ||||||
7797 | /// candidates. | ||||||
7798 | TypeSet VectorTypes; | ||||||
7799 | |||||||
7800 | /// The set of matrix types that will be used in the built-in | ||||||
7801 | /// candidates. | ||||||
7802 | TypeSet MatrixTypes; | ||||||
7803 | |||||||
7804 | /// A flag indicating non-record types are viable candidates | ||||||
7805 | bool HasNonRecordTypes; | ||||||
7806 | |||||||
7807 | /// A flag indicating whether either arithmetic or enumeration types | ||||||
7808 | /// were present in the candidate set. | ||||||
7809 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; | ||||||
7810 | |||||||
7811 | /// A flag indicating whether the nullptr type was present in the | ||||||
7812 | /// candidate set. | ||||||
7813 | bool HasNullPtrType; | ||||||
7814 | |||||||
7815 | /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the | ||||||
7816 | /// candidate type set. | ||||||
7817 | Sema &SemaRef; | ||||||
7818 | |||||||
7819 | /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets. | ||||||
7820 | ASTContext &Context; | ||||||
7821 | |||||||
7822 | bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty, | ||||||
7823 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals); | ||||||
7824 | bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty); | ||||||
7825 | |||||||
7826 | public: | ||||||
7827 | /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set. | ||||||
7828 | typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator; | ||||||
7829 | |||||||
7830 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef) | ||||||
7831 | : HasNonRecordTypes(false), | ||||||
7832 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(false), | ||||||
7833 | HasNullPtrType(false), | ||||||
7834 | SemaRef(SemaRef), | ||||||
7835 | Context(SemaRef.Context) { } | ||||||
7836 | |||||||
7837 | void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty, | ||||||
7838 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
7839 | bool AllowUserConversions, | ||||||
7840 | bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||||
7841 | const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals); | ||||||
7842 | |||||||
7843 | /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found; | ||||||
7844 | iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); } | ||||||
7845 | |||||||
7846 | /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found; | ||||||
7847 | iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); } | ||||||
7848 | |||||||
7849 | /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found; | ||||||
7850 | iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); } | ||||||
7851 | |||||||
7852 | /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found; | ||||||
7853 | iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); } | ||||||
7854 | |||||||
7855 | /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found; | ||||||
7856 | iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); } | ||||||
7857 | |||||||
7858 | /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found; | ||||||
7859 | iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); } | ||||||
7860 | |||||||
7861 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> vector_types() { return VectorTypes; } | ||||||
7862 | |||||||
7863 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> matrix_types() { return MatrixTypes; } | ||||||
7864 | |||||||
7865 | bool containsMatrixType(QualType Ty) const { return MatrixTypes.count(Ty); } | ||||||
7866 | bool hasNonRecordTypes() { return HasNonRecordTypes; } | ||||||
7867 | bool hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes() { return HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; } | ||||||
7868 | bool hasNullPtrType() const { return HasNullPtrType; } | ||||||
7869 | }; | ||||||
7870 | |||||||
7871 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||
7872 | |||||||
7873 | /// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to | ||||||
7874 | /// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of | ||||||
7875 | /// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine | ||||||
7876 | /// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const | ||||||
7877 | /// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of | ||||||
7878 | /// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded, | ||||||
7879 | /// false otherwise. | ||||||
7880 | /// | ||||||
7881 | /// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers? | ||||||
7882 | bool | ||||||
7883 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty, | ||||||
7884 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) { | ||||||
7885 | |||||||
7886 | // Insert this type. | ||||||
7887 | if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty)) | ||||||
7888 | return false; | ||||||
7889 | |||||||
7890 | QualType PointeeTy; | ||||||
7891 | const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||
7892 | bool buildObjCPtr = false; | ||||||
7893 | if (!PointerTy) { | ||||||
7894 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = Ty->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
7895 | PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
7896 | buildObjCPtr = true; | ||||||
7897 | } else { | ||||||
7898 | PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
7899 | } | ||||||
7900 | |||||||
7901 | // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed | ||||||
7902 | // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the | ||||||
7903 | // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int, | ||||||
7904 | // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway. | ||||||
7905 | if (PointeeTy->isArrayType()) | ||||||
7906 | return true; | ||||||
7907 | |||||||
7908 | unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||
7909 | bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||||
7910 | bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict(); | ||||||
7911 | |||||||
7912 | // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR. | ||||||
7913 | for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) { | ||||||
7914 | if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue; | ||||||
7915 | // Skip over volatile if no volatile found anywhere in the types. | ||||||
7916 | if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue; | ||||||
7917 | |||||||
7918 | // Skip over restrict if no restrict found anywhere in the types, or if | ||||||
7919 | // the type cannot be restrict-qualified. | ||||||
7920 | if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && | ||||||
7921 | (!hasRestrict || | ||||||
7922 | (!(PointeeTy->isAnyPointerType() || PointeeTy->isReferenceType())))) | ||||||
7923 | continue; | ||||||
7924 | |||||||
7925 | // Build qualified pointee type. | ||||||
7926 | QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR); | ||||||
7927 | |||||||
7928 | // Build qualified pointer type. | ||||||
7929 | QualType QPointerTy; | ||||||
7930 | if (!buildObjCPtr) | ||||||
7931 | QPointerTy = Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy); | ||||||
7932 | else | ||||||
7933 | QPointerTy = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QPointeeTy); | ||||||
7934 | |||||||
7935 | // Insert qualified pointer type. | ||||||
7936 | PointerTypes.insert(QPointerTy); | ||||||
7937 | } | ||||||
7938 | |||||||
7939 | return true; | ||||||
7940 | } | ||||||
7941 | |||||||
7942 | /// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty | ||||||
7943 | /// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of | ||||||
7944 | /// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine | ||||||
7945 | /// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const | ||||||
7946 | /// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of | ||||||
7947 | /// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded, | ||||||
7948 | /// false otherwise. | ||||||
7949 | /// | ||||||
7950 | /// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers? | ||||||
7951 | bool | ||||||
7952 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants( | ||||||
7953 | QualType Ty) { | ||||||
7954 | // Insert this type. | ||||||
7955 | if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty)) | ||||||
7956 | return false; | ||||||
7957 | |||||||
7958 | const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
7959 | assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!")((PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PointerTy && \"type was not a member pointer type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7959, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7960 | |||||||
7961 | QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
7962 | // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed | ||||||
7963 | // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the | ||||||
7964 | // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int, | ||||||
7965 | // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway. | ||||||
7966 | if (PointeeTy->isArrayType()) | ||||||
7967 | return true; | ||||||
7968 | const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass(); | ||||||
7969 | |||||||
7970 | // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR | ||||||
7971 | // qualifiers. | ||||||
7972 | unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||
7973 | for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) { | ||||||
7974 | if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue; | ||||||
7975 | |||||||
7976 | QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR); | ||||||
7977 | MemberPointerTypes.insert( | ||||||
7978 | Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy)); | ||||||
7979 | } | ||||||
7980 | |||||||
7981 | return true; | ||||||
7982 | } | ||||||
7983 | |||||||
7984 | /// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p | ||||||
7985 | /// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're | ||||||
7986 | /// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also | ||||||
7987 | /// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator. | ||||||
7988 | /// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion | ||||||
7989 | /// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we | ||||||
7990 | /// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class | ||||||
7991 | /// type. | ||||||
7992 | void | ||||||
7993 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty, | ||||||
7994 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
7995 | bool AllowUserConversions, | ||||||
7996 | bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||||
7997 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) { | ||||||
7998 | // Only deal with canonical types. | ||||||
7999 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); | ||||||
8000 | |||||||
8001 | // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an | ||||||
8002 | // expression for the purposes of conversions. | ||||||
8003 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||
8004 | Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
8005 | |||||||
8006 | // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer. | ||||||
8007 | if (Ty->isArrayType()) | ||||||
8008 | Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty); | ||||||
8009 | |||||||
8010 | // Otherwise, we don't care about qualifiers on the type. | ||||||
8011 | Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
8012 | |||||||
8013 | // Flag if we ever add a non-record type. | ||||||
8014 | const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||
8015 | HasNonRecordTypes = HasNonRecordTypes || !TyRec; | ||||||
8016 | |||||||
8017 | // Flag if we encounter an arithmetic type. | ||||||
8018 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = | ||||||
8019 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes || Ty->isArithmeticType(); | ||||||
8020 | |||||||
8021 | if (Ty->isObjCIdType() || Ty->isObjCClassType()) | ||||||
8022 | PointerTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||||
8023 | else if (Ty->getAs<PointerType>() || Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||
8024 | // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set | ||||||
8025 | // of types. | ||||||
8026 | if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals)) | ||||||
8027 | return; | ||||||
8028 | } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||
8029 | // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted. | ||||||
8030 | if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty)) | ||||||
8031 | return; | ||||||
8032 | } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||
8033 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||||
8034 | EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||||
8035 | } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) { | ||||||
8036 | // We treat vector types as arithmetic types in many contexts as an | ||||||
8037 | // extension. | ||||||
8038 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||||
8039 | VectorTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||||
8040 | } else if (Ty->isMatrixType()) { | ||||||
8041 | // Similar to vector types, we treat vector types as arithmetic types in | ||||||
8042 | // many contexts as an extension. | ||||||
8043 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||||
8044 | MatrixTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||||
8045 | } else if (Ty->isNullPtrType()) { | ||||||
8046 | HasNullPtrType = true; | ||||||
8047 | } else if (AllowUserConversions && TyRec) { | ||||||
8048 | // No conversion functions in incomplete types. | ||||||
8049 | if (!SemaRef.isCompleteType(Loc, Ty)) | ||||||
8050 | return; | ||||||
8051 | |||||||
8052 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl()); | ||||||
8053 | for (NamedDecl *D : ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions()) { | ||||||
8054 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||
8055 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
8056 | |||||||
8057 | // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything | ||||||
8058 | // about which builtin types we can convert to. | ||||||
8059 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) | ||||||
8060 | continue; | ||||||
8061 | |||||||
8062 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||
8063 | if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) { | ||||||
8064 | AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false, | ||||||
8065 | VisibleQuals); | ||||||
8066 | } | ||||||
8067 | } | ||||||
8068 | } | ||||||
8069 | } | ||||||
8070 | /// Helper function for adjusting address spaces for the pointer or reference | ||||||
8071 | /// operands of builtin operators depending on the argument. | ||||||
8072 | static QualType AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, | ||||||
8073 | Expr *Arg) { | ||||||
8074 | return S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(T, Arg->getType().getAddressSpace()); | ||||||
8075 | } | ||||||
8076 | |||||||
8077 | /// Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds | ||||||
8078 | /// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the | ||||||
8079 | /// given type to the candidate set. | ||||||
8080 | static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S, | ||||||
8081 | QualType T, | ||||||
8082 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
8083 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||||
8084 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||||
8085 | |||||||
8086 | // T& operator=(T&, T) | ||||||
8087 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||
8088 | AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(S, T, Args[0])); | ||||||
8089 | ParamTypes[1] = T; | ||||||
8090 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8091 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||
8092 | |||||||
8093 | if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) { | ||||||
8094 | // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T) | ||||||
8095 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||
8096 | AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(S, S.Context.getVolatileType(T), | ||||||
8097 | Args[0])); | ||||||
8098 | ParamTypes[1] = T; | ||||||
8099 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8100 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||
8101 | } | ||||||
8102 | } | ||||||
8103 | |||||||
8104 | /// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers, | ||||||
8105 | /// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type. | ||||||
8106 | static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) { | ||||||
8107 | Qualifiers VRQuals; | ||||||
8108 | const RecordType *TyRec; | ||||||
8109 | if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType = | ||||||
8110 | ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||
8111 | TyRec = RHSMPType->getClass()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||
8112 | else | ||||||
8113 | TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||
8114 | if (!TyRec) { | ||||||
8115 | // Just to be safe, assume the worst case. | ||||||
8116 | VRQuals.addVolatile(); | ||||||
8117 | VRQuals.addRestrict(); | ||||||
8118 | return VRQuals; | ||||||
8119 | } | ||||||
8120 | |||||||
8121 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl()); | ||||||
8122 | if (!ClassDecl->hasDefinition()) | ||||||
8123 | return VRQuals; | ||||||
8124 | |||||||
8125 | for (NamedDecl *D : ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions()) { | ||||||
8126 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||
8127 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
8128 | if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
8129 | QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType()); | ||||||
8130 | if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||
8131 | CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
8132 | // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers | ||||||
8133 | // as see them. | ||||||
8134 | bool done = false; | ||||||
8135 | while (!done) { | ||||||
8136 | if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified()) | ||||||
8137 | VRQuals.addRestrict(); | ||||||
8138 | if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
8139 | CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
8140 | else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr = | ||||||
8141 | CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||
8142 | CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
8143 | else | ||||||
8144 | done = true; | ||||||
8145 | if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified()) | ||||||
8146 | VRQuals.addVolatile(); | ||||||
8147 | if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile()) | ||||||
8148 | return VRQuals; | ||||||
8149 | } | ||||||
8150 | } | ||||||
8151 | } | ||||||
8152 | return VRQuals; | ||||||
8153 | } | ||||||
8154 | |||||||
8155 | namespace { | ||||||
8156 | |||||||
8157 | /// Helper class to manage the addition of builtin operator overload | ||||||
8158 | /// candidates. It provides shared state and utility methods used throughout | ||||||
8159 | /// the process, as well as a helper method to add each group of builtin | ||||||
8160 | /// operator overloads from the standard to a candidate set. | ||||||
8161 | class BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder { | ||||||
8162 | // Common instance state available to all overload candidate addition methods. | ||||||
8163 | Sema &S; | ||||||
8164 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args; | ||||||
8165 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals; | ||||||
8166 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType; | ||||||
8167 | SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes; | ||||||
8168 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet; | ||||||
8169 | |||||||
8170 | static constexpr int ArithmeticTypesCap = 24; | ||||||
8171 | SmallVector<CanQualType, ArithmeticTypesCap> ArithmeticTypes; | ||||||
8172 | |||||||
8173 | // Define some indices used to iterate over the arithmetic types in | ||||||
8174 | // ArithmeticTypes. The "promoted arithmetic types" are the arithmetic | ||||||
8175 | // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). | ||||||
8176 | unsigned FirstIntegralType, | ||||||
8177 | LastIntegralType; | ||||||
8178 | unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType, | ||||||
8179 | LastPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||
8180 | unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType, | ||||||
8181 | LastPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||
8182 | unsigned NumArithmeticTypes; | ||||||
8183 | |||||||
8184 | void InitArithmeticTypes() { | ||||||
8185 | // Start of promoted types. | ||||||
8186 | FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 0; | ||||||
8187 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.FloatTy); | ||||||
8188 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.DoubleTy); | ||||||
8189 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongDoubleTy); | ||||||
8190 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type()) | ||||||
8191 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Float128Ty); | ||||||
8192 | |||||||
8193 | // Start of integral types. | ||||||
8194 | FirstIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||
8195 | FirstPromotedIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||
8196 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.IntTy); | ||||||
8197 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongTy); | ||||||
8198 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongLongTy); | ||||||
8199 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type()) | ||||||
8200 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Int128Ty); | ||||||
8201 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedIntTy); | ||||||
8202 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedLongTy); | ||||||
8203 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedLongLongTy); | ||||||
8204 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type()) | ||||||
8205 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedInt128Ty); | ||||||
8206 | LastPromotedIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||
8207 | LastPromotedArithmeticType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||
8208 | // End of promoted types. | ||||||
8209 | |||||||
8210 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.BoolTy); | ||||||
8211 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.CharTy); | ||||||
8212 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.WCharTy); | ||||||
8213 | if (S.Context.getLangOpts().Char8) | ||||||
8214 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char8Ty); | ||||||
8215 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char16Ty); | ||||||
8216 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char32Ty); | ||||||
8217 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.SignedCharTy); | ||||||
8218 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.ShortTy); | ||||||
8219 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedCharTy); | ||||||
8220 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedShortTy); | ||||||
8221 | LastIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||
8222 | NumArithmeticTypes = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||
8223 | // End of integral types. | ||||||
8224 | // FIXME: What about complex? What about half? | ||||||
8225 | |||||||
8226 | assert(ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap &&((ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && \"Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 8227, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
8227 | "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.")((ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && \"Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 8227, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
8228 | } | ||||||
8229 | |||||||
8230 | /// Helper method to factor out the common pattern of adding overloads | ||||||
8231 | /// for '++' and '--' builtin operators. | ||||||
8232 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads(QualType CandidateTy, | ||||||
8233 | bool HasVolatile, | ||||||
8234 | bool HasRestrict) { | ||||||
8235 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||||
8236 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(CandidateTy), | ||||||
8237 | S.Context.IntTy | ||||||
8238 | }; | ||||||
8239 | |||||||
8240 | // Non-volatile version. | ||||||
8241 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8242 | |||||||
8243 | // Use a heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set: | ||||||
8244 | // add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type. | ||||||
8245 | if (HasVolatile) { | ||||||
8246 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||||
8247 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||
8248 | S.Context.getVolatileType(CandidateTy)); | ||||||
8249 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8250 | } | ||||||
8251 | |||||||
8252 | // Add restrict version only if there are conversions to a restrict type | ||||||
8253 | // and our candidate type is a non-restrict-qualified pointer. | ||||||
8254 | if (HasRestrict && CandidateTy->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||||
8255 | !CandidateTy.isRestrictQualified()) { | ||||||
8256 | ParamTypes[0] | ||||||
8257 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||
8258 | S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(CandidateTy, Qualifiers::Restrict)); | ||||||
8259 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8260 | |||||||
8261 | if (HasVolatile) { | ||||||
8262 | ParamTypes[0] | ||||||
8263 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||
8264 | S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(CandidateTy, | ||||||
8265 | (Qualifiers::Volatile | | ||||||
8266 | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||||
8267 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8268 | } | ||||||
8269 | } | ||||||
8270 | |||||||
8271 | } | ||||||
8272 | |||||||
8273 | /// Helper to add an overload candidate for a binary builtin with types \p L | ||||||
8274 | /// and \p R. | ||||||
8275 | void AddCandidate(QualType L, QualType R) { | ||||||
8276 | QualType LandR[2] = {L, R}; | ||||||
8277 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8278 | } | ||||||
8279 | |||||||
8280 | public: | ||||||
8281 | BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder( | ||||||
8282 | Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
8283 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals, | ||||||
8284 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType, | ||||||
8285 | SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes, | ||||||
8286 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) | ||||||
8287 | : S(S), Args(Args), | ||||||
8288 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals(VisibleTypeConversionsQuals), | ||||||
8289 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType( | ||||||
8290 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType), | ||||||
8291 | CandidateTypes(CandidateTypes), | ||||||
8292 | CandidateSet(CandidateSet) { | ||||||
8293 | |||||||
8294 | InitArithmeticTypes(); | ||||||
8295 | } | ||||||
8296 | |||||||
8297 | // Increment is deprecated for bool since C++17. | ||||||
8298 | // | ||||||
8299 | // C++ [over.built]p3: | ||||||
8300 | // | ||||||
8301 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other | ||||||
8302 | // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist | ||||||
8303 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8304 | // | ||||||
8305 | // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&); | ||||||
8306 | // T operator++(VQ T&, int); | ||||||
8307 | // | ||||||
8308 | // C++ [over.built]p4: | ||||||
8309 | // | ||||||
8310 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other | ||||||
8311 | // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist | ||||||
8312 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8313 | // | ||||||
8314 | // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&); | ||||||
8315 | // T operator--(VQ T&, int); | ||||||
8316 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||||
8317 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8318 | return; | ||||||
8319 | |||||||
8320 | for (unsigned Arith = 0; Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) { | ||||||
8321 | const auto TypeOfT = ArithmeticTypes[Arith]; | ||||||
8322 | if (TypeOfT == S.Context.BoolTy) { | ||||||
8323 | if (Op == OO_MinusMinus) | ||||||
8324 | continue; | ||||||
8325 | if (Op == OO_PlusPlus && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) | ||||||
8326 | continue; | ||||||
8327 | } | ||||||
8328 | addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads( | ||||||
8329 | TypeOfT, | ||||||
8330 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(), | ||||||
8331 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()); | ||||||
8332 | } | ||||||
8333 | } | ||||||
8334 | |||||||
8335 | // C++ [over.built]p5: | ||||||
8336 | // | ||||||
8337 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or | ||||||
8338 | // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or | ||||||
8339 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8340 | // | ||||||
8341 | // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&); | ||||||
8342 | // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&); | ||||||
8343 | // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int); | ||||||
8344 | // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int); | ||||||
8345 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads() { | ||||||
8346 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
8347 | Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(), | ||||||
8348 | PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end(); | ||||||
8349 | Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) { | ||||||
8350 | // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types. | ||||||
8351 | if (!(*Ptr)->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) | ||||||
8352 | continue; | ||||||
8353 | |||||||
8354 | addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads(*Ptr, | ||||||
8355 | (!(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() && | ||||||
8356 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()), | ||||||
8357 | (!(*Ptr).isRestrictQualified() && | ||||||
8358 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict())); | ||||||
8359 | } | ||||||
8360 | } | ||||||
8361 | |||||||
8362 | // C++ [over.built]p6: | ||||||
8363 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there | ||||||
8364 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8365 | // | ||||||
8366 | // T& operator*(T*); | ||||||
8367 | // | ||||||
8368 | // C++ [over.built]p7: | ||||||
8369 | // For every function type T that does not have cv-qualifiers or a | ||||||
8370 | // ref-qualifier, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8371 | // T& operator*(T*); | ||||||
8372 | void addUnaryStarPointerOverloads() { | ||||||
8373 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
8374 | Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(), | ||||||
8375 | PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end(); | ||||||
8376 | Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) { | ||||||
8377 | QualType ParamTy = *Ptr; | ||||||
8378 | QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
8379 | if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType() && !PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) | ||||||
8380 | continue; | ||||||
8381 | |||||||
8382 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto =PointeeTy->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||||
8383 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals() || Proto->getRefQualifier()) | ||||||
8384 | continue; | ||||||
8385 | |||||||
8386 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8387 | } | ||||||
8388 | } | ||||||
8389 | |||||||
8390 | // C++ [over.built]p9: | ||||||
8391 | // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate | ||||||
8392 | // operator functions of the form | ||||||
8393 | // | ||||||
8394 | // T operator+(T); | ||||||
8395 | // T operator-(T); | ||||||
8396 | void addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||||
8397 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8398 | return; | ||||||
8399 | |||||||
8400 | for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||
8401 | Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) { | ||||||
8402 | QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith]; | ||||||
8403 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ArithTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8404 | } | ||||||
8405 | |||||||
8406 | // Extension: We also add these operators for vector types. | ||||||
8407 | for (QualType VecTy : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||||
8408 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&VecTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8409 | } | ||||||
8410 | |||||||
8411 | // C++ [over.built]p8: | ||||||
8412 | // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of | ||||||
8413 | // the form | ||||||
8414 | // | ||||||
8415 | // T* operator+(T*); | ||||||
8416 | void addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads() { | ||||||
8417 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
8418 | Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(), | ||||||
8419 | PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end(); | ||||||
8420 | Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) { | ||||||
8421 | QualType ParamTy = *Ptr; | ||||||
8422 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8423 | } | ||||||
8424 | } | ||||||
8425 | |||||||
8426 | // C++ [over.built]p10: | ||||||
8427 | // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate | ||||||
8428 | // operator functions of the form | ||||||
8429 | // | ||||||
8430 | // T operator~(T); | ||||||
8431 | void addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads() { | ||||||
8432 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8433 | return; | ||||||
8434 | |||||||
8435 | for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||
8436 | Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) { | ||||||
8437 | QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int]; | ||||||
8438 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&IntTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8439 | } | ||||||
8440 | |||||||
8441 | // Extension: We also add this operator for vector types. | ||||||
8442 | for (QualType VecTy : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||||
8443 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&VecTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8444 | } | ||||||
8445 | |||||||
8446 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p16: | ||||||
8447 | // For every pointer to member type T or type std::nullptr_t, there | ||||||
8448 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8449 | // | ||||||
8450 | // bool operator==(T,T); | ||||||
8451 | // bool operator!=(T,T); | ||||||
8452 | void addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOrNullptrOverloads() { | ||||||
8453 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||
8454 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||
8455 | |||||||
8456 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
8457 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
8458 | MemPtr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_begin(), | ||||||
8459 | MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_end(); | ||||||
8460 | MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; | ||||||
8461 | ++MemPtr) { | ||||||
8462 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice. | ||||||
8463 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*MemPtr)).second) | ||||||
8464 | continue; | ||||||
8465 | |||||||
8466 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr }; | ||||||
8467 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8468 | } | ||||||
8469 | |||||||
8470 | if (CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNullPtrType()) { | ||||||
8471 | CanQualType NullPtrTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(S.Context.NullPtrTy); | ||||||
8472 | if (AddedTypes.insert(NullPtrTy).second) { | ||||||
8473 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { NullPtrTy, NullPtrTy }; | ||||||
8474 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8475 | } | ||||||
8476 | } | ||||||
8477 | } | ||||||
8478 | } | ||||||
8479 | |||||||
8480 | // C++ [over.built]p15: | ||||||
8481 | // | ||||||
8482 | // For every T, where T is an enumeration type or a pointer type, | ||||||
8483 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8484 | // | ||||||
8485 | // bool operator<(T, T); | ||||||
8486 | // bool operator>(T, T); | ||||||
8487 | // bool operator<=(T, T); | ||||||
8488 | // bool operator>=(T, T); | ||||||
8489 | // bool operator==(T, T); | ||||||
8490 | // bool operator!=(T, T); | ||||||
8491 | // R operator<=>(T, T) | ||||||
8492 | void addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads() { | ||||||
8493 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||
8494 | // [...]the built-in candidates include all of the candidate operator | ||||||
8495 | // functions defined in 13.6 that, compared to the given operator, [...] | ||||||
8496 | // do not have the same parameter-type-list as any non-template non-member | ||||||
8497 | // candidate. | ||||||
8498 | // | ||||||
8499 | // Note that in practice, this only affects enumeration types because there | ||||||
8500 | // aren't any built-in candidates of record type, and a user-defined operator | ||||||
8501 | // must have an operand of record or enumeration type. Also, the only other | ||||||
8502 | // overloaded operator with enumeration arguments, operator=, | ||||||
8503 | // cannot be overloaded for enumeration types, so this is the only place | ||||||
8504 | // where we must suppress candidates like this. | ||||||
8505 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<CanQualType, CanQualType> > | ||||||
8506 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators; | ||||||
8507 | |||||||
8508 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
8509 | if (CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_begin() != | ||||||
8510 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_end()) { | ||||||
8511 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator C = CandidateSet.begin(), | ||||||
8512 | CEnd = CandidateSet.end(); | ||||||
8513 | C != CEnd; ++C) { | ||||||
8514 | if (!C->Viable || !C->Function || C->Function->getNumParams() != 2) | ||||||
8515 | continue; | ||||||
8516 | |||||||
8517 | if (C->Function->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) | ||||||
8518 | continue; | ||||||
8519 | |||||||
8520 | // We interpret "same parameter-type-list" as applying to the | ||||||
8521 | // "synthesized candidate, with the order of the two parameters | ||||||
8522 | // reversed", not to the original function. | ||||||
8523 | bool Reversed = C->isReversed(); | ||||||
8524 | QualType FirstParamType = C->Function->getParamDecl(Reversed ? 1 : 0) | ||||||
8525 | ->getType() | ||||||
8526 | .getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
8527 | QualType SecondParamType = C->Function->getParamDecl(Reversed ? 0 : 1) | ||||||
8528 | ->getType() | ||||||
8529 | .getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
8530 | |||||||
8531 | // Skip if either parameter isn't of enumeral type. | ||||||
8532 | if (!FirstParamType->isEnumeralType() || | ||||||
8533 | !SecondParamType->isEnumeralType()) | ||||||
8534 | continue; | ||||||
8535 | |||||||
8536 | // Add this operator to the set of known user-defined operators. | ||||||
8537 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators.insert( | ||||||
8538 | std::make_pair(S.Context.getCanonicalType(FirstParamType), | ||||||
8539 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(SecondParamType))); | ||||||
8540 | } | ||||||
8541 | } | ||||||
8542 | } | ||||||
8543 | |||||||
8544 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||
8545 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||
8546 | |||||||
8547 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
8548 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
8549 | Ptr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_begin(), | ||||||
8550 | PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_end(); | ||||||
8551 | Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) { | ||||||
8552 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice. | ||||||
8553 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr)).second) | ||||||
8554 | continue; | ||||||
8555 | |||||||
8556 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr }; | ||||||
8557 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8558 | } | ||||||
8559 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
8560 | Enum = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_begin(), | ||||||
8561 | EnumEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_end(); | ||||||
8562 | Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum) { | ||||||
8563 | CanQualType CanonType = S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Enum); | ||||||
8564 | |||||||
8565 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice, or if a user defined | ||||||
8566 | // candidate exists. | ||||||
8567 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(CanonType).second || | ||||||
8568 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators.count(std::make_pair(CanonType, | ||||||
8569 | CanonType))) | ||||||
8570 | continue; | ||||||
8571 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum }; | ||||||
8572 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8573 | } | ||||||
8574 | } | ||||||
8575 | } | ||||||
8576 | |||||||
8577 | // C++ [over.built]p13: | ||||||
8578 | // | ||||||
8579 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T | ||||||
8580 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8581 | // | ||||||
8582 | // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||
8583 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW] | ||||||
8584 | // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||
8585 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||||
8586 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW] | ||||||
8587 | // | ||||||
8588 | // C++ [over.built]p14: | ||||||
8589 | // | ||||||
8590 | // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there | ||||||
8591 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8592 | // | ||||||
8593 | // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T); | ||||||
8594 | void addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||||
8595 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||
8596 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||
8597 | |||||||
8598 | for (int Arg = 0; Arg < 2; ++Arg) { | ||||||
8599 | QualType AsymmetricParamTypes[2] = { | ||||||
8600 | S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||||
8601 | S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||||
8602 | }; | ||||||
8603 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
8604 | Ptr = CandidateTypes[Arg].pointer_begin(), | ||||||
8605 | PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[Arg].pointer_end(); | ||||||
8606 | Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) { | ||||||
8607 | QualType PointeeTy = (*Ptr)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
8608 | if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType()) | ||||||
8609 | continue; | ||||||
8610 | |||||||
8611 | AsymmetricParamTypes[Arg] = *Ptr; | ||||||
8612 | if (Arg == 0 || Op == OO_Plus) { | ||||||
8613 | // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t) | ||||||
8614 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||||
8615 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(AsymmetricParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8616 | } | ||||||
8617 | if (Op == OO_Minus) { | ||||||
8618 | // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T); | ||||||
8619 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr)).second) | ||||||
8620 | continue; | ||||||
8621 | |||||||
8622 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr }; | ||||||
8623 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8624 | } | ||||||
8625 | } | ||||||
8626 | } | ||||||
8627 | } | ||||||
8628 | |||||||
8629 | // C++ [over.built]p12: | ||||||
8630 | // | ||||||
8631 | // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there | ||||||
8632 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8633 | // | ||||||
8634 | // LR operator*(L, R); | ||||||
8635 | // LR operator/(L, R); | ||||||
8636 | // LR operator+(L, R); | ||||||
8637 | // LR operator-(L, R); | ||||||
8638 | // bool operator<(L, R); | ||||||
8639 | // bool operator>(L, R); | ||||||
8640 | // bool operator<=(L, R); | ||||||
8641 | // bool operator>=(L, R); | ||||||
8642 | // bool operator==(L, R); | ||||||
8643 | // bool operator!=(L, R); | ||||||
8644 | // | ||||||
8645 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||||
8646 | // between types L and R. | ||||||
8647 | // | ||||||
8648 | // C++ [over.built]p24: | ||||||
8649 | // | ||||||
8650 | // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist | ||||||
8651 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8652 | // | ||||||
8653 | // LR operator?(bool, L, R); | ||||||
8654 | // | ||||||
8655 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||||
8656 | // between types L and R. | ||||||
8657 | // Our candidates ignore the first parameter. | ||||||
8658 | void addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||||
8659 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8660 | return; | ||||||
8661 | |||||||
8662 | for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||
8663 | Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) { | ||||||
8664 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||
8665 | Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) { | ||||||
8666 | QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], | ||||||
8667 | ArithmeticTypes[Right] }; | ||||||
8668 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8669 | } | ||||||
8670 | } | ||||||
8671 | |||||||
8672 | // Extension: Add the binary operators ==, !=, <, <=, >=, >, *, /, and the | ||||||
8673 | // conditional operator for vector types. | ||||||
8674 | for (QualType Vec1Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||||
8675 | for (QualType Vec2Ty : CandidateTypes[1].vector_types()) { | ||||||
8676 | QualType LandR[2] = {Vec1Ty, Vec2Ty}; | ||||||
8677 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8678 | } | ||||||
8679 | } | ||||||
8680 | |||||||
8681 | /// Add binary operator overloads for each candidate matrix type M1, M2: | ||||||
8682 | /// * (M1, M1) -> M1 | ||||||
8683 | /// * (M1, M1.getElementType()) -> M1 | ||||||
8684 | /// * (M2.getElementType(), M2) -> M2 | ||||||
8685 | /// * (M2, M2) -> M2 // Only if M2 is not part of CandidateTypes[0]. | ||||||
8686 | void addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||||
8687 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8688 | return; | ||||||
8689 | |||||||
8690 | for (QualType M1 : CandidateTypes[0].matrix_types()) { | ||||||
8691 | AddCandidate(M1, cast<MatrixType>(M1)->getElementType()); | ||||||
8692 | AddCandidate(M1, M1); | ||||||
8693 | } | ||||||
8694 | |||||||
8695 | for (QualType M2 : CandidateTypes[1].matrix_types()) { | ||||||
8696 | AddCandidate(cast<MatrixType>(M2)->getElementType(), M2); | ||||||
8697 | if (!CandidateTypes[0].containsMatrixType(M2)) | ||||||
8698 | AddCandidate(M2, M2); | ||||||
8699 | } | ||||||
8700 | } | ||||||
8701 | |||||||
8702 | // C++2a [over.built]p14: | ||||||
8703 | // | ||||||
8704 | // For every integral type T there exists a candidate operator function | ||||||
8705 | // of the form | ||||||
8706 | // | ||||||
8707 | // std::strong_ordering operator<=>(T, T) | ||||||
8708 | // | ||||||
8709 | // C++2a [over.built]p15: | ||||||
8710 | // | ||||||
8711 | // For every pair of floating-point types L and R, there exists a candidate | ||||||
8712 | // operator function of the form | ||||||
8713 | // | ||||||
8714 | // std::partial_ordering operator<=>(L, R); | ||||||
8715 | // | ||||||
8716 | // FIXME: The current specification for integral types doesn't play nice with | ||||||
8717 | // the direction of p0946r0, which allows mixed integral and unscoped-enum | ||||||
8718 | // comparisons. Under the current spec this can lead to ambiguity during | ||||||
8719 | // overload resolution. For example: | ||||||
8720 | // | ||||||
8721 | // enum A : int {a}; | ||||||
8722 | // auto x = (a <=> (long)42); | ||||||
8723 | // | ||||||
8724 | // error: call is ambiguous for arguments 'A' and 'long'. | ||||||
8725 | // note: candidate operator<=>(int, int) | ||||||
8726 | // note: candidate operator<=>(long, long) | ||||||
8727 | // | ||||||
8728 | // To avoid this error, this function deviates from the specification and adds | ||||||
8729 | // the mixed overloads `operator<=>(L, R)` where L and R are promoted | ||||||
8730 | // arithmetic types (the same as the generic relational overloads). | ||||||
8731 | // | ||||||
8732 | // For now this function acts as a placeholder. | ||||||
8733 | void addThreeWayArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||||
8734 | addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
8735 | } | ||||||
8736 | |||||||
8737 | // C++ [over.built]p17: | ||||||
8738 | // | ||||||
8739 | // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there | ||||||
8740 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8741 | // | ||||||
8742 | // LR operator%(L, R); | ||||||
8743 | // LR operator&(L, R); | ||||||
8744 | // LR operator^(L, R); | ||||||
8745 | // LR operator|(L, R); | ||||||
8746 | // L operator<<(L, R); | ||||||
8747 | // L operator>>(L, R); | ||||||
8748 | // | ||||||
8749 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||||
8750 | // between types L and R. | ||||||
8751 | void addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||||
8752 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8753 | return; | ||||||
8754 | |||||||
8755 | for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||
8756 | Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) { | ||||||
8757 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||
8758 | Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) { | ||||||
8759 | QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], | ||||||
8760 | ArithmeticTypes[Right] }; | ||||||
8761 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8762 | } | ||||||
8763 | } | ||||||
8764 | } | ||||||
8765 | |||||||
8766 | // C++ [over.built]p20: | ||||||
8767 | // | ||||||
8768 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or | ||||||
8769 | // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or | ||||||
8770 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8771 | // | ||||||
8772 | // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T); | ||||||
8773 | void addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads() { | ||||||
8774 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||
8775 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||
8776 | |||||||
8777 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
8778 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
8779 | Enum = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_begin(), | ||||||
8780 | EnumEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_end(); | ||||||
8781 | Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum) { | ||||||
8782 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Enum)).second) | ||||||
8783 | continue; | ||||||
8784 | |||||||
8785 | AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, *Enum, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8786 | } | ||||||
8787 | |||||||
8788 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
8789 | MemPtr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_begin(), | ||||||
8790 | MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_end(); | ||||||
8791 | MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) { | ||||||
8792 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*MemPtr)).second) | ||||||
8793 | continue; | ||||||
8794 | |||||||
8795 | AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, *MemPtr, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8796 | } | ||||||
8797 | } | ||||||
8798 | } | ||||||
8799 | |||||||
8800 | // C++ [over.built]p19: | ||||||
8801 | // | ||||||
8802 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either | ||||||
8803 | // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions | ||||||
8804 | // of the form | ||||||
8805 | // | ||||||
8806 | // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*); | ||||||
8807 | // | ||||||
8808 | // C++ [over.built]p21: | ||||||
8809 | // | ||||||
8810 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or | ||||||
8811 | // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or | ||||||
8812 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8813 | // | ||||||
8814 | // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||
8815 | // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||
8816 | void addAssignmentPointerOverloads(bool isEqualOp) { | ||||||
8817 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||
8818 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||
8819 | |||||||
8820 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
8821 | Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(), | ||||||
8822 | PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end(); | ||||||
8823 | Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) { | ||||||
8824 | // If this is operator=, keep track of the builtin candidates we added. | ||||||
8825 | if (isEqualOp) | ||||||
8826 | AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr)); | ||||||
8827 | else if (!(*Ptr)->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) | ||||||
8828 | continue; | ||||||
8829 | |||||||
8830 | // non-volatile version | ||||||
8831 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||||
8832 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), | ||||||
8833 | isEqualOp ? *Ptr : S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||||
8834 | }; | ||||||
8835 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8836 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/ isEqualOp); | ||||||
8837 | |||||||
8838 | bool NeedVolatile = !(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() && | ||||||
8839 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||||
8840 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||||
8841 | // volatile version | ||||||
8842 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||||
8843 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr)); | ||||||
8844 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8845 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||
8846 | } | ||||||
8847 | |||||||
8848 | if (!(*Ptr).isRestrictQualified() && | ||||||
8849 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()) { | ||||||
8850 | // restrict version | ||||||
8851 | ParamTypes[0] | ||||||
8852 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getRestrictType(*Ptr)); | ||||||
8853 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8854 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||
8855 | |||||||
8856 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||||
8857 | // volatile restrict version | ||||||
8858 | ParamTypes[0] | ||||||
8859 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||
8860 | S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(*Ptr, | ||||||
8861 | (Qualifiers::Volatile | | ||||||
8862 | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||||
8863 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8864 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||
8865 | } | ||||||
8866 | } | ||||||
8867 | } | ||||||
8868 | |||||||
8869 | if (isEqualOp) { | ||||||
8870 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
8871 | Ptr = CandidateTypes[1].pointer_begin(), | ||||||
8872 | PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[1].pointer_end(); | ||||||
8873 | Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) { | ||||||
8874 | // Make sure we don't add the same candidate twice. | ||||||
8875 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr)).second) | ||||||
8876 | continue; | ||||||
8877 | |||||||
8878 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||||
8879 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), | ||||||
8880 | *Ptr, | ||||||
8881 | }; | ||||||
8882 | |||||||
8883 | // non-volatile version | ||||||
8884 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8885 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||
8886 | |||||||
8887 | bool NeedVolatile = !(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() && | ||||||
8888 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||||
8889 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||||
8890 | // volatile version | ||||||
8891 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||||
8892 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr)); | ||||||
8893 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8894 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||
8895 | } | ||||||
8896 | |||||||
8897 | if (!(*Ptr).isRestrictQualified() && | ||||||
8898 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()) { | ||||||
8899 | // restrict version | ||||||
8900 | ParamTypes[0] | ||||||
8901 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getRestrictType(*Ptr)); | ||||||
8902 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8903 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||
8904 | |||||||
8905 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||||
8906 | // volatile restrict version | ||||||
8907 | ParamTypes[0] | ||||||
8908 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||
8909 | S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(*Ptr, | ||||||
8910 | (Qualifiers::Volatile | | ||||||
8911 | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||||
8912 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8913 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||
8914 | } | ||||||
8915 | } | ||||||
8916 | } | ||||||
8917 | } | ||||||
8918 | } | ||||||
8919 | |||||||
8920 | // C++ [over.built]p18: | ||||||
8921 | // | ||||||
8922 | // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type, | ||||||
8923 | // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted | ||||||
8924 | // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of | ||||||
8925 | // the form | ||||||
8926 | // | ||||||
8927 | // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8928 | // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8929 | // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8930 | // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8931 | // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8932 | void addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(bool isEqualOp) { | ||||||
8933 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8934 | return; | ||||||
8935 | |||||||
8936 | for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) { | ||||||
8937 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||
8938 | Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) { | ||||||
8939 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||||
8940 | ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right]; | ||||||
8941 | auto LeftBaseTy = AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType( | ||||||
8942 | S, ArithmeticTypes[Left], Args[0]); | ||||||
8943 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). | ||||||
8944 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(LeftBaseTy); | ||||||
8945 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8946 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||
8947 | |||||||
8948 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). | ||||||
8949 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { | ||||||
8950 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(LeftBaseTy); | ||||||
8951 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||||
8952 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8953 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||
8954 | } | ||||||
8955 | } | ||||||
8956 | } | ||||||
8957 | |||||||
8958 | // Extension: Add the binary operators =, +=, -=, *=, /= for vector types. | ||||||
8959 | for (QualType Vec1Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||||
8960 | for (QualType Vec2Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) { | ||||||
8961 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||||
8962 | ParamTypes[1] = Vec2Ty; | ||||||
8963 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). | ||||||
8964 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(Vec1Ty); | ||||||
8965 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8966 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||
8967 | |||||||
8968 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). | ||||||
8969 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { | ||||||
8970 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(Vec1Ty); | ||||||
8971 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||||
8972 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8973 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||
8974 | } | ||||||
8975 | } | ||||||
8976 | } | ||||||
8977 | |||||||
8978 | // C++ [over.built]p22: | ||||||
8979 | // | ||||||
8980 | // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ | ||||||
8981 | // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral | ||||||
8982 | // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8983 | // | ||||||
8984 | // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8985 | // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8986 | // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8987 | // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8988 | // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8989 | // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8990 | void addAssignmentIntegralOverloads() { | ||||||
8991 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8992 | return; | ||||||
8993 | |||||||
8994 | for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) { | ||||||
8995 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||
8996 | Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) { | ||||||
8997 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||||
8998 | ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right]; | ||||||
8999 | auto LeftBaseTy = AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType( | ||||||
9000 | S, ArithmeticTypes[Left], Args[0]); | ||||||
9001 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). | ||||||
9002 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(LeftBaseTy); | ||||||
9003 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9004 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { | ||||||
9005 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). | ||||||
9006 | ParamTypes[0] = LeftBaseTy; | ||||||
9007 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||||
9008 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||||
9009 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9010 | } | ||||||
9011 | } | ||||||
9012 | } | ||||||
9013 | } | ||||||
9014 | |||||||
9015 | // C++ [over.operator]p23: | ||||||
9016 | // | ||||||
9017 | // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
9018 | // | ||||||
9019 | // bool operator!(bool); | ||||||
9020 | // bool operator&&(bool, bool); | ||||||
9021 | // bool operator||(bool, bool); | ||||||
9022 | void addExclaimOverload() { | ||||||
9023 | QualType ParamTy = S.Context.BoolTy; | ||||||
9024 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
9025 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false, | ||||||
9026 | /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1); | ||||||
9027 | } | ||||||
9028 | void addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload() { | ||||||
9029 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { S.Context.BoolTy, S.Context.BoolTy }; | ||||||
9030 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
9031 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false, | ||||||
9032 | /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2); | ||||||
9033 | } | ||||||
9034 | |||||||
9035 | // C++ [over.built]p13: | ||||||
9036 | // | ||||||
9037 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there | ||||||
9038 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
9039 | // | ||||||
9040 | // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE] | ||||||
9041 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||
9042 | // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE] | ||||||
9043 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE] | ||||||
9044 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||||
9045 | void addSubscriptOverloads() { | ||||||
9046 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
9047 | Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(), | ||||||
9048 | PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end(); | ||||||
9049 | Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) { | ||||||
9050 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, S.Context.getPointerDiffType() }; | ||||||
9051 | QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
9052 | if (!PointeeType->isObjectType()) | ||||||
9053 | continue; | ||||||
9054 | |||||||
9055 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t) | ||||||
9056 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9057 | } | ||||||
9058 | |||||||
9059 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
9060 | Ptr = CandidateTypes[1].pointer_begin(), | ||||||
9061 | PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[1].pointer_end(); | ||||||
9062 | Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) { | ||||||
9063 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), *Ptr }; | ||||||
9064 | QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
9065 | if (!PointeeType->isObjectType()) | ||||||
9066 | continue; | ||||||
9067 | |||||||
9068 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*) | ||||||
9069 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9070 | } | ||||||
9071 | } | ||||||
9072 | |||||||
9073 | // C++ [over.built]p11: | ||||||
9074 | // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type, | ||||||
9075 | // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object | ||||||
9076 | // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs, | ||||||
9077 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
9078 | // | ||||||
9079 | // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*); | ||||||
9080 | // | ||||||
9081 | // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2. | ||||||
9082 | void addArrowStarOverloads() { | ||||||
9083 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
9084 | Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(), | ||||||
9085 | PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end(); | ||||||
9086 | Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) { | ||||||
9087 | QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr); | ||||||
9088 | QualType C1; | ||||||
9089 | QualifierCollector Q1; | ||||||
9090 | C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(C1Ty->getPointeeType()), 0); | ||||||
9091 | if (!isa<RecordType>(C1)) | ||||||
9092 | continue; | ||||||
9093 | // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set. | ||||||
9094 | // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a | ||||||
9095 | // volatile/restrict type. | ||||||
9096 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile()) | ||||||
9097 | continue; | ||||||
9098 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict()) | ||||||
9099 | continue; | ||||||
9100 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
9101 | MemPtr = CandidateTypes[1].member_pointer_begin(), | ||||||
9102 | MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes[1].member_pointer_end(); | ||||||
9103 | MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) { | ||||||
9104 | const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr); | ||||||
9105 | QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0); | ||||||
9106 | C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
9107 | if (C1 != C2 && !S.IsDerivedFrom(CandidateSet.getLocation(), C1, C2)) | ||||||
9108 | break; | ||||||
9109 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr }; | ||||||
9110 | // build CV12 T& | ||||||
9111 | QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
9112 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && | ||||||
9113 | T.isVolatileQualified()) | ||||||
9114 | continue; | ||||||
9115 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && | ||||||
9116 | T.isRestrictQualified()) | ||||||
9117 | continue; | ||||||
9118 | T = Q1.apply(S.Context, T); | ||||||
9119 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9120 | } | ||||||
9121 | } | ||||||
9122 | } | ||||||
9123 | |||||||
9124 | // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been | ||||||
9125 | // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are | ||||||
9126 | // therefore added as binary. | ||||||
9127 | // | ||||||
9128 | // C++ [over.built]p25: | ||||||
9129 | // For every type T, where T is a pointer, pointer-to-member, or scoped | ||||||
9130 | // enumeration type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
9131 | // | ||||||
9132 | // T operator?(bool, T, T); | ||||||
9133 | // | ||||||
9134 | void addConditionalOperatorOverloads() { | ||||||
9135 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||
9136 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||
9137 | |||||||
9138 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
9139 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
9140 | Ptr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_begin(), | ||||||
9141 | PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_end(); | ||||||
9142 | Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) { | ||||||
9143 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr)).second) | ||||||
9144 | continue; | ||||||
9145 | |||||||
9146 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr }; | ||||||
9147 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9148 | } | ||||||
9149 | |||||||
9150 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
9151 | MemPtr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_begin(), | ||||||
9152 | MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_end(); | ||||||
9153 | MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) { | ||||||
9154 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*MemPtr)).second) | ||||||
9155 | continue; | ||||||
9156 | |||||||
9157 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr }; | ||||||
9158 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9159 | } | ||||||
9160 | |||||||
9161 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||
9162 | for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator | ||||||
9163 | Enum = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_begin(), | ||||||
9164 | EnumEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_end(); | ||||||
9165 | Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum) { | ||||||
9166 | if (!(*Enum)->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isScoped()) | ||||||
9167 | continue; | ||||||
9168 | |||||||
9169 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Enum)).second) | ||||||
9170 | continue; | ||||||
9171 | |||||||
9172 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum }; | ||||||
9173 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9174 | } | ||||||
9175 | } | ||||||
9176 | } | ||||||
9177 | } | ||||||
9178 | }; | ||||||
9179 | |||||||
9180 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||
9181 | |||||||
9182 | /// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in | ||||||
9183 | /// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based | ||||||
9184 | /// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the | ||||||
9185 | /// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int | ||||||
9186 | /// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition. | ||||||
9187 | void Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||||
9188 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||
9189 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
9190 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||||
9191 | // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only | ||||||
9192 | // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates | ||||||
9193 | // that make use of these types. Also record whether we encounter non-record | ||||||
9194 | // candidate types or either arithmetic or enumeral candidate types. | ||||||
9195 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals; | ||||||
9196 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst(); | ||||||
9197 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) | ||||||
9198 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]); | ||||||
9199 | |||||||
9200 | bool HasNonRecordCandidateType = false; | ||||||
9201 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType = false; | ||||||
9202 | SmallVector<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet, 2> CandidateTypes; | ||||||
9203 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
9204 | CandidateTypes.emplace_back(*this); | ||||||
9205 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(), | ||||||
9206 | OpLoc, | ||||||
9207 | true, | ||||||
9208 | (Op == OO_Exclaim || | ||||||
9209 | Op == OO_AmpAmp || | ||||||
9210 | Op == OO_PipePipe), | ||||||
9211 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals); | ||||||
9212 | HasNonRecordCandidateType = HasNonRecordCandidateType || | ||||||
9213 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNonRecordTypes(); | ||||||
9214 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType = | ||||||
9215 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType || | ||||||
9216 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(); | ||||||
9217 | } | ||||||
9218 | |||||||
9219 | // Exit early when no non-record types have been added to the candidate set | ||||||
9220 | // for any of the arguments to the operator. | ||||||
9221 | // | ||||||
9222 | // We can't exit early for !, ||, or &&, since there we have always have | ||||||
9223 | // 'bool' overloads. | ||||||
9224 | if (!HasNonRecordCandidateType && | ||||||
9225 | !(Op == OO_Exclaim || Op == OO_AmpAmp || Op == OO_PipePipe)) | ||||||
9226 | return; | ||||||
9227 | |||||||
9228 | // Setup an object to manage the common state for building overloads. | ||||||
9229 | BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder OpBuilder(*this, Args, | ||||||
9230 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals, | ||||||
9231 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType, | ||||||
9232 | CandidateTypes, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9233 | |||||||
9234 | // Dispatch over the operation to add in only those overloads which apply. | ||||||
9235 | switch (Op) { | ||||||
9236 | case OO_None: | ||||||
9237 | case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS: | ||||||
9238 | llvm_unreachable("Expected an overloaded operator")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Expected an overloaded operator" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9238); | ||||||
9239 | |||||||
9240 | case OO_New: | ||||||
9241 | case OO_Delete: | ||||||
9242 | case OO_Array_New: | ||||||
9243 | case OO_Array_Delete: | ||||||
9244 | case OO_Call: | ||||||
9245 | llvm_unreachable(::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9246) | ||||||
9246 | "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9246); | ||||||
9247 | |||||||
9248 | case OO_Comma: | ||||||
9249 | case OO_Arrow: | ||||||
9250 | case OO_Coawait: | ||||||
9251 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||
9252 | // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', the | ||||||
9253 | // operator '->', or the operator 'co_await', the | ||||||
9254 | // built-in candidates set is empty. | ||||||
9255 | break; | ||||||
9256 | |||||||
9257 | case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary | ||||||
9258 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||||
9259 | OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads(); | ||||||
9260 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
9261 | |||||||
9262 | case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary | ||||||
9263 | if (Args.size() == 1) { | ||||||
9264 | OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9265 | } else { | ||||||
9266 | OpBuilder.addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(Op); | ||||||
9267 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9268 | OpBuilder.addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9269 | } | ||||||
9270 | break; | ||||||
9271 | |||||||
9272 | case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary | ||||||
9273 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||||
9274 | OpBuilder.addUnaryStarPointerOverloads(); | ||||||
9275 | else { | ||||||
9276 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9277 | OpBuilder.addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9278 | } | ||||||
9279 | break; | ||||||
9280 | |||||||
9281 | case OO_Slash: | ||||||
9282 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9283 | break; | ||||||
9284 | |||||||
9285 | case OO_PlusPlus: | ||||||
9286 | case OO_MinusMinus: | ||||||
9287 | OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(Op); | ||||||
9288 | OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads(); | ||||||
9289 | break; | ||||||
9290 | |||||||
9291 | case OO_EqualEqual: | ||||||
9292 | case OO_ExclaimEqual: | ||||||
9293 | OpBuilder.addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOrNullptrOverloads(); | ||||||
9294 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
9295 | |||||||
9296 | case OO_Less: | ||||||
9297 | case OO_Greater: | ||||||
9298 | case OO_LessEqual: | ||||||
9299 | case OO_GreaterEqual: | ||||||
9300 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(); | ||||||
9301 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9302 | break; | ||||||
9303 | |||||||
9304 | case OO_Spaceship: | ||||||
9305 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(); | ||||||
9306 | OpBuilder.addThreeWayArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9307 | break; | ||||||
9308 | |||||||
9309 | case OO_Percent: | ||||||
9310 | case OO_Caret: | ||||||
9311 | case OO_Pipe: | ||||||
9312 | case OO_LessLess: | ||||||
9313 | case OO_GreaterGreater: | ||||||
9314 | OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(Op); | ||||||
9315 | break; | ||||||
9316 | |||||||
9317 | case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary | ||||||
9318 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||||
9319 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||
9320 | // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the | ||||||
9321 | // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty. | ||||||
9322 | break; | ||||||
9323 | |||||||
9324 | OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(Op); | ||||||
9325 | break; | ||||||
9326 | |||||||
9327 | case OO_Tilde: | ||||||
9328 | OpBuilder.addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads(); | ||||||
9329 | break; | ||||||
9330 | |||||||
9331 | case OO_Equal: | ||||||
9332 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(); | ||||||
9333 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
9334 | |||||||
9335 | case OO_PlusEqual: | ||||||
9336 | case OO_MinusEqual: | ||||||
9337 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentPointerOverloads(Op == OO_Equal); | ||||||
9338 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
9339 | |||||||
9340 | case OO_StarEqual: | ||||||
9341 | case OO_SlashEqual: | ||||||
9342 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(Op == OO_Equal); | ||||||
9343 | break; | ||||||
9344 | |||||||
9345 | case OO_PercentEqual: | ||||||
9346 | case OO_LessLessEqual: | ||||||
9347 | case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual: | ||||||
9348 | case OO_AmpEqual: | ||||||
9349 | case OO_CaretEqual: | ||||||
9350 | case OO_PipeEqual: | ||||||
9351 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentIntegralOverloads(); | ||||||
9352 | break; | ||||||
9353 | |||||||
9354 | case OO_Exclaim: | ||||||
9355 | OpBuilder.addExclaimOverload(); | ||||||
9356 | break; | ||||||
9357 | |||||||
9358 | case OO_AmpAmp: | ||||||
9359 | case OO_PipePipe: | ||||||
9360 | OpBuilder.addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload(); | ||||||
9361 | break; | ||||||
9362 | |||||||
9363 | case OO_Subscript: | ||||||
9364 | OpBuilder.addSubscriptOverloads(); | ||||||
9365 | break; | ||||||
9366 | |||||||
9367 | case OO_ArrowStar: | ||||||
9368 | OpBuilder.addArrowStarOverloads(); | ||||||
9369 | break; | ||||||
9370 | |||||||
9371 | case OO_Conditional: | ||||||
9372 | OpBuilder.addConditionalOperatorOverloads(); | ||||||
9373 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9374 | break; | ||||||
9375 | } | ||||||
9376 | } | ||||||
9377 | |||||||
9378 | /// Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup | ||||||
9379 | /// to the set of overloading candidates. | ||||||
9380 | /// | ||||||
9381 | /// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the | ||||||
9382 | /// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds | ||||||
9383 | /// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload | ||||||
9384 | /// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]). | ||||||
9385 | void | ||||||
9386 | Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, | ||||||
9387 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
9388 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
9389 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||
9390 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, | ||||||
9391 | bool PartialOverloading) { | ||||||
9392 | ADLResult Fns; | ||||||
9393 | |||||||
9394 | // FIXME: This approach for uniquing ADL results (and removing | ||||||
9395 | // redundant candidates from the set) relies on pointer-equality, | ||||||
9396 | // which means we need to key off the canonical decl. However, | ||||||
9397 | // always going back to the canonical decl might not get us the | ||||||
9398 | // right set of default arguments. What default arguments are | ||||||
9399 | // we supposed to consider on ADL candidates, anyway? | ||||||
9400 | |||||||
9401 | // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments? | ||||||
9402 | ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Loc, Args, Fns); | ||||||
9403 | |||||||
9404 | // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about. | ||||||
9405 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(), | ||||||
9406 | CandEnd = CandidateSet.end(); | ||||||
9407 | Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand) | ||||||
9408 | if (Cand->Function) { | ||||||
9409 | Fns.erase(Cand->Function); | ||||||
9410 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) | ||||||
9411 | Fns.erase(FunTmpl); | ||||||
9412 | } | ||||||
9413 | |||||||
9414 | // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload | ||||||
9415 | // set. | ||||||
9416 | for (ADLResult::iterator I = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
9417 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(*I, AS_none); | ||||||
9418 | |||||||
9419 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) { | ||||||
9420 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) | ||||||
9421 | continue; | ||||||
9422 | |||||||
9423 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
9424 | FD, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
9425 | PartialOverloading, /*AllowExplicit=*/true, | ||||||
9426 | /*AllowExplicitConversions=*/false, ADLCallKind::UsesADL); | ||||||
9427 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) { | ||||||
9428 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
9429 | FD, FoundDecl, {Args[1], Args[0]}, CandidateSet, | ||||||
9430 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||||
9431 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, /*AllowExplicitConversions=*/false, | ||||||
9432 | ADLCallKind::UsesADL, None, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||
9433 | } | ||||||
9434 | } else { | ||||||
9435 | auto *FTD = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I); | ||||||
9436 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
9437 | FTD, FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
9438 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||||
9439 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, ADLCallKind::UsesADL); | ||||||
9440 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed( | ||||||
9441 | Context, FTD->getTemplatedDecl())) { | ||||||
9442 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
9443 | FTD, FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, {Args[1], Args[0]}, | ||||||
9444 | CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||||
9445 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, ADLCallKind::UsesADL, | ||||||
9446 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||
9447 | } | ||||||
9448 | } | ||||||
9449 | } | ||||||
9450 | } | ||||||
9451 | |||||||
9452 | namespace { | ||||||
9453 | enum class Comparison { Equal, Better, Worse }; | ||||||
9454 | } | ||||||
9455 | |||||||
9456 | /// Compares the enable_if attributes of two FunctionDecls, for the purposes of | ||||||
9457 | /// overload resolution. | ||||||
9458 | /// | ||||||
9459 | /// Cand1's set of enable_if attributes are said to be "better" than Cand2's iff | ||||||
9460 | /// Cand1's first N enable_if attributes have precisely the same conditions as | ||||||
9461 | /// Cand2's first N enable_if attributes (where N = the number of enable_if | ||||||
9462 | /// attributes on Cand2), and Cand1 has more than N enable_if attributes. | ||||||
9463 | /// | ||||||
9464 | /// Note that you can have a pair of candidates such that Cand1's enable_if | ||||||
9465 | /// attributes are worse than Cand2's, and Cand2's enable_if attributes are | ||||||
9466 | /// worse than Cand1's. | ||||||
9467 | static Comparison compareEnableIfAttrs(const Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *Cand1, | ||||||
9468 | const FunctionDecl *Cand2) { | ||||||
9469 | // Common case: One (or both) decls don't have enable_if attrs. | ||||||
9470 | bool Cand1Attr = Cand1->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||
9471 | bool Cand2Attr = Cand2->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||
9472 | if (!Cand1Attr || !Cand2Attr) { | ||||||
9473 | if (Cand1Attr == Cand2Attr) | ||||||
9474 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||
9475 | return Cand1Attr ? Comparison::Better : Comparison::Worse; | ||||||
9476 | } | ||||||
9477 | |||||||
9478 | auto Cand1Attrs = Cand1->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||
9479 | auto Cand2Attrs = Cand2->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||
9480 | |||||||
9481 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID Cand1ID, Cand2ID; | ||||||
9482 | for (auto Pair : zip_longest(Cand1Attrs, Cand2Attrs)) { | ||||||
9483 | Optional<EnableIfAttr *> Cand1A = std::get<0>(Pair); | ||||||
9484 | Optional<EnableIfAttr *> Cand2A = std::get<1>(Pair); | ||||||
9485 | |||||||
9486 | // It's impossible for Cand1 to be better than (or equal to) Cand2 if Cand1 | ||||||
9487 | // has fewer enable_if attributes than Cand2, and vice versa. | ||||||
9488 | if (!Cand1A) | ||||||
9489 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||||
9490 | if (!Cand2A) | ||||||
9491 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||||
9492 | |||||||
9493 | Cand1ID.clear(); | ||||||
9494 | Cand2ID.clear(); | ||||||
9495 | |||||||
9496 | (*Cand1A)->getCond()->Profile(Cand1ID, S.getASTContext(), true); | ||||||
9497 | (*Cand2A)->getCond()->Profile(Cand2ID, S.getASTContext(), true); | ||||||
9498 | if (Cand1ID != Cand2ID) | ||||||
9499 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||||
9500 | } | ||||||
9501 | |||||||
9502 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||
9503 | } | ||||||
9504 | |||||||
9505 | static Comparison | ||||||
9506 | isBetterMultiversionCandidate(const OverloadCandidate &Cand1, | ||||||
9507 | const OverloadCandidate &Cand2) { | ||||||
9508 | if (!Cand1.Function || !Cand1.Function->isMultiVersion() || !Cand2.Function || | ||||||
9509 | !Cand2.Function->isMultiVersion()) | ||||||
9510 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||
9511 | |||||||
9512 | // If both are invalid, they are equal. If one of them is invalid, the other | ||||||
9513 | // is better. | ||||||
9514 | if (Cand1.Function->isInvalidDecl()) { | ||||||
9515 | if (Cand2.Function->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||
9516 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||
9517 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||||
9518 | } | ||||||
9519 | if (Cand2.Function->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||
9520 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||||
9521 | |||||||
9522 | // If this is a cpu_dispatch/cpu_specific multiversion situation, prefer | ||||||
9523 | // cpu_dispatch, else arbitrarily based on the identifiers. | ||||||
9524 | bool Cand1CPUDisp = Cand1.Function->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); | ||||||
9525 | bool Cand2CPUDisp = Cand2.Function->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); | ||||||
9526 | const auto *Cand1CPUSpec = Cand1.Function->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); | ||||||
9527 | const auto *Cand2CPUSpec = Cand2.Function->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); | ||||||
9528 | |||||||
9529 | if (!Cand1CPUDisp && !Cand2CPUDisp && !Cand1CPUSpec && !Cand2CPUSpec) | ||||||
9530 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||
9531 | |||||||
9532 | if (Cand1CPUDisp && !Cand2CPUDisp) | ||||||
9533 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||||
9534 | if (Cand2CPUDisp && !Cand1CPUDisp) | ||||||
9535 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||||
9536 | |||||||
9537 | if (Cand1CPUSpec && Cand2CPUSpec) { | ||||||
9538 | if (Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_size() != Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_size()) | ||||||
9539 | return Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_size() < Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_size() | ||||||
9540 | ? Comparison::Better | ||||||
9541 | : Comparison::Worse; | ||||||
9542 | |||||||
9543 | std::pair<CPUSpecificAttr::cpus_iterator, CPUSpecificAttr::cpus_iterator> | ||||||
9544 | FirstDiff = std::mismatch( | ||||||
9545 | Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_begin(), Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end(), | ||||||
9546 | Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_begin(), | ||||||
9547 | [](const IdentifierInfo *LHS, const IdentifierInfo *RHS) { | ||||||
9548 | return LHS->getName() == RHS->getName(); | ||||||
9549 | }); | ||||||
9550 | |||||||
9551 | assert(FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() &&((FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9553, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
9552 | "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same "((FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9553, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
9553 | "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!")((FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9553, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
9554 | return (*FirstDiff.first)->getName() < (*FirstDiff.second)->getName() | ||||||
9555 | ? Comparison::Better | ||||||
9556 | : Comparison::Worse; | ||||||
9557 | } | ||||||
9558 | llvm_unreachable("No way to get here unless both had cpu_dispatch")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("No way to get here unless both had cpu_dispatch" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9558); | ||||||
9559 | } | ||||||
9560 | |||||||
9561 | /// Compute the type of the implicit object parameter for the given function, | ||||||
9562 | /// if any. Returns None if there is no implicit object parameter, and a null | ||||||
9563 | /// QualType if there is a 'matches anything' implicit object parameter. | ||||||
9564 | static Optional<QualType> getImplicitObjectParamType(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
9565 | const FunctionDecl *F) { | ||||||
9566 | if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(F) || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(F)) | ||||||
9567 | return llvm::None; | ||||||
9568 | |||||||
9569 | auto *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(F); | ||||||
9570 | // Static member functions' object parameters match all types. | ||||||
9571 | if (M->isStatic()) | ||||||
9572 | return QualType(); | ||||||
9573 | |||||||
9574 | QualType T = M->getThisObjectType(); | ||||||
9575 | if (M->getRefQualifier() == RQ_RValue) | ||||||
9576 | return Context.getRValueReferenceType(T); | ||||||
9577 | return Context.getLValueReferenceType(T); | ||||||
9578 | } | ||||||
9579 | |||||||
9580 | static bool haveSameParameterTypes(ASTContext &Context, const FunctionDecl *F1, | ||||||
9581 | const FunctionDecl *F2, unsigned NumParams) { | ||||||
9582 | if (declaresSameEntity(F1, F2)) | ||||||
9583 | return true; | ||||||
9584 | |||||||
9585 | auto NextParam = [&](const FunctionDecl *F, unsigned &I, bool First) { | ||||||
9586 | if (First) { | ||||||
9587 | if (Optional<QualType> T = getImplicitObjectParamType(Context, F)) | ||||||
9588 | return *T; | ||||||
9589 | } | ||||||
9590 | assert(I < F->getNumParams())((I < F->getNumParams()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < F->getNumParams()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9590, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
9591 | return F->getParamDecl(I++)->getType(); | ||||||
9592 | }; | ||||||
9593 | |||||||
9594 | unsigned I1 = 0, I2 = 0; | ||||||
9595 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { | ||||||
9596 | QualType T1 = NextParam(F1, I1, I == 0); | ||||||
9597 | QualType T2 = NextParam(F2, I2, I == 0); | ||||||
9598 | if (!T1.isNull() && !T1.isNull() && !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||||
9599 | return false; | ||||||
9600 | } | ||||||
9601 | return true; | ||||||
9602 | } | ||||||
9603 | |||||||
9604 | /// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload | ||||||
9605 | /// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1). | ||||||
9606 | bool clang::isBetterOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
9607 | Sema &S, const OverloadCandidate &Cand1, const OverloadCandidate &Cand2, | ||||||
9608 | SourceLocation Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind Kind) { | ||||||
9609 | // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable | ||||||
9610 | // functions. | ||||||
9611 | if (!Cand2.Viable) | ||||||
9612 | return Cand1.Viable; | ||||||
9613 | else if (!Cand1.Viable) | ||||||
9614 | return false; | ||||||
9615 | |||||||
9616 | // C++ [over.match.best]p1: | ||||||
9617 | // | ||||||
9618 | // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such | ||||||
9619 | // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for | ||||||
9620 | // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither | ||||||
9621 | // better nor worse than ICS1(F). | ||||||
9622 | unsigned StartArg = 0; | ||||||
9623 | if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument) | ||||||
9624 | StartArg = 1; | ||||||
9625 | |||||||
9626 | auto IsIllFormedConversion = [&](const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) { | ||||||
9627 | // We don't allow incompatible pointer conversions in C++. | ||||||
9628 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||
9629 | return ICS.isStandard() && | ||||||
9630 | ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||
9631 | |||||||
9632 | // The only ill-formed conversion we allow in C++ is the string literal to | ||||||
9633 | // char* conversion, which is only considered ill-formed after C++11. | ||||||
9634 | return S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings && | ||||||
9635 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS); | ||||||
9636 | }; | ||||||
9637 | |||||||
9638 | // Define functions that don't require ill-formed conversions for a given | ||||||
9639 | // argument to be better candidates than functions that do. | ||||||
9640 | unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size(); | ||||||
9641 | assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch")((Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && \"Overload candidate mismatch\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9641, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
9642 | bool HasBetterConversion = false; | ||||||
9643 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
9644 | bool Cand1Bad = IsIllFormedConversion(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx]); | ||||||
9645 | bool Cand2Bad = IsIllFormedConversion(Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx]); | ||||||
9646 | if (Cand1Bad != Cand2Bad) { | ||||||
9647 | if (Cand1Bad) | ||||||
9648 | return false; | ||||||
9649 | HasBetterConversion = true; | ||||||
9650 | } | ||||||
9651 | } | ||||||
9652 | |||||||
9653 | if (HasBetterConversion) | ||||||
9654 | return true; | ||||||
9655 | |||||||
9656 | // C++ [over.match.best]p1: | ||||||
9657 | // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another | ||||||
9658 | // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse | ||||||
9659 | // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then... | ||||||
9660 | bool HasWorseConversion = false; | ||||||
9661 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
9662 | switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||
9663 | Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx], | ||||||
9664 | Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) { | ||||||
9665 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||||
9666 | // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence. | ||||||
9667 | HasBetterConversion = true; | ||||||
9668 | break; | ||||||
9669 | |||||||
9670 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||||
9671 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||||
9672 | Cand1.isReversed() != Cand2.isReversed() && | ||||||
9673 | haveSameParameterTypes(S.Context, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function, | ||||||
9674 | NumArgs)) { | ||||||
9675 | // Work around large-scale breakage caused by considering reversed | ||||||
9676 | // forms of operator== in C++20: | ||||||
9677 | // | ||||||
9678 | // When comparing a function against a reversed function with the same | ||||||
9679 | // parameter types, if we have a better conversion for one argument and | ||||||
9680 | // a worse conversion for the other, the implicit conversion sequences | ||||||
9681 | // are treated as being equally good. | ||||||
9682 | // | ||||||
9683 | // This prevents a comparison function from being considered ambiguous | ||||||
9684 | // with a reversed form that is written in the same way. | ||||||
9685 | // | ||||||
9686 | // We diagnose this as an extension from CreateOverloadedBinOp. | ||||||
9687 | HasWorseConversion = true; | ||||||
9688 | break; | ||||||
9689 | } | ||||||
9690 | |||||||
9691 | // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2. | ||||||
9692 | return false; | ||||||
9693 | |||||||
9694 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||||
9695 | // Do nothing. | ||||||
9696 | break; | ||||||
9697 | } | ||||||
9698 | } | ||||||
9699 | |||||||
9700 | // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than | ||||||
9701 | // ICSj(F2), or, if not that, | ||||||
9702 | if (HasBetterConversion && !HasWorseConversion) | ||||||
9703 | return true; | ||||||
9704 | |||||||
9705 | // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion | ||||||
9706 | // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence | ||||||
9707 | // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e., | ||||||
9708 | // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better | ||||||
9709 | // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence | ||||||
9710 | // from the return type of F2 to the destination type. | ||||||
9711 | if (Kind == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion && | ||||||
9712 | Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||||
9713 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) && | ||||||
9714 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) { | ||||||
9715 | // First check whether we prefer one of the conversion functions over the | ||||||
9716 | // other. This only distinguishes the results in non-standard, extension | ||||||
9717 | // cases such as the conversion from a lambda closure type to a function | ||||||
9718 | // pointer or block. | ||||||
9719 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result = | ||||||
9720 | compareConversionFunctions(S, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function); | ||||||
9721 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable) | ||||||
9722 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||
9723 | Cand1.FinalConversion, | ||||||
9724 | Cand2.FinalConversion); | ||||||
9725 | |||||||
9726 | if (Result != ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable) | ||||||
9727 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
9728 | |||||||
9729 | // FIXME: Compare kind of reference binding if conversion functions | ||||||
9730 | // convert to a reference type used in direct reference binding, per | ||||||
9731 | // C++14 [over.match.best]p1 section 2 bullet 3. | ||||||
9732 | } | ||||||
9733 | |||||||
9734 | // FIXME: Work around a defect in the C++17 guaranteed copy elision wording, | ||||||
9735 | // as combined with the resolution to CWG issue 243. | ||||||
9736 | // | ||||||
9737 | // When the context is initialization by constructor ([over.match.ctor] or | ||||||
9738 | // either phase of [over.match.list]), a constructor is preferred over | ||||||
9739 | // a conversion function. | ||||||
9740 | if (Kind == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByConstructor && NumArgs == 1 && | ||||||
9741 | Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||||
9742 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function) != | ||||||
9743 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand2.Function)) | ||||||
9744 | return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function); | ||||||
9745 | |||||||
9746 | // -- F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template | ||||||
9747 | // specialization, or, if not that, | ||||||
9748 | bool Cand1IsSpecialization = Cand1.Function && | ||||||
9749 | Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||||
9750 | bool Cand2IsSpecialization = Cand2.Function && | ||||||
9751 | Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||||
9752 | if (Cand1IsSpecialization != Cand2IsSpecialization) | ||||||
9753 | return Cand2IsSpecialization; | ||||||
9754 | |||||||
9755 | // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function | ||||||
9756 | // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2 | ||||||
9757 | // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or, | ||||||
9758 | // if not that, | ||||||
9759 | if (Cand1IsSpecialization && Cand2IsSpecialization) { | ||||||
9760 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate = S.getMoreSpecializedTemplate( | ||||||
9761 | Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(), | ||||||
9762 | Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(), Loc, | ||||||
9763 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) ? TPOC_Conversion | ||||||
9764 | : TPOC_Call, | ||||||
9765 | Cand1.ExplicitCallArguments, Cand2.ExplicitCallArguments, | ||||||
9766 | Cand1.isReversed() ^ Cand2.isReversed())) | ||||||
9767 | return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||||
9768 | } | ||||||
9769 | |||||||
9770 | // -— F1 and F2 are non-template functions with the same | ||||||
9771 | // parameter-type-lists, and F1 is more constrained than F2 [...], | ||||||
9772 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && !Cand1IsSpecialization && | ||||||
9773 | !Cand2IsSpecialization && Cand1.Function->hasPrototype() && | ||||||
9774 | Cand2.Function->hasPrototype()) { | ||||||
9775 | auto *PT1 = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Cand1.Function->getFunctionType()); | ||||||
9776 | auto *PT2 = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Cand2.Function->getFunctionType()); | ||||||
9777 | if (PT1->getNumParams() == PT2->getNumParams() && | ||||||
9778 | PT1->isVariadic() == PT2->isVariadic() && | ||||||
9779 | S.FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(PT1, PT2)) { | ||||||
9780 | Expr *RC1 = Cand1.Function->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||||
9781 | Expr *RC2 = Cand2.Function->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||||
9782 | if (RC1 && RC2) { | ||||||
9783 | bool AtLeastAsConstrained1, AtLeastAsConstrained2; | ||||||
9784 | if (S.IsAtLeastAsConstrained(Cand1.Function, {RC1}, Cand2.Function, | ||||||
9785 | {RC2}, AtLeastAsConstrained1) || | ||||||
9786 | S.IsAtLeastAsConstrained(Cand2.Function, {RC2}, Cand1.Function, | ||||||
9787 | {RC1}, AtLeastAsConstrained2)) | ||||||
9788 | return false; | ||||||
9789 | if (AtLeastAsConstrained1 != AtLeastAsConstrained2) | ||||||
9790 | return AtLeastAsConstrained1; | ||||||
9791 | } else if (RC1 || RC2) { | ||||||
9792 | return RC1 != nullptr; | ||||||
9793 | } | ||||||
9794 | } | ||||||
9795 | } | ||||||
9796 | |||||||
9797 | // -- F1 is a constructor for a class D, F2 is a constructor for a base | ||||||
9798 | // class B of D, and for all arguments the corresponding parameters of | ||||||
9799 | // F1 and F2 have the same type. | ||||||
9800 | // FIXME: Implement the "all parameters have the same type" check. | ||||||
9801 | bool Cand1IsInherited = | ||||||
9802 | dyn_cast_or_null<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Cand1.FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||||
9803 | bool Cand2IsInherited = | ||||||
9804 | dyn_cast_or_null<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Cand2.FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||||
9805 | if (Cand1IsInherited != Cand2IsInherited) | ||||||
9806 | return Cand2IsInherited; | ||||||
9807 | else if (Cand1IsInherited) { | ||||||
9808 | assert(Cand2IsInherited)((Cand2IsInherited) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand2IsInherited", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9808, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
9809 | auto *Cand1Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cand1.Function->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
9810 | auto *Cand2Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cand2.Function->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
9811 | if (Cand1Class->isDerivedFrom(Cand2Class)) | ||||||
9812 | return true; | ||||||
9813 | if (Cand2Class->isDerivedFrom(Cand1Class)) | ||||||
9814 | return false; | ||||||
9815 | // Inherited from sibling base classes: still ambiguous. | ||||||
9816 | } | ||||||
9817 | |||||||
9818 | // -- F2 is a rewritten candidate (12.4.1.2) and F1 is not | ||||||
9819 | // -- F1 and F2 are rewritten candidates, and F2 is a synthesized candidate | ||||||
9820 | // with reversed order of parameters and F1 is not | ||||||
9821 | // | ||||||
9822 | // We rank reversed + different operator as worse than just reversed, but | ||||||
9823 | // that comparison can never happen, because we only consider reversing for | ||||||
9824 | // the maximally-rewritten operator (== or <=>). | ||||||
9825 | if (Cand1.RewriteKind != Cand2.RewriteKind) | ||||||
9826 | return Cand1.RewriteKind < Cand2.RewriteKind; | ||||||
9827 | |||||||
9828 | // Check C++17 tie-breakers for deduction guides. | ||||||
9829 | { | ||||||
9830 | auto *Guide1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(Cand1.Function); | ||||||
9831 | auto *Guide2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(Cand2.Function); | ||||||
9832 | if (Guide1 && Guide2) { | ||||||
9833 | // -- F1 is generated from a deduction-guide and F2 is not | ||||||
9834 | if (Guide1->isImplicit() != Guide2->isImplicit()) | ||||||
9835 | return Guide2->isImplicit(); | ||||||
9836 | |||||||
9837 | // -- F1 is the copy deduction candidate(16.3.1.8) and F2 is not | ||||||
9838 | if (Guide1->isCopyDeductionCandidate()) | ||||||
9839 | return true; | ||||||
9840 | } | ||||||
9841 | } | ||||||
9842 | |||||||
9843 | // Check for enable_if value-based overload resolution. | ||||||
9844 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function) { | ||||||
9845 | Comparison Cmp = compareEnableIfAttrs(S, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function); | ||||||
9846 | if (Cmp != Comparison::Equal) | ||||||
9847 | return Cmp == Comparison::Better; | ||||||
9848 | } | ||||||
9849 | |||||||
9850 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function) { | ||||||
9851 | FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||||
9852 | return S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand1.Function) > | ||||||
9853 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand2.Function); | ||||||
9854 | } | ||||||
9855 | |||||||
9856 | bool HasPS1 = Cand1.Function != nullptr && | ||||||
9857 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Cand1.Function); | ||||||
9858 | bool HasPS2 = Cand2.Function != nullptr && | ||||||
9859 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Cand2.Function); | ||||||
9860 | if (HasPS1 != HasPS2 && HasPS1) | ||||||
9861 | return true; | ||||||
9862 | |||||||
9863 | Comparison MV = isBetterMultiversionCandidate(Cand1, Cand2); | ||||||
9864 | return MV == Comparison::Better; | ||||||
9865 | } | ||||||
9866 | |||||||
9867 | /// Determine whether two declarations are "equivalent" for the purposes of | ||||||
9868 | /// name lookup and overload resolution. This applies when the same internal/no | ||||||
9869 | /// linkage entity is defined by two modules (probably by textually including | ||||||
9870 | /// the same header). In such a case, we don't consider the declarations to | ||||||
9871 | /// declare the same entity, but we also don't want lookups with both | ||||||
9872 | /// declarations visible to be ambiguous in some cases (this happens when using | ||||||
9873 | /// a modularized libstdc++). | ||||||
9874 | bool Sema::isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, | ||||||
9875 | const NamedDecl *B) { | ||||||
9876 | auto *VA = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(A); | ||||||
9877 | auto *VB = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(B); | ||||||
9878 | if (!VA || !VB) | ||||||
9879 | return false; | ||||||
9880 | |||||||
9881 | // The declarations must be declaring the same name as an internal linkage | ||||||
9882 | // entity in different modules. | ||||||
9883 | if (!VA->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( | ||||||
9884 | VB->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) || | ||||||
9885 | getOwningModule(VA) == getOwningModule(VB) || | ||||||
9886 | VA->isExternallyVisible() || VB->isExternallyVisible()) | ||||||
9887 | return false; | ||||||
9888 | |||||||
9889 | // Check that the declarations appear to be equivalent. | ||||||
9890 | // | ||||||
9891 | // FIXME: Checking the type isn't really enough to resolve the ambiguity. | ||||||
9892 | // For constants and functions, we should check the initializer or body is | ||||||
9893 | // the same. For non-constant variables, we shouldn't allow it at all. | ||||||
9894 | if (Context.hasSameType(VA->getType(), VB->getType())) | ||||||
9895 | return true; | ||||||
9896 | |||||||
9897 | // Enum constants within unnamed enumerations will have different types, but | ||||||
9898 | // may still be similar enough to be interchangeable for our purposes. | ||||||
9899 | if (auto *EA = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(VA)) { | ||||||
9900 | if (auto *EB = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(VB)) { | ||||||
9901 | // Only handle anonymous enums. If the enumerations were named and | ||||||
9902 | // equivalent, they would have been merged to the same type. | ||||||
9903 | auto *EnumA = cast<EnumDecl>(EA->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
9904 | auto *EnumB = cast<EnumDecl>(EB->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
9905 | if (EnumA->hasNameForLinkage() || EnumB->hasNameForLinkage() || | ||||||
9906 | !Context.hasSameType(EnumA->getIntegerType(), | ||||||
9907 | EnumB->getIntegerType())) | ||||||
9908 | return false; | ||||||
9909 | // Allow this only if the value is the same for both enumerators. | ||||||
9910 | return llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(EA->getInitVal(), EB->getInitVal()); | ||||||
9911 | } | ||||||
9912 | } | ||||||
9913 | |||||||
9914 | // Nothing else is sufficiently similar. | ||||||
9915 | return false; | ||||||
9916 | } | ||||||
9917 | |||||||
9918 | void Sema::diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( | ||||||
9919 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv) { | ||||||
9920 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl_in_modules) << D; | ||||||
9921 | |||||||
9922 | Module *M = getOwningModule(D); | ||||||
9923 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl) | ||||||
9924 | << !M << (M ? M->getFullModuleName() : ""); | ||||||
9925 | |||||||
9926 | for (auto *E : Equiv) { | ||||||
9927 | Module *M = getOwningModule(E); | ||||||
9928 | Diag(E->getLocation(), diag::note_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl) | ||||||
9929 | << !M << (M ? M->getFullModuleName() : ""); | ||||||
9930 | } | ||||||
9931 | } | ||||||
9932 | |||||||
9933 | /// Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3) | ||||||
9934 | /// within an overload candidate set. | ||||||
9935 | /// | ||||||
9936 | /// \param Loc The location of the function name (or operator symbol) for | ||||||
9937 | /// which overload resolution occurs. | ||||||
9938 | /// | ||||||
9939 | /// \param Best If overload resolution was successful or found a deleted | ||||||
9940 | /// function, \p Best points to the candidate function found. | ||||||
9941 | /// | ||||||
9942 | /// \returns The result of overload resolution. | ||||||
9943 | OverloadingResult | ||||||
9944 | OverloadCandidateSet::BestViableFunction(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
9945 | iterator &Best) { | ||||||
9946 | llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate *, 16> Candidates; | ||||||
9947 | std::transform(begin(), end(), std::back_inserter(Candidates), | ||||||
9948 | [](OverloadCandidate &Cand) { return &Cand; }); | ||||||
9949 | |||||||
9950 | // [CUDA] HD->H or HD->D calls are technically not allowed by CUDA but | ||||||
9951 | // are accepted by both clang and NVCC. However, during a particular | ||||||
9952 | // compilation mode only one call variant is viable. We need to | ||||||
9953 | // exclude non-viable overload candidates from consideration based | ||||||
9954 | // only on their host/device attributes. Specifically, if one | ||||||
9955 | // candidate call is WrongSide and the other is SameSide, we ignore | ||||||
9956 | // the WrongSide candidate. | ||||||
9957 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA) { | ||||||
9958 | const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||||
9959 | bool ContainsSameSideCandidate = | ||||||
9960 | llvm::any_of(Candidates, [&](OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||
9961 | // Check viable function only. | ||||||
9962 | return Cand->Viable && Cand->Function && | ||||||
9963 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand->Function) == | ||||||
9964 | Sema::CFP_SameSide; | ||||||
9965 | }); | ||||||
9966 | if (ContainsSameSideCandidate) { | ||||||
9967 | auto IsWrongSideCandidate = [&](OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||
9968 | // Check viable function only to avoid unnecessary data copying/moving. | ||||||
9969 | return Cand->Viable && Cand->Function && | ||||||
9970 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand->Function) == | ||||||
9971 | Sema::CFP_WrongSide; | ||||||
9972 | }; | ||||||
9973 | llvm::erase_if(Candidates, IsWrongSideCandidate); | ||||||
9974 | } | ||||||
9975 | } | ||||||
9976 | |||||||
9977 | // Find the best viable function. | ||||||
9978 | Best = end(); | ||||||
9979 | for (auto *Cand : Candidates) { | ||||||
9980 | Cand->Best = false; | ||||||
9981 | if (Cand->Viable) | ||||||
9982 | if (Best == end() || | ||||||
9983 | isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Cand, *Best, Loc, Kind)) | ||||||
9984 | Best = Cand; | ||||||
9985 | } | ||||||
9986 | |||||||
9987 | // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort. | ||||||
9988 | if (Best == end()) | ||||||
9989 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||||
9990 | |||||||
9991 | llvm::SmallVector<const NamedDecl *, 4> EquivalentCands; | ||||||
9992 | |||||||
9993 | llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 4> PendingBest; | ||||||
9994 | PendingBest.push_back(&*Best); | ||||||
9995 | Best->Best = true; | ||||||
9996 | |||||||
9997 | // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable | ||||||
9998 | // function. If not, we have an ambiguity. | ||||||
9999 | while (!PendingBest.empty()) { | ||||||
10000 | auto *Curr = PendingBest.pop_back_val(); | ||||||
10001 | for (auto *Cand : Candidates) { | ||||||
10002 | if (Cand->Viable && !Cand->Best && | ||||||
10003 | !isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Curr, *Cand, Loc, Kind)) { | ||||||
10004 | PendingBest.push_back(Cand); | ||||||
10005 | Cand->Best = true; | ||||||
10006 | |||||||
10007 | if (S.isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(Cand->Function, | ||||||
10008 | Curr->Function)) | ||||||
10009 | EquivalentCands.push_back(Cand->Function); | ||||||
10010 | else | ||||||
10011 | Best = end(); | ||||||
10012 | } | ||||||
10013 | } | ||||||
10014 | } | ||||||
10015 | |||||||
10016 | // If we found more than one best candidate, this is ambiguous. | ||||||
10017 | if (Best == end()) | ||||||
10018 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||||
10019 | |||||||
10020 | // Best is the best viable function. | ||||||
10021 | if (Best->Function && Best->Function->isDeleted()) | ||||||
10022 | return OR_Deleted; | ||||||
10023 | |||||||
10024 | if (!EquivalentCands.empty()) | ||||||
10025 | S.diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(Loc, Best->Function, | ||||||
10026 | EquivalentCands); | ||||||
10027 | |||||||
10028 | return OR_Success; | ||||||
10029 | } | ||||||
10030 | |||||||
10031 | namespace { | ||||||
10032 | |||||||
10033 | enum OverloadCandidateKind { | ||||||
10034 | oc_function, | ||||||
10035 | oc_method, | ||||||
10036 | oc_reversed_binary_operator, | ||||||
10037 | oc_constructor, | ||||||
10038 | oc_implicit_default_constructor, | ||||||
10039 | oc_implicit_copy_constructor, | ||||||
10040 | oc_implicit_move_constructor, | ||||||
10041 | oc_implicit_copy_assignment, | ||||||
10042 | oc_implicit_move_assignment, | ||||||
10043 | oc_implicit_equality_comparison, | ||||||
10044 | oc_inherited_constructor | ||||||
10045 | }; | ||||||
10046 | |||||||
10047 | enum OverloadCandidateSelect { | ||||||
10048 | ocs_non_template, | ||||||
10049 | ocs_template, | ||||||
10050 | ocs_described_template, | ||||||
10051 | }; | ||||||
10052 | |||||||
10053 | static std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> | ||||||
10054 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||||
10055 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind CRK, | ||||||
10056 | std::string &Description) { | ||||||
10057 | |||||||
10058 | bool isTemplate = Fn->isTemplateDecl() || Found->isTemplateDecl(); | ||||||
10059 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) { | ||||||
10060 | isTemplate = true; | ||||||
10061 | Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||||
10062 | FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs()); | ||||||
10063 | } | ||||||
10064 | |||||||
10065 | OverloadCandidateSelect Select = [&]() { | ||||||
10066 | if (!Description.empty()) | ||||||
10067 | return ocs_described_template; | ||||||
10068 | return isTemplate ? ocs_template : ocs_non_template; | ||||||
10069 | }(); | ||||||
10070 | |||||||
10071 | OverloadCandidateKind Kind = [&]() { | ||||||
10072 | if (Fn->isImplicit() && Fn->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_EqualEqual) | ||||||
10073 | return oc_implicit_equality_comparison; | ||||||
10074 | |||||||
10075 | if (CRK & CRK_Reversed) | ||||||
10076 | return oc_reversed_binary_operator; | ||||||
10077 | |||||||
10078 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||
10079 | if (!Ctor->isImplicit()) { | ||||||
10080 | if (isa<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Found)) | ||||||
10081 | return oc_inherited_constructor; | ||||||
10082 | else | ||||||
10083 | return oc_constructor; | ||||||
10084 | } | ||||||
10085 | |||||||
10086 | if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) | ||||||
10087 | return oc_implicit_default_constructor; | ||||||
10088 | |||||||
10089 | if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) | ||||||
10090 | return oc_implicit_move_constructor; | ||||||
10091 | |||||||
10092 | assert(Ctor->isCopyConstructor() &&((Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && "unexpected sort of implicit constructor" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && \"unexpected sort of implicit constructor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10093, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
10093 | "unexpected sort of implicit constructor")((Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && "unexpected sort of implicit constructor" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && \"unexpected sort of implicit constructor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10093, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10094 | return oc_implicit_copy_constructor; | ||||||
10095 | } | ||||||
10096 | |||||||
10097 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||
10098 | // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but | ||||||
10099 | // it doesn't hurt to split it out. | ||||||
10100 | if (!Meth->isImplicit()) | ||||||
10101 | return oc_method; | ||||||
10102 | |||||||
10103 | if (Meth->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) | ||||||
10104 | return oc_implicit_move_assignment; | ||||||
10105 | |||||||
10106 | if (Meth->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) | ||||||
10107 | return oc_implicit_copy_assignment; | ||||||
10108 | |||||||
10109 | assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && "expected conversion")((isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && "expected conversion" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && \"expected conversion\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10109, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10110 | return oc_method; | ||||||
10111 | } | ||||||
10112 | |||||||
10113 | return oc_function; | ||||||
10114 | }(); | ||||||
10115 | |||||||
10116 | return std::make_pair(Kind, Select); | ||||||
10117 | } | ||||||
10118 | |||||||
10119 | void MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(Sema &S, Decl *FoundDecl) { | ||||||
10120 | // FIXME: It'd be nice to only emit a note once per using-decl per overload | ||||||
10121 | // set. | ||||||
10122 | if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl)) | ||||||
10123 | S.Diag(FoundDecl->getLocation(), | ||||||
10124 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inherited_constructor) | ||||||
10125 | << Shadow->getNominatedBaseClass(); | ||||||
10126 | } | ||||||
10127 | |||||||
10128 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||
10129 | |||||||
10130 | static bool isFunctionAlwaysEnabled(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||||
10131 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||
10132 | for (auto *EnableIf : FD->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()) { | ||||||
10133 | bool AlwaysTrue; | ||||||
10134 | if (EnableIf->getCond()->isValueDependent() || | ||||||
10135 | !EnableIf->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(AlwaysTrue, Ctx)) | ||||||
10136 | return false; | ||||||
10137 | if (!AlwaysTrue) | ||||||
10138 | return false; | ||||||
10139 | } | ||||||
10140 | return true; | ||||||
10141 | } | ||||||
10142 | |||||||
10143 | /// Returns true if we can take the address of the function. | ||||||
10144 | /// | ||||||
10145 | /// \param Complain - If true, we'll emit a diagnostic | ||||||
10146 | /// \param InOverloadResolution - For the purposes of emitting a diagnostic, are | ||||||
10147 | /// we in overload resolution? | ||||||
10148 | /// \param Loc - The location of the statement we're complaining about. Ignored | ||||||
10149 | /// if we're not complaining, or if we're in overload resolution. | ||||||
10150 | static bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||||
10151 | bool Complain, | ||||||
10152 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
10153 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
10154 | if (!isFunctionAlwaysEnabled(S.Context, FD)) { | ||||||
10155 | if (Complain) { | ||||||
10156 | if (InOverloadResolution) | ||||||
10157 | S.Diag(FD->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
10158 | diag::note_addrof_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if_attr); | ||||||
10159 | else | ||||||
10160 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_addrof_function_disabled_by_enable_if_attr) << FD; | ||||||
10161 | } | ||||||
10162 | return false; | ||||||
10163 | } | ||||||
10164 | |||||||
10165 | if (FD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||||
10166 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||
10167 | if (S.CheckFunctionConstraints(FD, Satisfaction, Loc)) | ||||||
10168 | return false; | ||||||
10169 | if (!Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||||
10170 | if (Complain) { | ||||||
10171 | if (InOverloadResolution) | ||||||
10172 | S.Diag(FD->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
10173 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_unsatisfied_constraints); | ||||||
10174 | else | ||||||
10175 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_addrof_function_constraints_not_satisfied) | ||||||
10176 | << FD; | ||||||
10177 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); | ||||||
10178 | } | ||||||
10179 | return false; | ||||||
10180 | } | ||||||
10181 | } | ||||||
10182 | |||||||
10183 | auto I = llvm::find_if(FD->parameters(), [](const ParmVarDecl *P) { | ||||||
10184 | return P->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | ||||||
10185 | }); | ||||||
10186 | if (I == FD->param_end()) | ||||||
10187 | return true; | ||||||
10188 | |||||||
10189 | if (Complain) { | ||||||
10190 | // Add one to ParamNo because it's user-facing | ||||||
10191 | unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), I) + 1; | ||||||
10192 | if (InOverloadResolution) | ||||||
10193 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), | ||||||
10194 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_has_pass_object_size_params) | ||||||
10195 | << ParamNo; | ||||||
10196 | else | ||||||
10197 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_of_function_with_pass_object_size_params) | ||||||
10198 | << FD << ParamNo; | ||||||
10199 | } | ||||||
10200 | return false; | ||||||
10201 | } | ||||||
10202 | |||||||
10203 | static bool checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(Sema &S, | ||||||
10204 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||
10205 | return checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(S, FD, /*Complain=*/true, | ||||||
10206 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||
10207 | /*Loc=*/SourceLocation()); | ||||||
10208 | } | ||||||
10209 | |||||||
10210 | bool Sema::checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||||
10211 | bool Complain, | ||||||
10212 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
10213 | return ::checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(*this, Function, Complain, | ||||||
10214 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
10215 | Loc); | ||||||
10216 | } | ||||||
10217 | |||||||
10218 | // Notes the location of an overload candidate. | ||||||
10219 | void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||||
10220 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind RewriteKind, | ||||||
10221 | QualType DestType, bool TakingAddress) { | ||||||
10222 | if (TakingAddress && !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(*this, Fn)) | ||||||
10223 | return; | ||||||
10224 | if (Fn->isMultiVersion() && Fn->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||||
10225 | !Fn->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) | ||||||
10226 | return; | ||||||
10227 | if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Fn) && | ||||||
10228 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Fn->getParent())->isLambda()) { | ||||||
10229 | // Don't print candidates other than the one that matches the calling | ||||||
10230 | // convention of the call operator, since that is guaranteed to exist. | ||||||
10231 | const auto *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Fn->getParent()); | ||||||
10232 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOp = RD->getLambdaCallOperator(); | ||||||
10233 | CallingConv CallOpCC = | ||||||
10234 | CallOp->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||||
10235 | CXXConversionDecl *ConvD = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Fn); | ||||||
10236 | QualType ConvRTy = ConvD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(); | ||||||
10237 | CallingConv ConvToCC = | ||||||
10238 | ConvRTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||||
10239 | |||||||
10240 | if (ConvToCC != CallOpCC) | ||||||
10241 | return; | ||||||
10242 | } | ||||||
10243 | |||||||
10244 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||||
10245 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> KSPair = | ||||||
10246 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Found, Fn, RewriteKind, FnDesc); | ||||||
10247 | PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate) | ||||||
10248 | << (unsigned)KSPair.first << (unsigned)KSPair.second | ||||||
10249 | << Fn << FnDesc; | ||||||
10250 | |||||||
10251 | HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PD, Fn->getType(), DestType); | ||||||
10252 | Diag(Fn->getLocation(), PD); | ||||||
10253 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(*this, Found); | ||||||
10254 | } | ||||||
10255 | |||||||
10256 | static void | ||||||
10257 | MaybeDiagnoseAmbiguousConstraints(Sema &S, ArrayRef<OverloadCandidate> Cands) { | ||||||
10258 | // Perhaps the ambiguity was caused by two atomic constraints that are | ||||||
10259 | // 'identical' but not equivalent: | ||||||
10260 | // | ||||||
10261 | // void foo() requires (sizeof(T) > 4) { } // #1 | ||||||
10262 | // void foo() requires (sizeof(T) > 4) && T::value { } // #2 | ||||||
10263 | // | ||||||
10264 | // The 'sizeof(T) > 4' constraints are seemingly equivalent and should cause | ||||||
10265 | // #2 to subsume #1, but these constraint are not considered equivalent | ||||||
10266 | // according to the subsumption rules because they are not the same | ||||||
10267 | // source-level construct. This behavior is quite confusing and we should try | ||||||
10268 | // to help the user figure out what happened. | ||||||
10269 | |||||||
10270 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 3> FirstAC, SecondAC; | ||||||
10271 | FunctionDecl *FirstCand = nullptr, *SecondCand = nullptr; | ||||||
10272 | for (auto I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
10273 | if (!I->Function) | ||||||
10274 | continue; | ||||||
10275 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 3> AC; | ||||||
10276 | if (auto *Template = I->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) | ||||||
10277 | Template->getAssociatedConstraints(AC); | ||||||
10278 | else | ||||||
10279 | I->Function->getAssociatedConstraints(AC); | ||||||
10280 | if (AC.empty()) | ||||||
10281 | continue; | ||||||
10282 | if (FirstCand == nullptr) { | ||||||
10283 | FirstCand = I->Function; | ||||||
10284 | FirstAC = AC; | ||||||
10285 | } else if (SecondCand == nullptr) { | ||||||
10286 | SecondCand = I->Function; | ||||||
10287 | SecondAC = AC; | ||||||
10288 | } else { | ||||||
10289 | // We have more than one pair of constrained functions - this check is | ||||||
10290 | // expensive and we'd rather not try to diagnose it. | ||||||
10291 | return; | ||||||
10292 | } | ||||||
10293 | } | ||||||
10294 | if (!SecondCand) | ||||||
10295 | return; | ||||||
10296 | // The diagnostic can only happen if there are associated constraints on | ||||||
10297 | // both sides (there needs to be some identical atomic constraint). | ||||||
10298 | if (S.MaybeEmitAmbiguousAtomicConstraintsDiagnostic(FirstCand, FirstAC, | ||||||
10299 | SecondCand, SecondAC)) | ||||||
10300 | // Just show the user one diagnostic, they'll probably figure it out | ||||||
10301 | // from here. | ||||||
10302 | return; | ||||||
10303 | } | ||||||
10304 | |||||||
10305 | // Notes the location of all overload candidates designated through | ||||||
10306 | // OverloadedExpr | ||||||
10307 | void Sema::NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *OverloadedExpr, QualType DestType, | ||||||
10308 | bool TakingAddress) { | ||||||
10309 | assert(OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)((OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10309, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10310 | |||||||
10311 | OverloadExpr::FindResult Ovl = OverloadExpr::find(OverloadedExpr); | ||||||
10312 | OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = Ovl.Expression; | ||||||
10313 | |||||||
10314 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||||
10315 | IEnd = OvlExpr->decls_end(); | ||||||
10316 | I != IEnd; ++I) { | ||||||
10317 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = | ||||||
10318 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) { | ||||||
10319 | NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(), CRK_None, DestType, | ||||||
10320 | TakingAddress); | ||||||
10321 | } else if (FunctionDecl *Fun | ||||||
10322 | = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) { | ||||||
10323 | NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, Fun, CRK_None, DestType, TakingAddress); | ||||||
10324 | } | ||||||
10325 | } | ||||||
10326 | } | ||||||
10327 | |||||||
10328 | /// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion. The partial diagnostic is the | ||||||
10329 | /// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and | ||||||
10330 | /// target types of the conversion. | ||||||
10331 | void ImplicitConversionSequence::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion( | ||||||
10332 | Sema &S, | ||||||
10333 | SourceLocation CaretLoc, | ||||||
10334 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) const { | ||||||
10335 | S.Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag) | ||||||
10336 | << Ambiguous.getFromType() << Ambiguous.getToType(); | ||||||
10337 | // FIXME: The note limiting machinery is borrowed from | ||||||
10338 | // OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates; there's an opportunity for | ||||||
10339 | // refactoring here. | ||||||
10340 | const OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = S.Diags.getShowOverloads(); | ||||||
10341 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; | ||||||
10342 | AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator I, E; | ||||||
10343 | for (I = Ambiguous.begin(), E = Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
10344 | if (CandsShown >= 4 && ShowOverloads == Ovl_Best) | ||||||
10345 | break; | ||||||
10346 | ++CandsShown; | ||||||
10347 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(I->first, I->second); | ||||||
10348 | } | ||||||
10349 | if (I != E) | ||||||
10350 | S.Diag(SourceLocation(), diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I); | ||||||
10351 | } | ||||||
10352 | |||||||
10353 | static void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||||
10354 | unsigned I, bool TakingCandidateAddress) { | ||||||
10355 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I]; | ||||||
10356 | assert(Conv.isBad())((Conv.isBad()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv.isBad()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10356, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
| |||||||
10357 | assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function")((Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Function && \"for now, candidate must be a function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10357, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10358 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; | ||||||
10359 | |||||||
10360 | // There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a | ||||||
10361 | // non-constructor method. Note that 'I' corresponds the | ||||||
10362 | // conversion-slot index. | ||||||
10363 | bool isObjectArgument = false; | ||||||
10364 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||
10365 | if (I == 0) | ||||||
10366 | isObjectArgument = true; | ||||||
10367 | else | ||||||
10368 | I--; | ||||||
10369 | } | ||||||
10370 | |||||||
10371 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||||
10372 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||||
10373 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind(), | ||||||
10374 | FnDesc); | ||||||
10375 | |||||||
10376 | Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr; | ||||||
10377 | QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType(); | ||||||
10378 | QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType(); | ||||||
10379 | |||||||
10380 | if (FromTy == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||
10381 | assert(FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?")((FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromExpr && \"overload set argument came from implicit argument?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10381, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10382 | Expr *E = FromExpr->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||
10383 | if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E)) | ||||||
10384 | E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||
10385 | DeclarationName Name = cast<OverloadExpr>(E)->getName(); | ||||||
10386 | |||||||
10387 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload) | ||||||
10388 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10389 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << ToTy | ||||||
10390 | << Name << I + 1; | ||||||
10391 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10392 | return; | ||||||
10393 | } | ||||||
10394 | |||||||
10395 | // Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due | ||||||
10396 | // to a qualifier mismatch. | ||||||
10397 | CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy); | ||||||
10398 | CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy); | ||||||
10399 | if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||
10400 | CToTy = RT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
10401 | else { | ||||||
10402 | // TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches. | ||||||
10403 | if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
10404 | if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
10405 | CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
10406 | CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
10407 | } | ||||||
10408 | } | ||||||
10409 | |||||||
10410 | if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() && | ||||||
10411 | !CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) { | ||||||
10412 | Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
10413 | Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
10414 | |||||||
10415 | if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) { | ||||||
10416 | if (isObjectArgument) | ||||||
10417 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace_this) | ||||||
10418 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||||
10419 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||||
10420 | << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||
10421 | else | ||||||
10422 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace) | ||||||
10423 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||||
10424 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||||
10425 | << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace() | ||||||
10426 | << ToTy->isReferenceType() << I + 1; | ||||||
10427 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10428 | return; | ||||||
10429 | } | ||||||
10430 | |||||||
10431 | if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||
10432 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_ownership) | ||||||
10433 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10434 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10435 | << FromQs.getObjCLifetime() << ToQs.getObjCLifetime() | ||||||
10436 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||||
10437 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10438 | return; | ||||||
10439 | } | ||||||
10440 | |||||||
10441 | if (FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQs.getObjCGCAttr()) { | ||||||
10442 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_gc) | ||||||
10443 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10444 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10445 | << FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() << ToQs.getObjCGCAttr() | ||||||
10446 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||||
10447 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10448 | return; | ||||||
10449 | } | ||||||
10450 | |||||||
10451 | if (FromQs.hasUnaligned() != ToQs.hasUnaligned()) { | ||||||
10452 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_unaligned) | ||||||
10453 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10454 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10455 | << FromQs.hasUnaligned() << I + 1; | ||||||
10456 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10457 | return; | ||||||
10458 | } | ||||||
10459 | |||||||
10460 | unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||
10461 | assert(CVR && "unexpected qualifiers mismatch")((CVR && "unexpected qualifiers mismatch") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CVR && \"unexpected qualifiers mismatch\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10461, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10462 | |||||||
10463 | if (isObjectArgument) { | ||||||
10464 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this) | ||||||
10465 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10466 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10467 | << (CVR - 1); | ||||||
10468 | } else { | ||||||
10469 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr) | ||||||
10470 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10471 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10472 | << (CVR - 1) << I + 1; | ||||||
10473 | } | ||||||
10474 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10475 | return; | ||||||
10476 | } | ||||||
10477 | |||||||
10478 | // Special diagnostic for failure to convert an initializer list, since | ||||||
10479 | // telling the user that it has type void is not useful. | ||||||
10480 | if (FromExpr && isa<InitListExpr>(FromExpr)) { | ||||||
10481 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_list_argument) | ||||||
10482 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10483 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10484 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||||
10485 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10486 | return; | ||||||
10487 | } | ||||||
10488 | |||||||
10489 | // Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently, | ||||||
10490 | // since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered | ||||||
10491 | // the failure. | ||||||
10492 | QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
10493 | if (const PointerType *PTy
| ||||||
10494 | TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
10495 | if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) { | ||||||
10496 | // Emit the generic diagnostic and, optionally, add the hints to it. | ||||||
10497 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete) | ||||||
10498 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10499 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10500 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 | ||||||
10501 | << (unsigned)(Cand->Fix.Kind); | ||||||
10502 | |||||||
10503 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10504 | return; | ||||||
10505 | } | ||||||
10506 | |||||||
10507 | // Diagnose base -> derived pointer conversions. | ||||||
10508 | unsigned BaseToDerivedConversion = 0; | ||||||
10509 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrTy
| ||||||
10510 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrTy = ToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
10511 | if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||||
10512 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) && | ||||||
10513 | !FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||||
10514 | !ToPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||||
10515 | S.IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation(), ToPtrTy->getPointeeType(), | ||||||
10516 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType())) | ||||||
10517 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 1; | ||||||
10518 | } | ||||||
10519 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrTy
|
23.1 | 'FromPtrTy' is null |
33 | Called C++ object pointer is null |
1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation |
11 | /// |
12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to |
13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. |
14 | // |
15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16 | |
17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
19 | |
20 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" |
23 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
24 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" |
25 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
49 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
50 | #include <cassert> |
51 | #include <cstddef> |
52 | #include <cstdint> |
53 | #include <cstring> |
54 | #include <string> |
55 | #include <type_traits> |
56 | #include <utility> |
57 | |
58 | namespace clang { |
59 | |
60 | class ExtQuals; |
61 | class QualType; |
62 | class ConceptDecl; |
63 | class TagDecl; |
64 | class Type; |
65 | |
66 | enum { |
67 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, |
68 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits |
69 | }; |
70 | |
71 | namespace serialization { |
72 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader; |
73 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter; |
74 | } |
75 | |
76 | } // namespace clang |
77 | |
78 | namespace llvm { |
79 | |
80 | template <typename T> |
81 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; |
82 | template<> |
83 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { |
84 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } |
85 | |
86 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
87 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); |
88 | } |
89 | |
90 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; |
91 | }; |
92 | |
93 | template<> |
94 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { |
95 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } |
96 | |
97 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
98 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); |
99 | } |
100 | |
101 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; |
102 | }; |
103 | |
104 | } // namespace llvm |
105 | |
106 | namespace clang { |
107 | |
108 | class ASTContext; |
109 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
110 | class CXXRecordDecl; |
111 | class DeclContext; |
112 | class EnumDecl; |
113 | class Expr; |
114 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; |
115 | class FunctionDecl; |
116 | class IdentifierInfo; |
117 | class NamedDecl; |
118 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
119 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
120 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; |
121 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
122 | class RecordDecl; |
123 | class Stmt; |
124 | class TagDecl; |
125 | class TemplateArgument; |
126 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
127 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
128 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; |
129 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
130 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; |
131 | |
132 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
133 | |
134 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. |
135 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; |
136 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
137 | |
138 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. |
139 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: |
140 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict |
141 | /// * MS: __unaligned |
142 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces |
143 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) |
144 | class Qualifiers { |
145 | public: |
146 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. |
147 | Const = 0x1, |
148 | Restrict = 0x2, |
149 | Volatile = 0x4, |
150 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict |
151 | }; |
152 | |
153 | enum GC { |
154 | GCNone = 0, |
155 | Weak, |
156 | Strong |
157 | }; |
158 | |
159 | enum ObjCLifetime { |
160 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. |
161 | OCL_None, |
162 | |
163 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or |
164 | /// releases. |
165 | OCL_ExplicitNone, |
166 | |
167 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be |
168 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the |
169 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to |
170 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is |
171 | /// live. |
172 | OCL_Strong, |
173 | |
174 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. |
175 | OCL_Weak, |
176 | |
177 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. |
178 | OCL_Autoreleasing |
179 | }; |
180 | |
181 | enum { |
182 | /// The maximum supported address space number. |
183 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. |
184 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, |
185 | |
186 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. |
187 | FastWidth = 3, |
188 | |
189 | /// The fast qualifier mask. |
190 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 |
191 | }; |
192 | |
193 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from |
194 | /// the given sets. |
195 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { |
196 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. |
197 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { |
198 | Qualifiers Q; |
199 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; |
200 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
201 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
202 | return Q; |
203 | } |
204 | |
205 | Qualifiers Q; |
206 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); |
207 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
208 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
209 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
210 | |
211 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
212 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); |
213 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
214 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
215 | } |
216 | |
217 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { |
218 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); |
219 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); |
220 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); |
221 | } |
222 | |
223 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { |
224 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); |
225 | L.removeAddressSpace(); |
226 | R.removeAddressSpace(); |
227 | } |
228 | return Q; |
229 | } |
230 | |
231 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { |
232 | Qualifiers Qs; |
233 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); |
234 | return Qs; |
235 | } |
236 | |
237 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { |
238 | Qualifiers Qs; |
239 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); |
240 | return Qs; |
241 | } |
242 | |
243 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { |
244 | Qualifiers Qs; |
245 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); |
246 | return Qs; |
247 | } |
248 | |
249 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. |
250 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { |
251 | Qualifiers Qs; |
252 | Qs.Mask = opaque; |
253 | return Qs; |
254 | } |
255 | |
256 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. |
257 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { |
258 | return Mask; |
259 | } |
260 | |
261 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } |
262 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } |
263 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } |
264 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } |
265 | |
266 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } |
267 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } |
268 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } |
269 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } |
270 | |
271 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } |
272 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } |
273 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } |
274 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } |
275 | |
276 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } |
277 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } |
278 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } |
279 | |
280 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
281 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 281, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
282 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; |
283 | } |
284 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
285 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 285, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
286 | Mask &= ~mask; |
287 | } |
288 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { |
289 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); |
290 | } |
291 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
292 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 292, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
293 | Mask |= mask; |
294 | } |
295 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
296 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 296, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
297 | Mask |= mask; |
298 | } |
299 | |
300 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } |
301 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { |
302 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); |
303 | } |
304 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } |
305 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } |
306 | |
307 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } |
308 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } |
309 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
310 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); |
311 | } |
312 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } |
313 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
314 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 314, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
315 | setObjCGCAttr(type); |
316 | } |
317 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { |
318 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
319 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
320 | return qs; |
321 | } |
322 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { |
323 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
324 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); |
325 | return qs; |
326 | } |
327 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { |
328 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
329 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); |
330 | return qs; |
331 | } |
332 | |
333 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } |
334 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
335 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); |
336 | } |
337 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
338 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); |
339 | } |
340 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } |
341 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
342 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 342, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
343 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((!hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 343, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
344 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); |
345 | } |
346 | |
347 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. |
348 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
349 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
350 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); |
351 | } |
352 | |
353 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. |
354 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
355 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
356 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); |
357 | } |
358 | |
359 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } |
360 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { |
361 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); |
362 | } |
363 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { |
364 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); |
365 | } |
366 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. |
367 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { |
368 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); |
369 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific |
370 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider |
371 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. |
372 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 372, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
373 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) |
374 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); |
375 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed |
376 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default |
377 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). |
378 | return 0; |
379 | } |
380 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
381 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 381, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
382 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) |
383 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); |
384 | } |
385 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } |
386 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
387 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)((space != LangAS::Default) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 387, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
388 | setAddressSpace(space); |
389 | } |
390 | |
391 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly |
392 | // on a QualType object. |
393 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } |
394 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } |
395 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
396 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 396, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
397 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; |
398 | } |
399 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
400 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 400, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
401 | Mask &= ~mask; |
402 | } |
403 | void removeFastQualifiers() { |
404 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); |
405 | } |
406 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
407 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 407, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
408 | Mask |= mask; |
409 | } |
410 | |
411 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals |
412 | /// node to be allocated. |
413 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } |
414 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { |
415 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; |
416 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); |
417 | return Quals; |
418 | } |
419 | |
420 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. |
421 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } |
422 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } |
423 | |
424 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. |
425 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
426 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
427 | // bit-or it in. |
428 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
429 | Mask |= Q.Mask; |
430 | else { |
431 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
432 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) |
433 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); |
434 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) |
435 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); |
436 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) |
437 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); |
438 | } |
439 | } |
440 | |
441 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. |
442 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
443 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
444 | // bit-and the inverse in. |
445 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
446 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
447 | else { |
448 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
449 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) |
450 | removeObjCGCAttr(); |
451 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) |
452 | removeObjCLifetime(); |
453 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) |
454 | removeAddressSpace(); |
455 | } |
456 | } |
457 | |
458 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that |
459 | /// they don't conflict. |
460 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { |
461 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
462 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
463 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
464 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
465 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 466, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
466 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 466, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
467 | Mask |= qs.Mask; |
468 | } |
469 | |
470 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. |
471 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of |
472 | /// overlapping address spaces. |
473 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
474 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. |
475 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
476 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. |
477 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { |
478 | // Address spaces must match exactly. |
479 | return A == B || |
480 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except |
481 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. |
482 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) || |
483 | // We also define global_device and global_host address spaces, |
484 | // to distinguish global pointers allocated on host from pointers |
485 | // allocated on device, which are a subset of __global. |
486 | (A == LangAS::opencl_global && (B == LangAS::opencl_global_device || |
487 | B == LangAS::opencl_global_host)) || |
488 | // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default. |
489 | ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) && |
490 | (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default)); |
491 | } |
492 | |
493 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or |
494 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. |
495 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { |
496 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); |
497 | } |
498 | |
499 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. |
500 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other |
501 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. |
502 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { |
503 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && |
504 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't |
505 | // be changed. |
506 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || |
507 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && |
508 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. |
509 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && |
510 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. |
511 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && |
512 | // U qualifier may superset. |
513 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); |
514 | } |
515 | |
516 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of |
517 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. |
518 | /// |
519 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other |
520 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the |
521 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak |
522 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). |
523 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { |
524 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) |
525 | return true; |
526 | |
527 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) |
528 | return false; |
529 | |
530 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) |
531 | return true; |
532 | |
533 | return hasConst(); |
534 | } |
535 | |
536 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of |
537 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. |
538 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; |
539 | |
540 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } |
541 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } |
542 | |
543 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } |
544 | |
545 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { |
546 | addQualifiers(R); |
547 | return *this; |
548 | } |
549 | |
550 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears |
551 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. |
552 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
553 | L += R; |
554 | return L; |
555 | } |
556 | |
557 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { |
558 | removeQualifiers(R); |
559 | return *this; |
560 | } |
561 | |
562 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. |
563 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
564 | L -= R; |
565 | return L; |
566 | } |
567 | |
568 | std::string getAsString() const; |
569 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
570 | |
571 | static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS); |
572 | |
573 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
574 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
575 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; |
576 | |
577 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
578 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); |
579 | } |
580 | |
581 | private: |
582 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| |
583 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| |
584 | uint32_t Mask = 0; |
585 | |
586 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; |
587 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; |
588 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; |
589 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; |
590 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; |
591 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; |
592 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = |
593 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); |
594 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; |
595 | }; |
596 | |
597 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split |
598 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. |
599 | struct SplitQualType { |
600 | /// The locally-unqualified type. |
601 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; |
602 | |
603 | /// The local qualifiers. |
604 | Qualifiers Quals; |
605 | |
606 | SplitQualType() = default; |
607 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} |
608 | |
609 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file |
610 | |
611 | // Make std::tie work. |
612 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { |
613 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); |
614 | } |
615 | |
616 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
617 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; |
618 | } |
619 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
620 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; |
621 | } |
622 | }; |
623 | |
624 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. |
625 | /// |
626 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when |
627 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an |
628 | /// unspecialized type. |
629 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { |
630 | /// An ordinary type. |
631 | Ordinary, |
632 | |
633 | /// The result type of a method or function. |
634 | Result, |
635 | |
636 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. |
637 | Parameter, |
638 | |
639 | /// The type of a property. |
640 | Property, |
641 | |
642 | /// The superclass of a type. |
643 | Superclass, |
644 | }; |
645 | |
646 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. |
647 | /// |
648 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their |
649 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This |
650 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for |
651 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', |
652 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). |
653 | /// |
654 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we |
655 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the |
656 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a |
657 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit |
658 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which |
659 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. |
660 | class QualType { |
661 | friend class QualifierCollector; |
662 | |
663 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. |
664 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, |
665 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; |
666 | |
667 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { |
668 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); |
669 | } |
670 | |
671 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { |
672 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); |
673 | } |
674 | |
675 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { |
676 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 676, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
677 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); |
678 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); |
679 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); |
680 | } |
681 | |
682 | public: |
683 | QualType() = default; |
684 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
685 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
686 | |
687 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } |
688 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } |
689 | |
690 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. |
691 | /// |
692 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be |
693 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). |
694 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; |
695 | |
696 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; |
697 | |
698 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. |
699 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; |
700 | |
701 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local |
702 | /// qualifiers. |
703 | SplitQualType split() const; |
704 | |
705 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } |
706 | |
707 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { |
708 | QualType T; |
709 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); |
710 | return T; |
711 | } |
712 | |
713 | const Type &operator*() const { |
714 | return *getTypePtr(); |
715 | } |
716 | |
717 | const Type *operator->() const { |
718 | return getTypePtr(); |
719 | } |
720 | |
721 | bool isCanonical() const; |
722 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; |
723 | |
724 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. |
725 | bool isNull() const { |
726 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); |
727 | } |
728 | |
729 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
730 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
731 | /// added "const" at a different level. |
732 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { |
733 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); |
734 | } |
735 | |
736 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. |
737 | bool isConstQualified() const; |
738 | |
739 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
740 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
741 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. |
742 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { |
743 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); |
744 | } |
745 | |
746 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. |
747 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; |
748 | |
749 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
750 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
751 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. |
752 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { |
753 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); |
754 | } |
755 | |
756 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. |
757 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; |
758 | |
759 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
760 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add |
761 | /// qualifiers at a different level. |
762 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { |
763 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); |
764 | } |
765 | |
766 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. |
767 | bool hasQualifiers() const; |
768 | |
769 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
770 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType |
771 | /// instance. |
772 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { |
773 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); |
774 | } |
775 | |
776 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType |
777 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or |
778 | /// other sugar. |
779 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; |
780 | |
781 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. |
782 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; |
783 | |
784 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
785 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers |
786 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. |
787 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { |
788 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); |
789 | } |
790 | |
791 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
792 | /// applied to this type. |
793 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; |
794 | |
795 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { |
796 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); |
797 | } |
798 | |
799 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). |
800 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
801 | |
802 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 |
803 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
804 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
805 | |
806 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules |
807 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
808 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike |
809 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. |
810 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
811 | |
812 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
813 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
814 | |
815 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
816 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
817 | |
818 | |
819 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. |
820 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; |
821 | |
822 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. |
823 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; |
824 | |
825 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be |
826 | // easily added. |
827 | |
828 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. |
829 | void addConst() { |
830 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
831 | } |
832 | QualType withConst() const { |
833 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
834 | } |
835 | |
836 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. |
837 | void addVolatile() { |
838 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
839 | } |
840 | QualType withVolatile() const { |
841 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
842 | } |
843 | |
844 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. |
845 | void addRestrict() { |
846 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
847 | } |
848 | QualType withRestrict() const { |
849 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
850 | } |
851 | |
852 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { |
853 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); |
854 | } |
855 | |
856 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { |
857 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 858, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
858 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 858, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
859 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); |
860 | } |
861 | |
862 | void removeLocalConst(); |
863 | void removeLocalVolatile(); |
864 | void removeLocalRestrict(); |
865 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); |
866 | |
867 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } |
868 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
869 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 869, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
870 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); |
871 | } |
872 | |
873 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any |
874 | // qualifiers already on this type. |
875 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
876 | QualType T = *this; |
877 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); |
878 | return T; |
879 | } |
880 | |
881 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing |
882 | // any existing fast qualifiers. |
883 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
884 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); |
885 | } |
886 | |
887 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. |
888 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { |
889 | QualType T = *this; |
890 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); |
891 | return T; |
892 | } |
893 | |
894 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; |
895 | |
896 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers |
897 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied |
898 | /// through typedefs. |
899 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } |
900 | |
901 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, |
902 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. |
903 | /// |
904 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the |
905 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: |
906 | /// |
907 | /// \code |
908 | /// typedef int Integer; |
909 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; |
910 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; |
911 | /// \endcode |
912 | /// |
913 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will |
914 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. |
915 | /// |
916 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
917 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
918 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
919 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; |
920 | |
921 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little |
922 | /// sugar as possible. |
923 | /// |
924 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of |
925 | /// qualifiers that were built up. |
926 | /// |
927 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
928 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
929 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
930 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; |
931 | |
932 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other |
933 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
934 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; |
935 | |
936 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other |
937 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
938 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; |
939 | |
940 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; |
941 | |
942 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the |
943 | /// specified result type. |
944 | /// |
945 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is |
946 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily |
947 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no |
948 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers |
949 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). |
950 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
951 | |
952 | /// Remove an outer pack expansion type (if any) from this type. Used as part |
953 | /// of converting the type of a declaration to the type of an expression that |
954 | /// references that expression. It's meaningless for an expression to have a |
955 | /// pack expansion type. |
956 | QualType getNonPackExpansionType() const; |
957 | |
958 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from |
959 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of |
960 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar |
961 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For |
962 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is |
963 | /// concrete. |
964 | /// |
965 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. |
966 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
967 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); |
968 | } |
969 | |
970 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { |
971 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); |
972 | } |
973 | |
974 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from |
975 | /// the type. |
976 | /// |
977 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level |
978 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. |
979 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
980 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); |
981 | } |
982 | |
983 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any |
984 | /// outer-level parentheses. |
985 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { |
986 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) |
987 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); |
988 | return *this; |
989 | } |
990 | |
991 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. |
992 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
993 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; |
994 | } |
995 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
996 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; |
997 | } |
998 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
999 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; |
1000 | } |
1001 | |
1002 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, |
1003 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
1004 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); |
1005 | } |
1006 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1007 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
1008 | |
1009 | std::string getAsString() const; |
1010 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1011 | |
1012 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1013 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1014 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; |
1015 | |
1016 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, |
1017 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1018 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { |
1019 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1020 | } |
1021 | |
1022 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1023 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, |
1024 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1025 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
1026 | |
1027 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, |
1028 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1029 | |
1030 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, |
1031 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { |
1032 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); |
1033 | } |
1034 | |
1035 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1036 | std::string &out, |
1037 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); |
1038 | |
1039 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { |
1040 | const QualType &T; |
1041 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; |
1042 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; |
1043 | unsigned Indentation; |
1044 | |
1045 | public: |
1046 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1047 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) |
1048 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), |
1049 | Indentation(Indentation) {} |
1050 | |
1051 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
1052 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { |
1053 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); |
1054 | return OS; |
1055 | } |
1056 | }; |
1057 | |
1058 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1059 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1060 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { |
1061 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1062 | } |
1063 | |
1064 | void dump(const char *s) const; |
1065 | void dump() const; |
1066 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1067 | |
1068 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1069 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); |
1070 | } |
1071 | |
1072 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
1073 | inline bool hasAddressSpace() const; |
1074 | |
1075 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
1076 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; |
1077 | |
1078 | /// Returns true if address space qualifiers overlap with T address space |
1079 | /// qualifiers. |
1080 | /// OpenCL C defines conversion rules for pointers to different address spaces |
1081 | /// and notion of overlapping address spaces. |
1082 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
1083 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. |
1084 | /// OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.5 adds: |
1085 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. |
1086 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(QualType T) const { |
1087 | Qualifiers Q = getQualifiers(); |
1088 | Qualifiers TQ = T.getQualifiers(); |
1089 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another |
1090 | return Q.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(TQ) || TQ.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Q); |
1091 | } |
1092 | |
1093 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. |
1094 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; |
1095 | |
1096 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. |
1097 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { |
1098 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; |
1099 | } |
1100 | |
1101 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. |
1102 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { |
1103 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; |
1104 | } |
1105 | |
1106 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. |
1107 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1108 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); |
1109 | } |
1110 | |
1111 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
1112 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); |
1113 | } |
1114 | |
1115 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
1116 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); |
1117 | } |
1118 | |
1119 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. |
1120 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1121 | |
1122 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { |
1123 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1124 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1125 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1126 | PDIK_Trivial, |
1127 | |
1128 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1129 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1130 | PDIK_ARCStrong, |
1131 | |
1132 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1133 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1134 | PDIK_ARCWeak, |
1135 | |
1136 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. |
1137 | PDIK_Struct |
1138 | }; |
1139 | |
1140 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. |
1141 | |
1142 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1143 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize |
1144 | /// and return the kind. |
1145 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind |
1146 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; |
1147 | |
1148 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { |
1149 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1150 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1151 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1152 | PCK_Trivial, |
1153 | |
1154 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types |
1155 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be |
1156 | /// volatile-qualified. |
1157 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, |
1158 | |
1159 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1160 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1161 | PCK_ARCStrong, |
1162 | |
1163 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1164 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1165 | PCK_ARCWeak, |
1166 | |
1167 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither |
1168 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. |
1169 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying |
1170 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend |
1171 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by |
1172 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. |
1173 | PCK_Struct |
1174 | }; |
1175 | |
1176 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1177 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the |
1178 | /// kind. |
1179 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; |
1180 | |
1181 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1182 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively |
1183 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style |
1184 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state |
1185 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the |
1186 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. |
1187 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; |
1188 | |
1189 | enum DestructionKind { |
1190 | DK_none, |
1191 | DK_cxx_destructor, |
1192 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, |
1193 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, |
1194 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct |
1195 | }; |
1196 | |
1197 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require |
1198 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's |
1199 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make |
1200 | /// something require destruction. |
1201 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { |
1202 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); |
1203 | } |
1204 | |
1205 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to |
1206 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial |
1207 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, |
1208 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. |
1209 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; |
1210 | |
1211 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, |
1212 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If |
1213 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. |
1214 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; |
1215 | |
1216 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which |
1217 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns |
1218 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. |
1219 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; |
1220 | |
1221 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden |
1222 | /// from being lvalues in C. |
1223 | /// |
1224 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: |
1225 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void |
1226 | /// - function types |
1227 | /// |
1228 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: |
1229 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete |
1230 | /// type other than void. |
1231 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; |
1232 | |
1233 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the |
1234 | /// subject type. |
1235 | /// |
1236 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. |
1237 | /// |
1238 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the |
1239 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally |
1240 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type |
1241 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate |
1242 | /// for the context. |
1243 | /// |
1244 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1245 | /// |
1246 | /// \returns the resulting type. |
1247 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, |
1248 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
1249 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1250 | |
1251 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type |
1252 | /// parameters used in the subject type. |
1253 | /// |
1254 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for |
1255 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of |
1256 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of |
1257 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. |
1258 | /// |
1259 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're |
1260 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message |
1261 | /// or the base of a property access. |
1262 | /// |
1263 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was |
1264 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should |
1265 | /// be substituted. |
1266 | /// |
1267 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1268 | /// |
1269 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type |
1270 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. |
1271 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, |
1272 | const DeclContext *dc, |
1273 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1274 | |
1275 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. |
1276 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
1277 | |
1278 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. |
1279 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; |
1280 | |
1281 | private: |
1282 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; |
1283 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the |
1284 | // caller. |
1285 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); |
1286 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); |
1287 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); |
1288 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1289 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, |
1290 | const ASTContext &C); |
1291 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); |
1292 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1293 | |
1294 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. |
1295 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1296 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1297 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1298 | }; |
1299 | |
1300 | } // namespace clang |
1301 | |
1302 | namespace llvm { |
1303 | |
1304 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType |
1305 | /// to a specific Type class. |
1306 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { |
1307 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; |
1308 | |
1309 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { |
1310 | return Val.getTypePtr(); |
1311 | } |
1312 | }; |
1313 | |
1314 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". |
1315 | template<> |
1316 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { |
1317 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { |
1318 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
1319 | } |
1320 | |
1321 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
1322 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); |
1323 | } |
1324 | |
1325 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. |
1326 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = 0; |
1327 | }; |
1328 | |
1329 | } // namespace llvm |
1330 | |
1331 | namespace clang { |
1332 | |
1333 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type |
1334 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the |
1335 | /// two. |
1336 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1337 | friend class ExtQuals; |
1338 | friend class QualType; |
1339 | friend class Type; |
1340 | |
1341 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or |
1342 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). |
1343 | /// |
1344 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its |
1345 | /// underlying type pointer. |
1346 | const Type *const BaseType; |
1347 | |
1348 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. |
1349 | QualType CanonicalType; |
1350 | |
1351 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) |
1352 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} |
1353 | }; |
1354 | |
1355 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a |
1356 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want |
1357 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this |
1358 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to |
1359 | /// store qualifiers. |
1360 | /// |
1361 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers |
1362 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether |
1363 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, |
1364 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. |
1365 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
1366 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as |
1367 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. |
1368 | // 1. Qualifiers: |
1369 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). |
1370 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. |
1371 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. |
1372 | // 2. QualType: |
1373 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. |
1374 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of |
1375 | // this header. |
1376 | // 3. ASTContext: |
1377 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. |
1378 | |
1379 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains |
1380 | /// extended qualifiers. |
1381 | Qualifiers Quals; |
1382 | |
1383 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } |
1384 | |
1385 | public: |
1386 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) |
1387 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, |
1388 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), |
1389 | Quals(quals) { |
1390 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1391, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1391 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1391, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1392 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1393, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1393 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1393, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1394 | } |
1395 | |
1396 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } |
1397 | |
1398 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } |
1399 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } |
1400 | |
1401 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } |
1402 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1403 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); |
1404 | } |
1405 | |
1406 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } |
1407 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } |
1408 | |
1409 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
1410 | |
1411 | public: |
1412 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1413 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); |
1414 | } |
1415 | |
1416 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
1417 | const Type *BaseType, |
1418 | Qualifiers Quals) { |
1419 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1419, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1420 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); |
1421 | Quals.Profile(ID); |
1422 | } |
1423 | }; |
1424 | |
1425 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. |
1426 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an |
1427 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. |
1428 | enum RefQualifierKind { |
1429 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. |
1430 | RQ_None = 0, |
1431 | |
1432 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). |
1433 | RQ_LValue, |
1434 | |
1435 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). |
1436 | RQ_RValue |
1437 | }; |
1438 | |
1439 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. |
1440 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { |
1441 | /// auto |
1442 | Auto, |
1443 | |
1444 | /// decltype(auto) |
1445 | DecltypeAuto, |
1446 | |
1447 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) |
1448 | GNUAutoType |
1449 | }; |
1450 | |
1451 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. |
1452 | /// |
1453 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical |
1454 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out |
1455 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: |
1456 | /// |
1457 | /// typedef int foo; |
1458 | /// typedef foo* bar; |
1459 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' |
1460 | /// |
1461 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its |
1462 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a |
1463 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next |
1464 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is |
1465 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical |
1466 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type |
1467 | /// is also 'int*'. |
1468 | /// |
1469 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing |
1470 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type |
1471 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning |
1472 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), |
1473 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. |
1474 | /// |
1475 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. |
1476 | /// |
1477 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1478 | public: |
1479 | enum TypeClass { |
1480 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, |
1481 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class |
1482 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
1483 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
1484 | }; |
1485 | |
1486 | private: |
1487 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. |
1488 | class TypeBitfields { |
1489 | friend class Type; |
1490 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1491 | |
1492 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. |
1493 | unsigned TC : 8; |
1494 | |
1495 | /// Store information on the type dependency. |
1496 | unsigned Dependence : llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence>; |
1497 | |
1498 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with |
1499 | /// 'Cache') is valid. |
1500 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; |
1501 | |
1502 | /// Linkage of this type. |
1503 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; |
1504 | |
1505 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. |
1506 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; |
1507 | |
1508 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1509 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; |
1510 | |
1511 | bool isCacheValid() const { |
1512 | return CacheValid; |
1513 | } |
1514 | |
1515 | Linkage getLinkage() const { |
1516 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1516, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1517 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); |
1518 | } |
1519 | |
1520 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { |
1521 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1521, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1522 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; |
1523 | } |
1524 | }; |
1525 | enum { NumTypeBits = 8 + llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence> + 6 }; |
1526 | |
1527 | protected: |
1528 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields |
1529 | // into Type. |
1530 | |
1531 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { |
1532 | friend class ArrayType; |
1533 | |
1534 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1535 | |
1536 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like |
1537 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1538 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; |
1539 | |
1540 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like |
1541 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1542 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. |
1543 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; |
1544 | }; |
1545 | |
1546 | class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields { |
1547 | friend class ConstantArrayType; |
1548 | |
1549 | unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3; |
1550 | |
1551 | /// Whether we have a stored size expression. |
1552 | unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1; |
1553 | }; |
1554 | |
1555 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { |
1556 | friend class BuiltinType; |
1557 | |
1558 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1559 | |
1560 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. |
1561 | unsigned Kind : 8; |
1562 | }; |
1563 | |
1564 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. |
1565 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored |
1566 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. |
1567 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { |
1568 | friend class FunctionProtoType; |
1569 | friend class FunctionType; |
1570 | |
1571 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1572 | |
1573 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like |
1574 | /// regparm and the calling convention. |
1575 | unsigned ExtInfo : 13; |
1576 | |
1577 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. |
1578 | /// |
1579 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. |
1580 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; |
1581 | |
1582 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the |
1583 | /// other bitfields. |
1584 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... |
1585 | /// |
1586 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the |
1587 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. |
1588 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; |
1589 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. |
1590 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; |
1591 | |
1592 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. |
1593 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is |
1594 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to |
1595 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. |
1596 | unsigned NumParams : 16; |
1597 | |
1598 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. |
1599 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; |
1600 | |
1601 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. |
1602 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; |
1603 | |
1604 | /// Whether the function is variadic. |
1605 | unsigned Variadic : 1; |
1606 | |
1607 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. |
1608 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
1609 | }; |
1610 | |
1611 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { |
1612 | friend class ObjCObjectType; |
1613 | |
1614 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1615 | |
1616 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. |
1617 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; |
1618 | |
1619 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. |
1620 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
1621 | |
1622 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. |
1623 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; |
1624 | }; |
1625 | |
1626 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { |
1627 | friend class ReferenceType; |
1628 | |
1629 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1630 | |
1631 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. |
1632 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false |
1633 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, |
1634 | /// as follows: |
1635 | /// |
1636 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue |
1637 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue |
1638 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1639 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref |
1640 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1641 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref |
1642 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; |
1643 | |
1644 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens |
1645 | /// in non-canonical forms. |
1646 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; |
1647 | }; |
1648 | |
1649 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { |
1650 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; |
1651 | |
1652 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1653 | |
1654 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. |
1655 | unsigned Keyword : 8; |
1656 | }; |
1657 | |
1658 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; |
1659 | |
1660 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { |
1661 | friend class ElaboratedType; |
1662 | |
1663 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1664 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1665 | |
1666 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. |
1667 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; |
1668 | }; |
1669 | |
1670 | class VectorTypeBitfields { |
1671 | friend class VectorType; |
1672 | friend class DependentVectorType; |
1673 | |
1674 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1675 | |
1676 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some |
1677 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. |
1678 | unsigned VecKind : 3; |
1679 | /// The number of elements in the vector. |
1680 | uint32_t NumElements; |
1681 | }; |
1682 | |
1683 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { |
1684 | friend class AttributedType; |
1685 | |
1686 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1687 | |
1688 | /// An AttributedType::Kind |
1689 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; |
1690 | }; |
1691 | |
1692 | class AutoTypeBitfields { |
1693 | friend class AutoType; |
1694 | |
1695 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1696 | |
1697 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', |
1698 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. |
1699 | unsigned Keyword : 2; |
1700 | |
1701 | /// The number of template arguments in the type-constraints, which is |
1702 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1703 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1704 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1705 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1706 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1707 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1708 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1709 | }; |
1710 | |
1711 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { |
1712 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; |
1713 | |
1714 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1715 | |
1716 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is |
1717 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1718 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1719 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1720 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1721 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1722 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1723 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1724 | }; |
1725 | |
1726 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1727 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; |
1728 | |
1729 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1730 | |
1731 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. |
1732 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; |
1733 | |
1734 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1735 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1736 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1737 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1738 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1739 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1740 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1741 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1742 | }; |
1743 | |
1744 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1745 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; |
1746 | |
1747 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1748 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1749 | |
1750 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1751 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1752 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1753 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1754 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1755 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1756 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1757 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1758 | }; |
1759 | |
1760 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { |
1761 | friend class PackExpansionType; |
1762 | |
1763 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1764 | |
1765 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
1766 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to |
1767 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit |
1768 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to |
1769 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a |
1770 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so |
1771 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1772 | /// |
1773 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter |
1774 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others |
1775 | /// have not. |
1776 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
1777 | }; |
1778 | |
1779 | union { |
1780 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; |
1781 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; |
1782 | ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits; |
1783 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; |
1784 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; |
1785 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; |
1786 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; |
1787 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; |
1788 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; |
1789 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; |
1790 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; |
1791 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; |
1792 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; |
1793 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1794 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields |
1795 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1796 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; |
1797 | }; |
1798 | |
1799 | private: |
1800 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1801 | |
1802 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1803 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { |
1804 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; |
1805 | } |
1806 | |
1807 | protected: |
1808 | friend class ASTContext; |
1809 | |
1810 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, TypeDependence Dependence) |
1811 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, |
1812 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { |
1813 | static_assert(sizeof(*this) <= 8 + sizeof(ExtQualsTypeCommonBase), |
1814 | "changing bitfields changed sizeof(Type)!"); |
1815 | static_assert(alignof(decltype(*this)) % sizeof(void *) == 0, |
1816 | "Insufficient alignment!"); |
1817 | TypeBits.TC = tc; |
1818 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(Dependence); |
1819 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; |
1820 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; |
1821 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; |
1822 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; |
1823 | } |
1824 | |
1825 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list |
1826 | Type *this_() { return this; } |
1827 | |
1828 | void setDependence(TypeDependence D) { |
1829 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(D); |
1830 | } |
1831 | |
1832 | void addDependence(TypeDependence D) { setDependence(getDependence() | D); } |
1833 | |
1834 | public: |
1835 | friend class ASTReader; |
1836 | friend class ASTWriter; |
1837 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
1838 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter; |
1839 | |
1840 | Type(const Type &) = delete; |
1841 | Type(Type &&) = delete; |
1842 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; |
1843 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; |
1844 | |
1845 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } |
1846 | |
1847 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1848 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } |
1849 | |
1850 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter |
1851 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. |
1852 | /// |
1853 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the |
1854 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the |
1855 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': |
1856 | /// |
1857 | /// \code |
1858 | /// template<typename ...T> |
1859 | /// struct X { |
1860 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. |
1861 | /// }; |
1862 | /// \endcode |
1863 | /// |
1864 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which |
1865 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
1866 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack; |
1867 | } |
1868 | |
1869 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further |
1870 | /// qualification. |
1871 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { |
1872 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); |
1873 | } |
1874 | |
1875 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. |
1876 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() |
1877 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). |
1878 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; |
1879 | |
1880 | /// As an extension, we classify types as one of "sized" or "sizeless"; |
1881 | /// every type is one or the other. Standard types are all sized; |
1882 | /// sizeless types are purely an extension. |
1883 | /// |
1884 | /// Sizeless types contain data with no specified size, alignment, |
1885 | /// or layout. |
1886 | bool isSizelessType() const; |
1887 | bool isSizelessBuiltinType() const; |
1888 | |
1889 | /// Determines if this is a sizeless type supported by the |
1890 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute, which can be applied to a single |
1891 | /// SVE vector or predicate, excluding tuple types such as svint32x4_t. |
1892 | bool isVLSTBuiltinType() const; |
1893 | |
1894 | /// Returns the representative type for the element of an SVE builtin type. |
1895 | /// This is used to represent fixed-length SVE vectors created with the |
1896 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute as VectorType. |
1897 | QualType getSveEltType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1898 | |
1899 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): |
1900 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. |
1901 | |
1902 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. |
1903 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to |
1904 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this |
1905 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. |
1906 | /// |
1907 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration |
1908 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C |
1909 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. |
1910 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; |
1911 | |
1912 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object |
1913 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. |
1914 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { |
1915 | return !isFunctionType(); |
1916 | } |
1917 | |
1918 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. |
1919 | bool isObjectType() const { |
1920 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: |
1921 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a |
1922 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. |
1923 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); |
1924 | } |
1925 | |
1926 | /// Return true if this is a literal type |
1927 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) |
1928 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1929 | |
1930 | /// Determine if this type is a structural type, per C++20 [temp.param]p7. |
1931 | bool isStructuralType() const; |
1932 | |
1933 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. |
1934 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) |
1935 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; |
1936 | |
1937 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates |
1938 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1939 | |
1940 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. |
1941 | bool isBuiltinType() const; |
1942 | |
1943 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. |
1944 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; |
1945 | |
1946 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but |
1947 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within |
1948 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. |
1949 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; |
1950 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; |
1951 | |
1952 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. |
1953 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; |
1954 | |
1955 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see |
1956 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. |
1957 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; |
1958 | |
1959 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1960 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1961 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) |
1962 | bool isEnumeralType() const; |
1963 | |
1964 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. |
1965 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; |
1966 | bool isBooleanType() const; |
1967 | bool isCharType() const; |
1968 | bool isWideCharType() const; |
1969 | bool isChar8Type() const; |
1970 | bool isChar16Type() const; |
1971 | bool isChar32Type() const; |
1972 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; |
1973 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1974 | |
1975 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. |
1976 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; |
1977 | |
1978 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
1979 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1980 | bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1981 | |
1982 | /// Floating point categories. |
1983 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) |
1984 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1985 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1986 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) |
1987 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. |
1988 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) |
1989 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) |
1990 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 |
1991 | bool isBFloat16Type() const; |
1992 | bool isFloat128Type() const; |
1993 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) |
1994 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) |
1995 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 |
1996 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) |
1997 | bool isAggregateType() const; |
1998 | bool isFundamentalType() const; |
1999 | bool isCompoundType() const; |
2000 | |
2001 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified |
2002 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
2003 | bool isFunctionType() const; |
2004 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } |
2005 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } |
2006 | bool isPointerType() const; |
2007 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer |
2008 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; |
2009 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; |
2010 | bool isReferenceType() const; |
2011 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; |
2012 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; |
2013 | bool isObjectPointerType() const; |
2014 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; |
2015 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; |
2016 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; |
2017 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; |
2018 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; |
2019 | bool isArrayType() const; |
2020 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; |
2021 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; |
2022 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; |
2023 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; |
2024 | bool isRecordType() const; |
2025 | bool isClassType() const; |
2026 | bool isStructureType() const; |
2027 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; |
2028 | bool isInterfaceType() const; |
2029 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; |
2030 | bool isUnionType() const; |
2031 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. |
2032 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. |
2033 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. |
2034 | bool isMatrixType() const; // Matrix type. |
2035 | bool isConstantMatrixType() const; // Constant matrix type. |
2036 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier |
2037 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object |
2038 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer |
2039 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type |
2040 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type |
2041 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) |
2042 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) |
2043 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type |
2044 | // for the common case. |
2045 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) |
2046 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> |
2047 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> |
2048 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> |
2049 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; |
2050 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id |
2051 | bool isDecltypeType() const; |
2052 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained |
2053 | /// qualifier? |
2054 | /// |
2055 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this |
2056 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified |
2057 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? |
2058 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { |
2059 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); |
2060 | } |
2061 | |
2062 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an |
2063 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id |
2064 | /// <NSCopying>. |
2065 | /// |
2066 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, |
2067 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or |
2068 | /// null for 'id. |
2069 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, |
2070 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; |
2071 | |
2072 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class |
2073 | |
2074 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an |
2075 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. |
2076 | /// |
2077 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound |
2078 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class |
2079 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". |
2080 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; |
2081 | |
2082 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; |
2083 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class |
2084 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' |
2085 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; |
2086 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; |
2087 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter |
2088 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t |
2089 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t |
2090 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t |
2091 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte |
2092 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() |
2093 | bool isUndeducedAutoType() const; // C++11 auto or |
2094 | // C++14 decltype(auto) |
2095 | |
2096 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
2097 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2098 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2099 | |
2100 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type |
2101 | |
2102 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t |
2103 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t |
2104 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t |
2105 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t |
2106 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t |
2107 | |
2108 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
2109 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2110 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2111 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension |
2112 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; |
2113 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type |
2114 | |
2115 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type |
2116 | bool isExtIntType() const; // Extended Int Type |
2117 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type |
2118 | |
2119 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy |
2120 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather |
2121 | /// than implicitly __strong. |
2122 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; |
2123 | |
2124 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin surface type. |
2125 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() const; |
2126 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin texture type. |
2127 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType() const; |
2128 | |
2129 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. |
2130 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; |
2131 | |
2132 | enum ScalarTypeKind { |
2133 | STK_CPointer, |
2134 | STK_BlockPointer, |
2135 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, |
2136 | STK_MemberPointer, |
2137 | STK_Bool, |
2138 | STK_Integral, |
2139 | STK_Floating, |
2140 | STK_IntegralComplex, |
2141 | STK_FloatingComplex, |
2142 | STK_FixedPoint |
2143 | }; |
2144 | |
2145 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. |
2146 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; |
2147 | |
2148 | TypeDependence getDependence() const { |
2149 | return static_cast<TypeDependence>(TypeBits.Dependence); |
2150 | } |
2151 | |
2152 | /// Whether this type is an error type. |
2153 | bool containsErrors() const { |
2154 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Error; |
2155 | } |
2156 | |
2157 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition |
2158 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
2159 | bool isDependentType() const { |
2160 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Dependent; |
2161 | } |
2162 | |
2163 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, |
2164 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the |
2165 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that |
2166 | /// template parameter). |
2167 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { |
2168 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Instantiation; |
2169 | } |
2170 | |
2171 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that |
2172 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been |
2173 | /// deduced. |
2174 | bool isUndeducedType() const; |
2175 | |
2176 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
2177 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { |
2178 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::VariablyModified; |
2179 | } |
2180 | |
2181 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type |
2182 | /// with a definite size. |
2183 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; |
2184 | |
2185 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. |
2186 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; |
2187 | |
2188 | bool isOverloadableType() const; |
2189 | |
2190 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. |
2191 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; |
2192 | |
2193 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; |
2194 | |
2195 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes |
2196 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, |
2197 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. |
2198 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; |
2199 | |
2200 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the |
2201 | /// purpose of GC'ability |
2202 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; |
2203 | |
2204 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation |
2205 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. |
2206 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2207 | |
2208 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation |
2209 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. |
2210 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2211 | |
2212 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation |
2213 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. |
2214 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2215 | |
2216 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation |
2217 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. |
2218 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; |
2219 | |
2220 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the |
2221 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to |
2222 | // the best type we can. |
2223 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; |
2224 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. |
2225 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; |
2226 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. |
2227 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; |
2228 | |
2229 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType |
2230 | // for object declared using an interface. |
2231 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; |
2232 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; |
2233 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; |
2234 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; |
2235 | |
2236 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either |
2237 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2238 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2239 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2240 | |
2241 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. |
2242 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; |
2243 | |
2244 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either |
2245 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2246 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2247 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; |
2248 | |
2249 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the |
2250 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. |
2251 | /// |
2252 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does |
2253 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. |
2254 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2255 | |
2256 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2257 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2258 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2259 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; |
2260 | |
2261 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2262 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2263 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2264 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { |
2265 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); |
2266 | } |
2267 | |
2268 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' |
2269 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested |
2270 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). |
2271 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; |
2272 | |
2273 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for |
2274 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually |
2275 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. |
2276 | /// |
2277 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed |
2278 | /// immediately following this class. |
2279 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; |
2280 | |
2281 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds |
2282 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. |
2283 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some |
2284 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> |
2285 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. |
2286 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; |
2287 | |
2288 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards |
2289 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2290 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2291 | |
2292 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for |
2293 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. |
2294 | /// |
2295 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has |
2296 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* |
2297 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. |
2298 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; |
2299 | |
2300 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards |
2301 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2302 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2303 | |
2304 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it |
2305 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). |
2306 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; |
2307 | |
2308 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type |
2309 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers |
2310 | /// are meaningful. |
2311 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; |
2312 | |
2313 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, |
2314 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. |
2315 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2316 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; |
2317 | |
2318 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. |
2319 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. |
2320 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2321 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; |
2322 | |
2323 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block |
2324 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. |
2325 | QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2326 | |
2327 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, |
2328 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. |
2329 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; |
2330 | |
2331 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion |
2332 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 |
2333 | |
2334 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2335 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], |
2336 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. |
2337 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; |
2338 | |
2339 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2340 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], |
2341 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. |
2342 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; |
2343 | |
2344 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an |
2345 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. |
2346 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2347 | |
2348 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an |
2349 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. |
2350 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2351 | |
2352 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to |
2353 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. |
2354 | bool isFixedPointType() const; |
2355 | |
2356 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. |
2357 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; |
2358 | |
2359 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2360 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2361 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2362 | |
2363 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2364 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2365 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2366 | |
2367 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according |
2368 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2369 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; |
2370 | |
2371 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according |
2372 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2373 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; |
2374 | |
2375 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, |
2376 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on |
2377 | /// incomplete types. |
2378 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; |
2379 | |
2380 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some |
2381 | /// set of type specifiers. |
2382 | bool isSpecifierType() const; |
2383 | |
2384 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. |
2385 | Linkage getLinkage() const; |
2386 | |
2387 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. |
2388 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
2389 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
2390 | } |
2391 | |
2392 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. |
2393 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { |
2394 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); |
2395 | } |
2396 | |
2397 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. |
2398 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
2399 | |
2400 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
2401 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
2402 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
2403 | |
2404 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. |
2405 | /// |
2406 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type |
2407 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will |
2408 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. |
2409 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; |
2410 | |
2411 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability |
2412 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. |
2413 | /// |
2414 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether |
2415 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. |
2416 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; |
2417 | |
2418 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member |
2419 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. |
2420 | /// |
2421 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the |
2422 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is |
2423 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. |
2424 | /// |
2425 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a |
2426 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, |
2427 | /// category, or method within. |
2428 | /// |
2429 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for |
2430 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described |
2431 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no |
2432 | /// substitution is required. |
2433 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> |
2434 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; |
2435 | |
2436 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type |
2437 | /// parameters. |
2438 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; |
2439 | |
2440 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; |
2441 | |
2442 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { |
2443 | return CanonicalType; |
2444 | } |
2445 | |
2446 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h |
2447 | void dump() const; |
2448 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; |
2449 | }; |
2450 | |
2451 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar |
2452 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. |
2453 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; |
2454 | |
2455 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any |
2456 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a |
2457 | /// non-sugared type. |
2458 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; |
2459 | |
2460 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar |
2461 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. |
2462 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; |
2463 | |
2464 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to |
2465 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. |
2466 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
2467 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ |
2468 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ |
2469 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2470 | } \ |
2471 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ |
2472 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2473 | } |
2474 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
2475 | |
2476 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin |
2477 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. |
2478 | class BuiltinType : public Type { |
2479 | public: |
2480 | enum Kind { |
2481 | // OpenCL image types |
2482 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, |
2483 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2484 | // OpenCL extension types |
2485 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, |
2486 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2487 | // SVE Types |
2488 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2489 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
2490 | // PPC MMA Types |
2491 | #define PPC_MMA_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) Id, |
2492 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" |
2493 | // All other builtin types |
2494 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2495 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id |
2496 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
2497 | }; |
2498 | |
2499 | private: |
2500 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2501 | |
2502 | BuiltinType(Kind K) |
2503 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), |
2504 | K == Dependent ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
2505 | : TypeDependence::None) { |
2506 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; |
2507 | } |
2508 | |
2509 | public: |
2510 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } |
2511 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
2512 | |
2513 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { |
2514 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. |
2515 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); |
2516 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0') ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2516, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2517 | return str.data(); |
2518 | } |
2519 | |
2520 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2521 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2522 | |
2523 | bool isInteger() const { |
2524 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; |
2525 | } |
2526 | |
2527 | bool isSignedInteger() const { |
2528 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; |
2529 | } |
2530 | |
2531 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { |
2532 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; |
2533 | } |
2534 | |
2535 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { |
2536 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128; |
2537 | } |
2538 | |
2539 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. |
2540 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { |
2541 | return K >= Overload; |
2542 | } |
2543 | |
2544 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type |
2545 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed |
2546 | /// expression. |
2547 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { |
2548 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); |
2549 | } |
2550 | |
2551 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than |
2552 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic |
2553 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. |
2554 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and |
2555 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. |
2556 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information |
2557 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a |
2558 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need |
2559 | /// special treatment. |
2560 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
2561 | return getKind() > Overload; |
2562 | } |
2563 | |
2564 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } |
2565 | }; |
2566 | |
2567 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex |
2568 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. |
2569 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2570 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2571 | |
2572 | QualType ElementType; |
2573 | |
2574 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2575 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->getDependence()), |
2576 | ElementType(Element) {} |
2577 | |
2578 | public: |
2579 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2580 | |
2581 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2582 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2583 | |
2584 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2585 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); |
2586 | } |
2587 | |
2588 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { |
2589 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2590 | } |
2591 | |
2592 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } |
2593 | }; |
2594 | |
2595 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. |
2596 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2597 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2598 | |
2599 | QualType Inner; |
2600 | |
2601 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) |
2602 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->getDependence()), Inner(InnerType) {} |
2603 | |
2604 | public: |
2605 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } |
2606 | |
2607 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2608 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } |
2609 | |
2610 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2611 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); |
2612 | } |
2613 | |
2614 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { |
2615 | Inner.Profile(ID); |
2616 | } |
2617 | |
2618 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } |
2619 | }; |
2620 | |
2621 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. |
2622 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2623 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2624 | |
2625 | QualType PointeeType; |
2626 | |
2627 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2628 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->getDependence()), |
2629 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2630 | |
2631 | public: |
2632 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2633 | |
2634 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2635 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2636 | |
2637 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2638 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2639 | } |
2640 | |
2641 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2642 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2643 | } |
2644 | |
2645 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } |
2646 | }; |
2647 | |
2648 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic |
2649 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can |
2650 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. |
2651 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2652 | QualType OriginalTy; |
2653 | QualType AdjustedTy; |
2654 | |
2655 | protected: |
2656 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2657 | |
2658 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, |
2659 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2660 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->getDependence()), |
2661 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} |
2662 | |
2663 | public: |
2664 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } |
2665 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2666 | |
2667 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2668 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2669 | |
2670 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2671 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); |
2672 | } |
2673 | |
2674 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { |
2675 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2676 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2677 | } |
2678 | |
2679 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2680 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; |
2681 | } |
2682 | }; |
2683 | |
2684 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. |
2685 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { |
2686 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2687 | |
2688 | inline |
2689 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); |
2690 | |
2691 | public: |
2692 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } |
2693 | |
2694 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2695 | |
2696 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } |
2697 | }; |
2698 | |
2699 | /// Pointer to a block type. |
2700 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as |
2701 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2702 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2703 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2704 | |
2705 | // Block is some kind of pointer type |
2706 | QualType PointeeType; |
2707 | |
2708 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) |
2709 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->getDependence()), |
2710 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2711 | |
2712 | public: |
2713 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2714 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2715 | |
2716 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2717 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2718 | |
2719 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2720 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2721 | } |
2722 | |
2723 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2724 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2725 | } |
2726 | |
2727 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2728 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; |
2729 | } |
2730 | }; |
2731 | |
2732 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType |
2733 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2734 | QualType PointeeType; |
2735 | |
2736 | protected: |
2737 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2738 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2739 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->getDependence()), |
2740 | PointeeType(Referencee) { |
2741 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; |
2742 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); |
2743 | } |
2744 | |
2745 | public: |
2746 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } |
2747 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } |
2748 | |
2749 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } |
2750 | |
2751 | QualType getPointeeType() const { |
2752 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? |
2753 | const ReferenceType *T = this; |
2754 | while (T->isInnerRef()) |
2755 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); |
2756 | return T->PointeeType; |
2757 | } |
2758 | |
2759 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2760 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); |
2761 | } |
2762 | |
2763 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
2764 | QualType Referencee, |
2765 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { |
2766 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2767 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); |
2768 | } |
2769 | |
2770 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2771 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || |
2772 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2773 | } |
2774 | }; |
2775 | |
2776 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2777 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2778 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2779 | |
2780 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2781 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2782 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, |
2783 | SpelledAsLValue) {} |
2784 | |
2785 | public: |
2786 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2787 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2788 | |
2789 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2790 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; |
2791 | } |
2792 | }; |
2793 | |
2794 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2795 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2796 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2797 | |
2798 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) |
2799 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} |
2800 | |
2801 | public: |
2802 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2803 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2804 | |
2805 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2806 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2807 | } |
2808 | }; |
2809 | |
2810 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. |
2811 | /// |
2812 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. |
2813 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2814 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2815 | |
2816 | QualType PointeeType; |
2817 | |
2818 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a |
2819 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. |
2820 | const Type *Class; |
2821 | |
2822 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2823 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, |
2824 | (Cls->getDependence() & ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified) | |
2825 | Pointee->getDependence()), |
2826 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} |
2827 | |
2828 | public: |
2829 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2830 | |
2831 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2832 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. |
2833 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { |
2834 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2835 | } |
2836 | |
2837 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2838 | /// data type rather than a function type. |
2839 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { |
2840 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2841 | } |
2842 | |
2843 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } |
2844 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2845 | |
2846 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2847 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2848 | |
2849 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2850 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); |
2851 | } |
2852 | |
2853 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, |
2854 | const Type *Class) { |
2855 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2856 | ID.AddPointer(Class); |
2857 | } |
2858 | |
2859 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2860 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; |
2861 | } |
2862 | }; |
2863 | |
2864 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. |
2865 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2866 | public: |
2867 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) |
2868 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array |
2869 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). |
2870 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. |
2871 | enum ArraySizeModifier { |
2872 | Normal, Static, Star |
2873 | }; |
2874 | |
2875 | private: |
2876 | /// The element type of the array. |
2877 | QualType ElementType; |
2878 | |
2879 | protected: |
2880 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2881 | |
2882 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, |
2883 | unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr); |
2884 | |
2885 | public: |
2886 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2887 | |
2888 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { |
2889 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); |
2890 | } |
2891 | |
2892 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { |
2893 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2894 | } |
2895 | |
2896 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { |
2897 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; |
2898 | } |
2899 | |
2900 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2901 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || |
2902 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || |
2903 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || |
2904 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
2905 | } |
2906 | }; |
2907 | |
2908 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. |
2909 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a |
2910 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. |
2911 | class ConstantArrayType final |
2912 | : public ArrayType, |
2913 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> { |
2914 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2915 | friend TrailingObjects; |
2916 | |
2917 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. |
2918 | |
2919 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, |
2920 | const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2921 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) { |
2922 | ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr; |
2923 | if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) { |
2924 | assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")((!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!can.isNull() && \"canonical constant array should not have size\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2924, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2925 | *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz; |
2926 | } |
2927 | } |
2928 | |
2929 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const { |
2930 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr; |
2931 | } |
2932 | |
2933 | public: |
2934 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } |
2935 | const Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
2936 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr |
2937 | ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>() |
2938 | : nullptr; |
2939 | } |
2940 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2941 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2942 | |
2943 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of |
2944 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. |
2945 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, |
2946 | QualType ElementType, |
2947 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); |
2948 | |
2949 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size |
2950 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. |
2951 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); |
2952 | |
2953 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
2954 | Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(), |
2955 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2956 | } |
2957 | |
2958 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2959 | QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, |
2960 | const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
2961 | unsigned TypeQuals); |
2962 | |
2963 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2964 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; |
2965 | } |
2966 | }; |
2967 | |
2968 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has |
2969 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is |
2970 | /// unspecified. |
2971 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2972 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2973 | |
2974 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, |
2975 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2976 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {} |
2977 | |
2978 | public: |
2979 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
2980 | |
2981 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2982 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2983 | |
2984 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2985 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; |
2986 | } |
2987 | |
2988 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2989 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), |
2990 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2991 | } |
2992 | |
2993 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
2994 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { |
2995 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2996 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
2997 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
2998 | } |
2999 | }; |
3000 | |
3001 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an |
3002 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. |
3003 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. |
3004 | /// |
3005 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and |
3006 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean |
3007 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type |
3008 | /// dynamically: |
3009 | /// |
3010 | /// void foo(int x) { |
3011 | /// int Y[x]; |
3012 | /// ++x; |
3013 | /// int Z[x]; |
3014 | /// } |
3015 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3016 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3017 | |
3018 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within |
3019 | /// a function block. |
3020 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3021 | |
3022 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3023 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3024 | |
3025 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, |
3026 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3027 | SourceRange brackets) |
3028 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e), |
3029 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} |
3030 | |
3031 | public: |
3032 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3033 | |
3034 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3035 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3036 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3037 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3038 | } |
3039 | |
3040 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3041 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3042 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3043 | |
3044 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3045 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3046 | |
3047 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3048 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; |
3049 | } |
3050 | |
3051 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3052 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3052); |
3053 | } |
3054 | }; |
3055 | |
3056 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. |
3057 | /// |
3058 | /// For example: |
3059 | /// \code |
3060 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3061 | /// class array { |
3062 | /// T data[Size]; |
3063 | /// }; |
3064 | /// \endcode |
3065 | /// |
3066 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is |
3067 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will |
3068 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. |
3069 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3070 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3071 | |
3072 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3073 | |
3074 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the |
3075 | /// size of the array. |
3076 | /// |
3077 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array |
3078 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. |
3079 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3080 | |
3081 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3082 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3083 | |
3084 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, |
3085 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3086 | SourceRange brackets); |
3087 | |
3088 | public: |
3089 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3090 | |
3091 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3092 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3093 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3094 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3095 | } |
3096 | |
3097 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3098 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3099 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3100 | |
3101 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3102 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3103 | |
3104 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3105 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
3106 | } |
3107 | |
3108 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3109 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), |
3110 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); |
3111 | } |
3112 | |
3113 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3114 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
3115 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); |
3116 | }; |
3117 | |
3118 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space |
3119 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a |
3120 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. |
3121 | /// |
3122 | /// For example: |
3123 | /// \code |
3124 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> |
3125 | /// class AddressSpace { |
3126 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; |
3127 | /// } |
3128 | /// \endcode |
3129 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3130 | friend class ASTContext; |
3131 | |
3132 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3133 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; |
3134 | QualType PointeeType; |
3135 | SourceLocation loc; |
3136 | |
3137 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, |
3138 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, |
3139 | SourceLocation loc); |
3140 | |
3141 | public: |
3142 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } |
3143 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
3144 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3145 | |
3146 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3147 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3148 | |
3149 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3150 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; |
3151 | } |
3152 | |
3153 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3154 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); |
3155 | } |
3156 | |
3157 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3158 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); |
3159 | }; |
3160 | |
3161 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is |
3162 | /// dependent. |
3163 | /// |
3164 | /// For example: |
3165 | /// \code |
3166 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3167 | /// class vector { |
3168 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; |
3169 | /// } |
3170 | /// \endcode |
3171 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3172 | friend class ASTContext; |
3173 | |
3174 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3175 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3176 | |
3177 | /// The element type of the array. |
3178 | QualType ElementType; |
3179 | |
3180 | SourceLocation loc; |
3181 | |
3182 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3183 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3184 | |
3185 | public: |
3186 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3187 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3188 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3189 | |
3190 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3191 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3192 | |
3193 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3194 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; |
3195 | } |
3196 | |
3197 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3198 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); |
3199 | } |
3200 | |
3201 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3202 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); |
3203 | }; |
3204 | |
3205 | |
3206 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using |
3207 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in |
3208 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. |
3209 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the |
3210 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. |
3211 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3212 | public: |
3213 | enum VectorKind { |
3214 | /// not a target-specific vector type |
3215 | GenericVector, |
3216 | |
3217 | /// is AltiVec vector |
3218 | AltiVecVector, |
3219 | |
3220 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' |
3221 | AltiVecPixel, |
3222 | |
3223 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' |
3224 | AltiVecBool, |
3225 | |
3226 | /// is ARM Neon vector |
3227 | NeonVector, |
3228 | |
3229 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector |
3230 | NeonPolyVector, |
3231 | |
3232 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length data vector |
3233 | SveFixedLengthDataVector, |
3234 | |
3235 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length predicate vector |
3236 | SveFixedLengthPredicateVector |
3237 | }; |
3238 | |
3239 | protected: |
3240 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3241 | |
3242 | /// The element type of the vector. |
3243 | QualType ElementType; |
3244 | |
3245 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, |
3246 | VectorKind vecKind); |
3247 | |
3248 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, |
3249 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); |
3250 | |
3251 | public: |
3252 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3253 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } |
3254 | |
3255 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3256 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3257 | |
3258 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3259 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3260 | } |
3261 | |
3262 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3263 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), |
3264 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); |
3265 | } |
3266 | |
3267 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3268 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, |
3269 | VectorKind VecKind) { |
3270 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3271 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); |
3272 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3273 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); |
3274 | } |
3275 | |
3276 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3277 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3278 | } |
3279 | }; |
3280 | |
3281 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. |
3282 | //// |
3283 | /// For example: |
3284 | /// \code |
3285 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3286 | /// class vector { |
3287 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; |
3288 | /// } |
3289 | /// \endcode |
3290 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3291 | friend class ASTContext; |
3292 | |
3293 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3294 | QualType ElementType; |
3295 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3296 | SourceLocation Loc; |
3297 | |
3298 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3299 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, |
3300 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); |
3301 | |
3302 | public: |
3303 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3304 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3305 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } |
3306 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3307 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3308 | } |
3309 | |
3310 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3311 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3312 | |
3313 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3314 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; |
3315 | } |
3316 | |
3317 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3318 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); |
3319 | } |
3320 | |
3321 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3322 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, |
3323 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); |
3324 | }; |
3325 | |
3326 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using |
3327 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. |
3328 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This |
3329 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing |
3330 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL |
3331 | /// Shading Language). |
3332 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { |
3333 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3334 | |
3335 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) |
3336 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} |
3337 | |
3338 | public: |
3339 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3340 | switch (c) { |
3341 | default: return -1; |
3342 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; |
3343 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; |
3344 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; |
3345 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; |
3346 | } |
3347 | } |
3348 | |
3349 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3350 | switch (c) { |
3351 | default: return -1; |
3352 | case '0': return 0; |
3353 | case '1': return 1; |
3354 | case '2': return 2; |
3355 | case '3': return 3; |
3356 | case '4': return 4; |
3357 | case '5': return 5; |
3358 | case '6': return 6; |
3359 | case '7': return 7; |
3360 | case '8': return 8; |
3361 | case '9': return 9; |
3362 | case 'A': |
3363 | case 'a': return 10; |
3364 | case 'B': |
3365 | case 'b': return 11; |
3366 | case 'C': |
3367 | case 'c': return 12; |
3368 | case 'D': |
3369 | case 'd': return 13; |
3370 | case 'E': |
3371 | case 'e': return 14; |
3372 | case 'F': |
3373 | case 'f': return 15; |
3374 | } |
3375 | } |
3376 | |
3377 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { |
3378 | if (isNumericAccessor) |
3379 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); |
3380 | else |
3381 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); |
3382 | } |
3383 | |
3384 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { |
3385 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) |
3386 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); |
3387 | return false; |
3388 | } |
3389 | |
3390 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3391 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3392 | |
3393 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3394 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3395 | } |
3396 | }; |
3397 | |
3398 | /// Represents a matrix type, as defined in the Matrix Types clang extensions. |
3399 | /// __attribute__((matrix_type(rows, columns))), where "rows" specifies |
3400 | /// number of rows and "columns" specifies the number of columns. |
3401 | class MatrixType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3402 | protected: |
3403 | friend class ASTContext; |
3404 | |
3405 | /// The element type of the matrix. |
3406 | QualType ElementType; |
3407 | |
3408 | MatrixType(QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy); |
3409 | |
3410 | MatrixType(TypeClass TypeClass, QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy, |
3411 | const Expr *RowExpr = nullptr, const Expr *ColumnExpr = nullptr); |
3412 | |
3413 | public: |
3414 | /// Returns type of the elements being stored in the matrix |
3415 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3416 | |
3417 | /// Valid elements types are the following: |
3418 | /// * an integer type (as in C2x 6.2.5p19), but excluding enumerated types |
3419 | /// and _Bool |
3420 | /// * the standard floating types float or double |
3421 | /// * a half-precision floating point type, if one is supported on the target |
3422 | static bool isValidElementType(QualType T) { |
3423 | return T->isDependentType() || |
3424 | (T->isRealType() && !T->isBooleanType() && !T->isEnumeralType()); |
3425 | } |
3426 | |
3427 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3428 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3429 | |
3430 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3431 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix || |
3432 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; |
3433 | } |
3434 | }; |
3435 | |
3436 | /// Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns |
3437 | class ConstantMatrixType final : public MatrixType { |
3438 | protected: |
3439 | friend class ASTContext; |
3440 | |
3441 | /// The element type of the matrix. |
3442 | // FIXME: Appears to be unused? There is also MatrixType::ElementType... |
3443 | QualType ElementType; |
3444 | |
3445 | /// Number of rows and columns. |
3446 | unsigned NumRows; |
3447 | unsigned NumColumns; |
3448 | |
3449 | static constexpr unsigned MaxElementsPerDimension = (1 << 20) - 1; |
3450 | |
3451 | ConstantMatrixType(QualType MatrixElementType, unsigned NRows, |
3452 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); |
3453 | |
3454 | ConstantMatrixType(TypeClass typeClass, QualType MatrixType, unsigned NRows, |
3455 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); |
3456 | |
3457 | public: |
3458 | /// Returns the number of rows in the matrix. |
3459 | unsigned getNumRows() const { return NumRows; } |
3460 | |
3461 | /// Returns the number of columns in the matrix. |
3462 | unsigned getNumColumns() const { return NumColumns; } |
3463 | |
3464 | /// Returns the number of elements required to embed the matrix into a vector. |
3465 | unsigned getNumElementsFlattened() const { |
3466 | return getNumRows() * getNumColumns(); |
3467 | } |
3468 | |
3469 | /// Returns true if \p NumElements is a valid matrix dimension. |
3470 | static constexpr bool isDimensionValid(size_t NumElements) { |
3471 | return NumElements > 0 && NumElements <= MaxElementsPerDimension; |
3472 | } |
3473 | |
3474 | /// Returns the maximum number of elements per dimension. |
3475 | static constexpr unsigned getMaxElementsPerDimension() { |
3476 | return MaxElementsPerDimension; |
3477 | } |
3478 | |
3479 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3480 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumRows(), getNumColumns(), |
3481 | getTypeClass()); |
3482 | } |
3483 | |
3484 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3485 | unsigned NumRows, unsigned NumColumns, |
3486 | TypeClass TypeClass) { |
3487 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3488 | ID.AddInteger(NumRows); |
3489 | ID.AddInteger(NumColumns); |
3490 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3491 | } |
3492 | |
3493 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3494 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix; |
3495 | } |
3496 | }; |
3497 | |
3498 | /// Represents a matrix type where the type and the number of rows and columns |
3499 | /// is dependent on a template. |
3500 | class DependentSizedMatrixType final : public MatrixType { |
3501 | friend class ASTContext; |
3502 | |
3503 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3504 | Expr *RowExpr; |
3505 | Expr *ColumnExpr; |
3506 | |
3507 | SourceLocation loc; |
3508 | |
3509 | DependentSizedMatrixType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3510 | QualType CanonicalType, Expr *RowExpr, |
3511 | Expr *ColumnExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3512 | |
3513 | public: |
3514 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3515 | Expr *getRowExpr() const { return RowExpr; } |
3516 | Expr *getColumnExpr() const { return ColumnExpr; } |
3517 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3518 | |
3519 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3520 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3521 | |
3522 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3523 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; |
3524 | } |
3525 | |
3526 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3527 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getRowExpr(), getColumnExpr()); |
3528 | } |
3529 | |
3530 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3531 | QualType ElementType, Expr *RowExpr, Expr *ColumnExpr); |
3532 | }; |
3533 | |
3534 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base |
3535 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. |
3536 | class FunctionType : public Type { |
3537 | // The type returned by the function. |
3538 | QualType ResultType; |
3539 | |
3540 | public: |
3541 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply |
3542 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType |
3543 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the |
3544 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. |
3545 | /// |
3546 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some |
3547 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that |
3548 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed |
3549 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) |
3550 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, |
3551 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. |
3552 | /// |
3553 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is |
3554 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt |
3555 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will |
3556 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as |
3557 | /// T (*)(U) |
3558 | /// against an argument of type |
3559 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) |
3560 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will |
3561 | /// not produce the latter. |
3562 | class ExtParameterInfo { |
3563 | enum { |
3564 | ABIMask = 0x0F, |
3565 | IsConsumed = 0x10, |
3566 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, |
3567 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, |
3568 | }; |
3569 | unsigned char Data = 0; |
3570 | |
3571 | public: |
3572 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; |
3573 | |
3574 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. |
3575 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } |
3576 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { |
3577 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3578 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); |
3579 | return copy; |
3580 | } |
3581 | |
3582 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? |
3583 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. |
3584 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } |
3585 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { |
3586 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3587 | if (consumed) |
3588 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; |
3589 | else |
3590 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; |
3591 | return copy; |
3592 | } |
3593 | |
3594 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } |
3595 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { |
3596 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3597 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; |
3598 | return Copy; |
3599 | } |
3600 | |
3601 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } |
3602 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { |
3603 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3604 | if (NoEscape) |
3605 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; |
3606 | else |
3607 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; |
3608 | return Copy; |
3609 | } |
3610 | |
3611 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } |
3612 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { |
3613 | ExtParameterInfo result; |
3614 | result.Data = data; |
3615 | return result; |
3616 | } |
3617 | |
3618 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3619 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; |
3620 | } |
3621 | |
3622 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3623 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; |
3624 | } |
3625 | }; |
3626 | |
3627 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for |
3628 | /// making a call. |
3629 | /// |
3630 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in |
3631 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the |
3632 | /// same bit-pattern. |
3633 | /// |
3634 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, |
3635 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is |
3636 | // * Operator== |
3637 | // * getFoo |
3638 | // * withFoo |
3639 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. |
3640 | // * ASTContext::getFooType |
3641 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes |
3642 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile |
3643 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile |
3644 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto |
3645 | // * AST read and write |
3646 | // * Codegen |
3647 | class ExtInfo { |
3648 | friend class FunctionType; |
3649 | |
3650 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 16, you'll need to |
3651 | // adjust the Bits field below, and if you add bits, you'll need to adjust |
3652 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields::ExtInfo as well. |
3653 | |
3654 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|cmsenscall| |
3655 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | 12 | |
3656 | // |
3657 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. |
3658 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; |
3659 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; |
3660 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; |
3661 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; |
3662 | enum { |
3663 | RegParmMask = 0x700, |
3664 | RegParmOffset = 8 |
3665 | }; |
3666 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; |
3667 | enum { CmseNSCallMask = 0x1000 }; |
3668 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; |
3669 | |
3670 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} |
3671 | |
3672 | public: |
3673 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you |
3674 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). |
3675 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, |
3676 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck, |
3677 | bool cmseNSCall) { |
3678 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3678, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3679 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | |
3680 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | |
3681 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | |
3682 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | |
3683 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0) | |
3684 | (cmseNSCall ? CmseNSCallMask : 0); |
3685 | } |
3686 | |
3687 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a |
3688 | // function known to use defaults. |
3689 | ExtInfo() = default; |
3690 | |
3691 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part |
3692 | // of the canonical type. |
3693 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} |
3694 | |
3695 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } |
3696 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } |
3697 | bool getCmseNSCall() const { return Bits & CmseNSCallMask; } |
3698 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } |
3699 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } |
3700 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return ((Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } |
3701 | |
3702 | unsigned getRegParm() const { |
3703 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; |
3704 | if (RegParm > 0) |
3705 | --RegParm; |
3706 | return RegParm; |
3707 | } |
3708 | |
3709 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } |
3710 | |
3711 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3712 | return Bits == Other.Bits; |
3713 | } |
3714 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3715 | return Bits != Other.Bits; |
3716 | } |
3717 | |
3718 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use |
3719 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. |
3720 | |
3721 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { |
3722 | if (noReturn) |
3723 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); |
3724 | else |
3725 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); |
3726 | } |
3727 | |
3728 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { |
3729 | if (producesResult) |
3730 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); |
3731 | else |
3732 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); |
3733 | } |
3734 | |
3735 | ExtInfo withCmseNSCall(bool cmseNSCall) const { |
3736 | if (cmseNSCall) |
3737 | return ExtInfo(Bits | CmseNSCallMask); |
3738 | else |
3739 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~CmseNSCallMask); |
3740 | } |
3741 | |
3742 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { |
3743 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) |
3744 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3745 | else |
3746 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3747 | } |
3748 | |
3749 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { |
3750 | if (noCfCheck) |
3751 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); |
3752 | else |
3753 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); |
3754 | } |
3755 | |
3756 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { |
3757 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3757, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3758 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | |
3759 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); |
3760 | } |
3761 | |
3762 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { |
3763 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); |
3764 | } |
3765 | |
3766 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
3767 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); |
3768 | } |
3769 | }; |
3770 | |
3771 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an |
3772 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType |
3773 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. |
3774 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; |
3775 | |
3776 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in |
3777 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the |
3778 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update |
3779 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. |
3780 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { |
3781 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. |
3782 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to |
3783 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. |
3784 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3785 | }; |
3786 | |
3787 | protected: |
3788 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, QualType Canonical, |
3789 | TypeDependence Dependence, ExtInfo Info) |
3790 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence), ResultType(res) { |
3791 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; |
3792 | } |
3793 | |
3794 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { |
3795 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); |
3796 | } |
3797 | |
3798 | public: |
3799 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } |
3800 | |
3801 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } |
3802 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } |
3803 | |
3804 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn |
3805 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function |
3806 | /// type. |
3807 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } |
3808 | |
3809 | bool getCmseNSCallAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getCmseNSCall(); } |
3810 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } |
3811 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } |
3812 | |
3813 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, |
3814 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " |
3815 | "the fast qualifiers."); |
3816 | |
3817 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } |
3818 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } |
3819 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } |
3820 | |
3821 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of |
3822 | /// this type. |
3823 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
3824 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
3825 | } |
3826 | |
3827 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); |
3828 | |
3829 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3830 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || |
3831 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
3832 | } |
3833 | }; |
3834 | |
3835 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has |
3836 | /// no information available about its arguments. |
3837 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3838 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3839 | |
3840 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) |
3841 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, |
3842 | Result->getDependence() & |
3843 | ~(TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
3844 | TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), |
3845 | Info) {} |
3846 | |
3847 | public: |
3848 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. |
3849 | |
3850 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3851 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3852 | |
3853 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3854 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); |
3855 | } |
3856 | |
3857 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, |
3858 | ExtInfo Info) { |
3859 | Info.Profile(ID); |
3860 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3861 | } |
3862 | |
3863 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3864 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; |
3865 | } |
3866 | }; |
3867 | |
3868 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. |
3869 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no |
3870 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have |
3871 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the |
3872 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of |
3873 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see |
3874 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. |
3875 | class FunctionProtoType final |
3876 | : public FunctionType, |
3877 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
3878 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
3879 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation, |
3880 | FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType, |
3881 | Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { |
3882 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3883 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3884 | |
3885 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of |
3886 | // which optional. They are in order: |
3887 | // |
3888 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. |
3889 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, |
3890 | // these will be the only trailing objects. |
3891 | // |
3892 | // * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the |
3893 | // ellipsis. |
3894 | // |
3895 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields |
3896 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): |
3897 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if |
3898 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. |
3899 | // |
3900 | // * Optionally exactly one of: |
3901 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, |
3902 | // * a single Expr *, |
3903 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, |
3904 | // * a single FunctionDecl * |
3905 | // used to store information about the various types of exception |
3906 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. |
3907 | // |
3908 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding |
3909 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and |
3910 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. |
3911 | // |
3912 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't |
3913 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only |
3914 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. |
3915 | // |
3916 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data |
3917 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number |
3918 | // of exception types. |
3919 | // |
3920 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make |
3921 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because |
3922 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch |
3923 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not |
3924 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, |
3925 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. |
3926 | |
3927 | public: |
3928 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. |
3929 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is |
3930 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the |
3931 | /// exception specification. |
3932 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { |
3933 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. |
3934 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; |
3935 | |
3936 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. |
3937 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; |
3938 | |
3939 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. |
3940 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; |
3941 | |
3942 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for |
3943 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. |
3944 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; |
3945 | |
3946 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated |
3947 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. |
3948 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; |
3949 | |
3950 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; |
3951 | |
3952 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} |
3953 | }; |
3954 | |
3955 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not |
3956 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together |
3957 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. |
3958 | struct ExtProtoInfo { |
3959 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; |
3960 | bool Variadic : 1; |
3961 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
3962 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; |
3963 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; |
3964 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; |
3965 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; |
3966 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
3967 | |
3968 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3969 | |
3970 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) |
3971 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3972 | |
3973 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { |
3974 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); |
3975 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; |
3976 | return Result; |
3977 | } |
3978 | }; |
3979 | |
3980 | private: |
3981 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { |
3982 | return getNumParams(); |
3983 | } |
3984 | |
3985 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { |
3986 | return isVariadic(); |
3987 | } |
3988 | |
3989 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { |
3990 | return hasExtraBitfields(); |
3991 | } |
3992 | |
3993 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { |
3994 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; |
3995 | } |
3996 | |
3997 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { |
3998 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; |
3999 | } |
4000 | |
4001 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { |
4002 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
4003 | } |
4004 | |
4005 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { |
4006 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; |
4007 | } |
4008 | |
4009 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that |
4010 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. |
4011 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, |
4012 | unsigned numArgs) { |
4013 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) |
4014 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
4015 | return true; |
4016 | |
4017 | return false; |
4018 | } |
4019 | |
4020 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, |
4021 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); |
4022 | |
4023 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to |
4024 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind |
4025 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. |
4026 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { |
4027 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
4028 | unsigned NumExprPtr; |
4029 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
4030 | }; |
4031 | |
4032 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
4033 | /// related to the exception specification. |
4034 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder |
4035 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { |
4036 | switch (EST) { |
4037 | case EST_None: |
4038 | case EST_DynamicNone: |
4039 | case EST_MSAny: |
4040 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: |
4041 | case EST_Unparsed: |
4042 | case EST_NoThrow: |
4043 | return {0, 0, 0}; |
4044 | |
4045 | case EST_Dynamic: |
4046 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; |
4047 | |
4048 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: |
4049 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: |
4050 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: |
4051 | return {0, 1, 0}; |
4052 | |
4053 | case EST_Uninstantiated: |
4054 | return {0, 0, 2}; |
4055 | |
4056 | case EST_Unevaluated: |
4057 | return {0, 0, 1}; |
4058 | } |
4059 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4059); |
4060 | } |
4061 | |
4062 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
4063 | /// related to the exception specification. |
4064 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { |
4065 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); |
4066 | } |
4067 | |
4068 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
4069 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { |
4070 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception |
4071 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. |
4072 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; |
4073 | } |
4074 | |
4075 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
4076 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { |
4077 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4078 | } |
4079 | |
4080 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { |
4081 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; |
4082 | } |
4083 | |
4084 | public: |
4085 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } |
4086 | |
4087 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { |
4088 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4088, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4089 | return param_type_begin()[i]; |
4090 | } |
4091 | |
4092 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { |
4093 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4094 | } |
4095 | |
4096 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { |
4097 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
4098 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); |
4099 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); |
4100 | EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc(); |
4101 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); |
4102 | EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo(); |
4103 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); |
4104 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); |
4105 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); |
4106 | return EPI; |
4107 | } |
4108 | |
4109 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. |
4110 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
4111 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( |
4112 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); |
4113 | } |
4114 | |
4115 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. |
4116 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } |
4117 | |
4118 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. |
4119 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { |
4120 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4121 | } |
4122 | |
4123 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. |
4124 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { |
4125 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4126 | } |
4127 | |
4128 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. |
4129 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
4130 | |
4131 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception |
4132 | /// spec. |
4133 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
4134 | |
4135 | /// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec. |
4136 | ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const { |
4137 | ExceptionSpecInfo Result; |
4138 | Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
4139 | if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
4140 | Result.Exceptions = exceptions(); |
4141 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) { |
4142 | Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); |
4143 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { |
4144 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4145 | Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); |
4146 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { |
4147 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4148 | } |
4149 | return Result; |
4150 | } |
4151 | |
4152 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. |
4153 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { |
4154 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic |
4155 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() |
4156 | ->NumExceptionType |
4157 | : 0; |
4158 | } |
4159 | |
4160 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). |
4161 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { |
4162 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4162, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4163 | return exception_begin()[i]; |
4164 | } |
4165 | |
4166 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer |
4167 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). |
4168 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { |
4169 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) |
4170 | return nullptr; |
4171 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
4172 | } |
4173 | |
4174 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't |
4175 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because |
4176 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception |
4177 | /// specification is represented by this type. |
4178 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { |
4179 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && |
4180 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) |
4181 | return nullptr; |
4182 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; |
4183 | } |
4184 | |
4185 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception |
4186 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification |
4187 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for |
4188 | /// this type. |
4189 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { |
4190 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) |
4191 | return nullptr; |
4192 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; |
4193 | } |
4194 | |
4195 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4196 | /// specification. |
4197 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; |
4198 | |
4199 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4200 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns |
4201 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. |
4202 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { |
4203 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; |
4204 | } |
4205 | |
4206 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. |
4207 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } |
4208 | |
4209 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
4210 | return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() |
4211 | : SourceLocation(); |
4212 | } |
4213 | |
4214 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a |
4215 | /// parameter pack at the end. |
4216 | /// |
4217 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be |
4218 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic |
4219 | /// function. |
4220 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; |
4221 | |
4222 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. |
4223 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } |
4224 | |
4225 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { |
4226 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) |
4227 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); |
4228 | else |
4229 | return getFastTypeQuals(); |
4230 | } |
4231 | |
4232 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. |
4233 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
4234 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); |
4235 | } |
4236 | |
4237 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; |
4238 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; |
4239 | |
4240 | param_type_range param_types() const { |
4241 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4242 | } |
4243 | |
4244 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { |
4245 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); |
4246 | } |
4247 | |
4248 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { |
4249 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); |
4250 | } |
4251 | |
4252 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; |
4253 | |
4254 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { |
4255 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); |
4256 | } |
4257 | |
4258 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { |
4259 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( |
4260 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); |
4261 | } |
4262 | |
4263 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { |
4264 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); |
4265 | } |
4266 | |
4267 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters |
4268 | /// of this function type? |
4269 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { |
4270 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; |
4271 | } |
4272 | |
4273 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { |
4274 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((hasExtParameterInfos()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4274, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4275 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), |
4276 | getNumParams()); |
4277 | } |
4278 | |
4279 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter |
4280 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters |
4281 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. |
4282 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { |
4283 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4284 | return nullptr; |
4285 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); |
4286 | } |
4287 | |
4288 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { |
4289 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4289, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4290 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4291 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; |
4292 | return ExtParameterInfo(); |
4293 | } |
4294 | |
4295 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { |
4296 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4296, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4297 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4298 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); |
4299 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; |
4300 | } |
4301 | |
4302 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { |
4303 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4303, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4304 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4305 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); |
4306 | return false; |
4307 | } |
4308 | |
4309 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4310 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4311 | |
4312 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, |
4313 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
4314 | |
4315 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4316 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
4317 | } |
4318 | |
4319 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); |
4320 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, |
4321 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, |
4322 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, |
4323 | bool Canonical); |
4324 | }; |
4325 | |
4326 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped |
4327 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. |
4328 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
4329 | /// |
4330 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. |
4331 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { |
4332 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4333 | |
4334 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; |
4335 | |
4336 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) |
4337 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), |
4338 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), |
4339 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *>(D)) {} |
4340 | |
4341 | public: |
4342 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4343 | |
4344 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4345 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4346 | |
4347 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4348 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; |
4349 | } |
4350 | |
4351 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4352 | return Profile(ID, Decl); |
4353 | } |
4354 | |
4355 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4356 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
4357 | ID.AddPointer(D); |
4358 | } |
4359 | }; |
4360 | |
4361 | class TypedefType : public Type { |
4362 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; |
4363 | |
4364 | protected: |
4365 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4366 | |
4367 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can); |
4368 | |
4369 | public: |
4370 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4371 | |
4372 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4373 | QualType desugar() const; |
4374 | |
4375 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } |
4376 | }; |
4377 | |
4378 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written |
4379 | /// as a macro invocation. |
4380 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { |
4381 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4382 | |
4383 | QualType UnderlyingTy; |
4384 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; |
4385 | |
4386 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, |
4387 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) |
4388 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->getDependence()), |
4389 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { |
4390 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4391, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4391 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4391, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4392 | } |
4393 | |
4394 | public: |
4395 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
4396 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } |
4397 | |
4398 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to |
4399 | /// it. |
4400 | QualType getModifiedType() const; |
4401 | |
4402 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4403 | QualType desugar() const; |
4404 | |
4405 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4406 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; |
4407 | } |
4408 | }; |
4409 | |
4410 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). |
4411 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { |
4412 | Expr *TOExpr; |
4413 | |
4414 | protected: |
4415 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4416 | |
4417 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); |
4418 | |
4419 | public: |
4420 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } |
4421 | |
4422 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4423 | QualType desugar() const; |
4424 | |
4425 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4426 | bool isSugared() const; |
4427 | |
4428 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } |
4429 | }; |
4430 | |
4431 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4432 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. |
4433 | /// |
4434 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4435 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4436 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. |
4437 | class DependentTypeOfExprType |
4438 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4439 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4440 | |
4441 | public: |
4442 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) |
4443 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} |
4444 | |
4445 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4446 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4447 | } |
4448 | |
4449 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4450 | Expr *E); |
4451 | }; |
4452 | |
4453 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. |
4454 | class TypeOfType : public Type { |
4455 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4456 | |
4457 | QualType TOType; |
4458 | |
4459 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) |
4460 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->getDependence()), TOType(T) { |
4461 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4461, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4462 | } |
4463 | |
4464 | public: |
4465 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } |
4466 | |
4467 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4468 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
4469 | |
4470 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4471 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4472 | |
4473 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } |
4474 | }; |
4475 | |
4476 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). |
4477 | class DecltypeType : public Type { |
4478 | Expr *E; |
4479 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4480 | |
4481 | protected: |
4482 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4483 | |
4484 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); |
4485 | |
4486 | public: |
4487 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } |
4488 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4489 | |
4490 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4491 | QualType desugar() const; |
4492 | |
4493 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4494 | bool isSugared() const; |
4495 | |
4496 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } |
4497 | }; |
4498 | |
4499 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4500 | /// decltype(expr) types. |
4501 | /// |
4502 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4503 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4504 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. |
4505 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4506 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4507 | |
4508 | public: |
4509 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); |
4510 | |
4511 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4512 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4513 | } |
4514 | |
4515 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4516 | Expr *E); |
4517 | }; |
4518 | |
4519 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. |
4520 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { |
4521 | public: |
4522 | enum UTTKind { |
4523 | EnumUnderlyingType |
4524 | }; |
4525 | |
4526 | private: |
4527 | /// The untransformed type. |
4528 | QualType BaseType; |
4529 | |
4530 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. |
4531 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4532 | |
4533 | UTTKind UKind; |
4534 | |
4535 | protected: |
4536 | friend class ASTContext; |
4537 | |
4538 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, |
4539 | QualType CanonicalTy); |
4540 | |
4541 | public: |
4542 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } |
4543 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4544 | |
4545 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4546 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
4547 | |
4548 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } |
4549 | |
4550 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4551 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; |
4552 | } |
4553 | }; |
4554 | |
4555 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4556 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. |
4557 | /// |
4558 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4559 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4560 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. |
4561 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, |
4562 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4563 | public: |
4564 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, |
4565 | UTTKind UKind); |
4566 | |
4567 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4568 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); |
4569 | } |
4570 | |
4571 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, |
4572 | UTTKind UKind) { |
4573 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4574 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); |
4575 | } |
4576 | }; |
4577 | |
4578 | class TagType : public Type { |
4579 | friend class ASTReader; |
4580 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
4581 | |
4582 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any |
4583 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. |
4584 | TagDecl *decl; |
4585 | |
4586 | protected: |
4587 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); |
4588 | |
4589 | public: |
4590 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; |
4591 | |
4592 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. |
4593 | bool isBeingDefined() const; |
4594 | |
4595 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4596 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; |
4597 | } |
4598 | }; |
4599 | |
4600 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4601 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. |
4602 | class RecordType : public TagType { |
4603 | protected: |
4604 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4605 | |
4606 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) |
4607 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4608 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) |
4609 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4610 | |
4611 | public: |
4612 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { |
4613 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4614 | } |
4615 | |
4616 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field |
4617 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. |
4618 | bool hasConstFields() const; |
4619 | |
4620 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4621 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4622 | |
4623 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } |
4624 | }; |
4625 | |
4626 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4627 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. |
4628 | class EnumType : public TagType { |
4629 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4630 | |
4631 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) |
4632 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4633 | |
4634 | public: |
4635 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { |
4636 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4637 | } |
4638 | |
4639 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4640 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4641 | |
4642 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } |
4643 | }; |
4644 | |
4645 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. |
4646 | /// |
4647 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed |
4648 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the |
4649 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type |
4650 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. |
4651 | /// |
4652 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: |
4653 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) |
4654 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t |
4655 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) |
4656 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) |
4657 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4658 | public: |
4659 | using Kind = attr::Kind; |
4660 | |
4661 | private: |
4662 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4663 | |
4664 | QualType ModifiedType; |
4665 | QualType EquivalentType; |
4666 | |
4667 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, |
4668 | QualType equivalent) |
4669 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->getDependence()), |
4670 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { |
4671 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; |
4672 | } |
4673 | |
4674 | public: |
4675 | Kind getAttrKind() const { |
4676 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); |
4677 | } |
4678 | |
4679 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } |
4680 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } |
4681 | |
4682 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4683 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } |
4684 | |
4685 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? |
4686 | /// |
4687 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for |
4688 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. |
4689 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, |
4690 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still |
4691 | /// largely described by the modified type. |
4692 | /// |
4693 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to |
4694 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any |
4695 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention |
4696 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. |
4697 | /// |
4698 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical |
4699 | /// type. |
4700 | bool isQualifier() const; |
4701 | |
4702 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; |
4703 | |
4704 | bool isCallingConv() const; |
4705 | |
4706 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; |
4707 | |
4708 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given |
4709 | /// nullability kind. |
4710 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { |
4711 | switch (kind) { |
4712 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
4713 | return attr::TypeNonNull; |
4714 | |
4715 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
4716 | return attr::TypeNullable; |
4717 | |
4718 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
4719 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; |
4720 | } |
4721 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4721); |
4722 | } |
4723 | |
4724 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given |
4725 | /// type, if it's there. |
4726 | /// |
4727 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an |
4728 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through |
4729 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed |
4730 | /// to the underlying modified type. |
4731 | /// |
4732 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. |
4733 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); |
4734 | |
4735 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4736 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); |
4737 | } |
4738 | |
4739 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, |
4740 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { |
4741 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); |
4742 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4743 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4744 | } |
4745 | |
4746 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4747 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; |
4748 | } |
4749 | }; |
4750 | |
4751 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4752 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4753 | |
4754 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. |
4755 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { |
4756 | unsigned Depth : 15; |
4757 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; |
4758 | unsigned Index : 16; |
4759 | }; |
4760 | |
4761 | union { |
4762 | // Info for the canonical type. |
4763 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; |
4764 | |
4765 | // Info for the non-canonical type. |
4766 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; |
4767 | }; |
4768 | |
4769 | /// Build a non-canonical type. |
4770 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) |
4771 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, |
4772 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
4773 | (Canon->getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack)), |
4774 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} |
4775 | |
4776 | /// Build the canonical type. |
4777 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) |
4778 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), |
4779 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
4780 | (PP ? TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack : TypeDependence::None)) { |
4781 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; |
4782 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; |
4783 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; |
4784 | } |
4785 | |
4786 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { |
4787 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4788 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; |
4789 | } |
4790 | |
4791 | public: |
4792 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } |
4793 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } |
4794 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } |
4795 | |
4796 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { |
4797 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; |
4798 | } |
4799 | |
4800 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; |
4801 | |
4802 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4803 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4804 | |
4805 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4806 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); |
4807 | } |
4808 | |
4809 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, |
4810 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, |
4811 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { |
4812 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); |
4813 | ID.AddInteger(Index); |
4814 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); |
4815 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); |
4816 | } |
4817 | |
4818 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4819 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; |
4820 | } |
4821 | }; |
4822 | |
4823 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template |
4824 | /// type parameter. |
4825 | /// |
4826 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have |
4827 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a |
4828 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; |
4829 | /// therefore they are never canonical. |
4830 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4831 | friend class ASTContext; |
4832 | |
4833 | // The original type parameter. |
4834 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4835 | |
4836 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) |
4837 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->getDependence()), |
4838 | Replaced(Param) {} |
4839 | |
4840 | public: |
4841 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4842 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4843 | return Replaced; |
4844 | } |
4845 | |
4846 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template |
4847 | /// parameter. |
4848 | QualType getReplacementType() const { |
4849 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4850 | } |
4851 | |
4852 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4853 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } |
4854 | |
4855 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4856 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); |
4857 | } |
4858 | |
4859 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4860 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4861 | QualType Replacement) { |
4862 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); |
4863 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4864 | } |
4865 | |
4866 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4867 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; |
4868 | } |
4869 | }; |
4870 | |
4871 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template |
4872 | /// type parameter pack. |
4873 | /// |
4874 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs |
4875 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template |
4876 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type |
4877 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack |
4878 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself |
4879 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into |
4880 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding |
4881 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType |
4882 | /// at the current pack substitution index. |
4883 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4884 | friend class ASTContext; |
4885 | |
4886 | /// The original type parameter. |
4887 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4888 | |
4889 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this |
4890 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. |
4891 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; |
4892 | |
4893 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, |
4894 | QualType Canon, |
4895 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4896 | |
4897 | public: |
4898 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } |
4899 | |
4900 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4901 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4902 | return Replaced; |
4903 | } |
4904 | |
4905 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4906 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4907 | } |
4908 | |
4909 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4910 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4911 | |
4912 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; |
4913 | |
4914 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
4915 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4916 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4917 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4918 | |
4919 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4920 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; |
4921 | } |
4922 | }; |
4923 | |
4924 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by |
4925 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced |
4926 | /// class template types, and constrained type names. |
4927 | /// |
4928 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before |
4929 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is |
4930 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In |
4931 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. |
4932 | class DeducedType : public Type { |
4933 | protected: |
4934 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, |
4935 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence) |
4936 | : Type(TC, |
4937 | // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type? |
4938 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) |
4939 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(), |
4940 | ExtraDependence | (DeducedAsType.isNull() |
4941 | ? TypeDependence::None |
4942 | : DeducedAsType->getDependence() & |
4943 | ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified)) {} |
4944 | |
4945 | public: |
4946 | bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); } |
4947 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
4948 | |
4949 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's |
4950 | /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type. |
4951 | QualType getDeducedType() const { |
4952 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType(); |
4953 | } |
4954 | bool isDeduced() const { |
4955 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType(); |
4956 | } |
4957 | |
4958 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4959 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || |
4960 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4961 | } |
4962 | }; |
4963 | |
4964 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type, possibly constrained |
4965 | /// by a type-constraint. |
4966 | class alignas(8) AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4967 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4968 | |
4969 | ConceptDecl *TypeConstraintConcept; |
4970 | |
4971 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
4972 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence, ConceptDecl *CD, |
4973 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TypeConstraintArgs); |
4974 | |
4975 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
4976 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
4977 | } |
4978 | |
4979 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
4980 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
4981 | } |
4982 | |
4983 | public: |
4984 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
4985 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
4986 | return getArgBuffer(); |
4987 | } |
4988 | |
4989 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
4990 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4991 | return AutoTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4992 | } |
4993 | |
4994 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
4995 | |
4996 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getTypeConstraintArguments() const { |
4997 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
4998 | } |
4999 | |
5000 | ConceptDecl *getTypeConstraintConcept() const { |
5001 | return TypeConstraintConcept; |
5002 | } |
5003 | |
5004 | bool isConstrained() const { |
5005 | return TypeConstraintConcept != nullptr; |
5006 | } |
5007 | |
5008 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { |
5009 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; |
5010 | } |
5011 | |
5012 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5013 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; |
5014 | } |
5015 | |
5016 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5017 | Profile(ID, Context, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), |
5018 | getTypeConstraintConcept(), getTypeConstraintArguments()); |
5019 | } |
5020 | |
5021 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
5022 | QualType Deduced, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5023 | bool IsDependent, ConceptDecl *CD, |
5024 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Arguments); |
5025 | |
5026 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5027 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; |
5028 | } |
5029 | }; |
5030 | |
5031 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. |
5032 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, |
5033 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5034 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5035 | |
5036 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. |
5037 | TemplateName Template; |
5038 | |
5039 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, |
5040 | QualType DeducedAsType, |
5041 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) |
5042 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, |
5043 | toTypeDependence(Template.getDependence()) | |
5044 | (IsDeducedAsDependent |
5045 | ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
5046 | : TypeDependence::None)), |
5047 | Template(Template) {} |
5048 | |
5049 | public: |
5050 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. |
5051 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} |
5052 | |
5053 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5054 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); |
5055 | } |
5056 | |
5057 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, |
5058 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { |
5059 | Template.Profile(ID); |
5060 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5061 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
5062 | } |
5063 | |
5064 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5065 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
5066 | } |
5067 | }; |
5068 | |
5069 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template |
5070 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template |
5071 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of |
5072 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope |
5073 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a |
5074 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. |
5075 | /// |
5076 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", |
5077 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template |
5078 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for |
5079 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> |
5080 | /// |
5081 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or |
5082 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the |
5083 | /// type may also be canonical. |
5084 | /// |
5085 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of |
5086 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the |
5087 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias |
5088 | /// template. |
5089 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType |
5090 | : public Type, |
5091 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5092 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5093 | |
5094 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is |
5095 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a |
5096 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a |
5097 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a |
5098 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a |
5099 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the |
5100 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). |
5101 | TemplateName Template; |
5102 | |
5103 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, |
5104 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5105 | QualType Canon, |
5106 | QualType Aliased); |
5107 | |
5108 | public: |
5109 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. |
5110 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5111 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
5112 | |
5113 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, |
5114 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
5115 | |
5116 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current |
5117 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. |
5118 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { |
5119 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); |
5120 | } |
5121 | |
5122 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias |
5123 | /// template that has been substituted. |
5124 | /// |
5125 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias |
5126 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when |
5127 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias |
5128 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., |
5129 | /// |
5130 | /// \code |
5131 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; |
5132 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; |
5133 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { |
5134 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias |
5135 | /// }; |
5136 | /// \endcode |
5137 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } |
5138 | |
5139 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias |
5140 | /// template. |
5141 | QualType getAliasedType() const { |
5142 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5142, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5143 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); |
5144 | } |
5145 | |
5146 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5147 | |
5148 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5149 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h |
5150 | |
5151 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. |
5152 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } |
5153 | |
5154 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5155 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5156 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); |
5157 | } |
5158 | |
5159 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5160 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5161 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5162 | } |
5163 | |
5164 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. |
5165 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) |
5166 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5167 | |
5168 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5169 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5170 | } |
5171 | |
5172 | bool isSugared() const { |
5173 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); |
5174 | } |
5175 | |
5176 | QualType desugar() const { |
5177 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
5178 | } |
5179 | |
5180 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
5181 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); |
5182 | if (isTypeAlias()) |
5183 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); |
5184 | } |
5185 | |
5186 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, |
5187 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5188 | const ASTContext &Context); |
5189 | |
5190 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5191 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; |
5192 | } |
5193 | }; |
5194 | |
5195 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' |
5196 | /// enclosing the template arguments. |
5197 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5198 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5199 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5200 | |
5201 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5202 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5203 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5204 | |
5205 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5206 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, |
5207 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5208 | |
5209 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class |
5210 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was |
5211 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the |
5212 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. |
5213 | /// |
5214 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template |
5215 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. |
5216 | /// |
5217 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works |
5218 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type |
5219 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same |
5220 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template |
5221 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name |
5222 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated |
5223 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization |
5224 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate |
5225 | /// according to the rules of the language). |
5226 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { |
5227 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5228 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
5229 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not |
5230 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much |
5231 | // interdependencies. |
5232 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
5233 | |
5234 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; |
5235 | |
5236 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. |
5237 | /// For example, in |
5238 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; |
5239 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in |
5240 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; |
5241 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. |
5242 | /// |
5243 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, |
5244 | /// and always dependent. |
5245 | QualType InjectedType; |
5246 | |
5247 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) |
5248 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), |
5249 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), |
5250 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { |
5251 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5251, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5252 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5252, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5253 | assert(TST->isDependentType())((TST->isDependentType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5253, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5254 | } |
5255 | |
5256 | public: |
5257 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } |
5258 | |
5259 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { |
5260 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); |
5261 | } |
5262 | |
5263 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
5264 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); |
5265 | } |
5266 | |
5267 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; |
5268 | |
5269 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5270 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5271 | |
5272 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5273 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; |
5274 | } |
5275 | }; |
5276 | |
5277 | /// The kind of a tag type. |
5278 | enum TagTypeKind { |
5279 | /// The "struct" keyword. |
5280 | TTK_Struct, |
5281 | |
5282 | /// The "__interface" keyword. |
5283 | TTK_Interface, |
5284 | |
5285 | /// The "union" keyword. |
5286 | TTK_Union, |
5287 | |
5288 | /// The "class" keyword. |
5289 | TTK_Class, |
5290 | |
5291 | /// The "enum" keyword. |
5292 | TTK_Enum |
5293 | }; |
5294 | |
5295 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or |
5296 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. |
5297 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { |
5298 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5299 | ETK_Struct, |
5300 | |
5301 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5302 | ETK_Interface, |
5303 | |
5304 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5305 | ETK_Union, |
5306 | |
5307 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5308 | ETK_Class, |
5309 | |
5310 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5311 | ETK_Enum, |
5312 | |
5313 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., |
5314 | /// \c typename T::type. |
5315 | ETK_Typename, |
5316 | |
5317 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. |
5318 | ETK_None |
5319 | }; |
5320 | |
5321 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. |
5322 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. |
5323 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing |
5324 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. |
5325 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { |
5326 | protected: |
5327 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, |
5328 | QualType Canonical, TypeDependence Dependence) |
5329 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence) { |
5330 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; |
5331 | } |
5332 | |
5333 | public: |
5334 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5335 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); |
5336 | } |
5337 | |
5338 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. |
5339 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5340 | |
5341 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. |
5342 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5343 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5344 | |
5345 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. |
5346 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); |
5347 | |
5348 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. |
5349 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword |
5350 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5351 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5352 | |
5353 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5354 | |
5355 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5356 | |
5357 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { |
5358 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); |
5359 | } |
5360 | |
5361 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; |
5362 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); |
5363 | }; |
5364 | |
5365 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type |
5366 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, |
5367 | /// or both. |
5368 | /// |
5369 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the |
5370 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. |
5371 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written |
5372 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. |
5373 | class ElaboratedType final |
5374 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5375 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
5376 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { |
5377 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5378 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5379 | |
5380 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5381 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5382 | |
5383 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. |
5384 | QualType NamedType; |
5385 | |
5386 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored |
5387 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain |
5388 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. |
5389 | |
5390 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5391 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) |
5392 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, |
5393 | NamedType->getDependence()), |
5394 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { |
5395 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; |
5396 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { |
5397 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; |
5398 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; |
5399 | } |
5400 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5402, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5401 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5402, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5402 | "and name qualifier both null.")((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5402, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5403 | } |
5404 | |
5405 | public: |
5406 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5407 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5408 | |
5409 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. |
5410 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } |
5411 | |
5412 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
5413 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } |
5414 | |
5415 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
5416 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5417 | |
5418 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this |
5419 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. |
5420 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { |
5421 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() |
5422 | : nullptr; |
5423 | } |
5424 | |
5425 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5426 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); |
5427 | } |
5428 | |
5429 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5430 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, |
5431 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { |
5432 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5433 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5434 | NamedType.Profile(ID); |
5435 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); |
5436 | } |
5437 | |
5438 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } |
5439 | }; |
5440 | |
5441 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is |
5442 | /// dependent. |
5443 | /// |
5444 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a |
5445 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a |
5446 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a |
5447 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a |
5448 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we |
5449 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). |
5450 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility |
5451 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until |
5452 | /// instantiation. |
5453 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5454 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5455 | |
5456 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5457 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5458 | |
5459 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. |
5460 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5461 | |
5462 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5463 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) |
5464 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, |
5465 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
5466 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())), |
5467 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} |
5468 | |
5469 | public: |
5470 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5471 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5472 | |
5473 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. |
5474 | /// |
5475 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the |
5476 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, |
5477 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". |
5478 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { |
5479 | return Name; |
5480 | } |
5481 | |
5482 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5483 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5484 | |
5485 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5486 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); |
5487 | } |
5488 | |
5489 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5490 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
5491 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5492 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5493 | ID.AddPointer(Name); |
5494 | } |
5495 | |
5496 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5497 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; |
5498 | } |
5499 | }; |
5500 | |
5501 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be |
5502 | /// resolved, e.g. |
5503 | /// A<T>::template B<T> |
5504 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType |
5505 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5506 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5507 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5508 | |
5509 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5510 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5511 | |
5512 | /// The identifier of the template. |
5513 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5514 | |
5515 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5516 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5517 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5518 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5519 | QualType Canon); |
5520 | |
5521 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
5522 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5523 | } |
5524 | |
5525 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
5526 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5527 | } |
5528 | |
5529 | public: |
5530 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5531 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } |
5532 | |
5533 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5534 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5535 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5536 | } |
5537 | |
5538 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5539 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5540 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5541 | } |
5542 | |
5543 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5544 | |
5545 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5546 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5547 | } |
5548 | |
5549 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5550 | |
5551 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5552 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h |
5553 | |
5554 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5555 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5556 | |
5557 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5558 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); |
5559 | } |
5560 | |
5561 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5562 | const ASTContext &Context, |
5563 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5564 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
5565 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5566 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
5567 | |
5568 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5569 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; |
5570 | } |
5571 | }; |
5572 | |
5573 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. |
5574 | /// |
5575 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack |
5576 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more |
5577 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion |
5578 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of |
5579 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the |
5580 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The |
5581 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded |
5582 | /// parameter packs. |
5583 | /// |
5584 | /// \code |
5585 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; |
5586 | /// |
5587 | /// template<typename ...Types> |
5588 | /// struct tuple_of_references { |
5589 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; |
5590 | /// }; |
5591 | /// \endcode |
5592 | /// |
5593 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a |
5594 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. |
5595 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5596 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5597 | |
5598 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. |
5599 | QualType Pattern; |
5600 | |
5601 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, |
5602 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) |
5603 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, |
5604 | (Pattern->getDependence() | TypeDependence::Dependent | |
5605 | TypeDependence::Instantiation) & |
5606 | ~TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), |
5607 | Pattern(Pattern) { |
5608 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = |
5609 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; |
5610 | } |
5611 | |
5612 | public: |
5613 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the |
5614 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the |
5615 | /// pack expansion itself. |
5616 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } |
5617 | |
5618 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
5619 | /// generate, if known. |
5620 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { |
5621 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) |
5622 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; |
5623 | return None; |
5624 | } |
5625 | |
5626 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5627 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5628 | |
5629 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5630 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); |
5631 | } |
5632 | |
5633 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, |
5634 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { |
5635 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5636 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); |
5637 | if (NumExpansions) |
5638 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); |
5639 | } |
5640 | |
5641 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5642 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; |
5643 | } |
5644 | }; |
5645 | |
5646 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can |
5647 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. |
5648 | template <class T> |
5649 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { |
5650 | protected: |
5651 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; |
5652 | |
5653 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { |
5654 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); |
5655 | } |
5656 | |
5657 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { |
5658 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5659 | } |
5660 | |
5661 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { |
5662 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); |
5663 | } |
5664 | |
5665 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { |
5666 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); |
5667 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5668, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5668 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5668, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5669 | if (!protocols.empty()) |
5670 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), |
5671 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); |
5672 | } |
5673 | |
5674 | public: |
5675 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; |
5676 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5677 | |
5678 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5679 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } |
5680 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } |
5681 | |
5682 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } |
5683 | |
5684 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if |
5685 | /// there are none. |
5686 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
5687 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); |
5688 | } |
5689 | |
5690 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. |
5691 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
5692 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5692, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5693 | return qual_begin()[I]; |
5694 | } |
5695 | |
5696 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. |
5697 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { |
5698 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); |
5699 | } |
5700 | }; |
5701 | |
5702 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take |
5703 | /// a list of protocols. |
5704 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, |
5705 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, |
5706 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5707 | friend class ASTContext; |
5708 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; |
5709 | |
5710 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. |
5711 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
5712 | |
5713 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; |
5714 | |
5715 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the |
5716 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically |
5717 | /// and uniqued. |
5718 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5719 | |
5720 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5721 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5722 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5723 | return NumProtocols; |
5724 | } |
5725 | |
5726 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5727 | NumProtocols = N; |
5728 | } |
5729 | |
5730 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, |
5731 | QualType can, |
5732 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5733 | |
5734 | public: |
5735 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5736 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
5737 | |
5738 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5739 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; |
5740 | } |
5741 | |
5742 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5743 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5744 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, |
5745 | QualType CanonicalType, |
5746 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5747 | |
5748 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } |
5749 | }; |
5750 | |
5751 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. |
5752 | /// |
5753 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of |
5754 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of |
5755 | /// protocols. |
5756 | /// |
5757 | /// Given the following declarations: |
5758 | /// \code |
5759 | /// \@class C<T>; |
5760 | /// \@protocol P; |
5761 | /// \endcode |
5762 | /// |
5763 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType |
5764 | /// with base C and no protocols. |
5765 | /// |
5766 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. |
5767 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no |
5768 | /// protocol list. |
5769 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', |
5770 | /// and protocol list [P]. |
5771 | /// |
5772 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose |
5773 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType |
5774 | /// and no protocols. |
5775 | /// |
5776 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType |
5777 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually |
5778 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. |
5779 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, |
5780 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { |
5781 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; |
5782 | |
5783 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored |
5784 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5785 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored |
5786 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5787 | // |
5788 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If |
5789 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need |
5790 | // to get kindof complicated. |
5791 | // |
5792 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically |
5793 | // and uniqued. |
5794 | |
5795 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. |
5796 | QualType BaseType; |
5797 | |
5798 | /// Cached superclass type. |
5799 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> |
5800 | CachedSuperClassType; |
5801 | |
5802 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); |
5803 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { |
5804 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); |
5805 | } |
5806 | |
5807 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5808 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5809 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5810 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5811 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; |
5812 | } |
5813 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5814 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; |
5815 | } |
5816 | |
5817 | protected: |
5818 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; |
5819 | |
5820 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5821 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5822 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5823 | bool isKindOf); |
5824 | |
5825 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) |
5826 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), TypeDependence::None), |
5827 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { |
5828 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; |
5829 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; |
5830 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; |
5831 | } |
5832 | |
5833 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; |
5834 | |
5835 | public: |
5836 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly |
5837 | /// sugar for) one of: |
5838 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the |
5839 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) |
5840 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) |
5841 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) |
5842 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
5843 | |
5844 | bool isObjCId() const { |
5845 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); |
5846 | } |
5847 | |
5848 | bool isObjCClass() const { |
5849 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); |
5850 | } |
5851 | |
5852 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5853 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5854 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { |
5855 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; |
5856 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
5857 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || |
5858 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; |
5859 | return false; |
5860 | } |
5861 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5862 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5863 | |
5864 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type |
5865 | /// really is an interface. |
5866 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; |
5867 | |
5868 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning |
5869 | /// that it has type arguments. |
5870 | bool isSpecialized() const; |
5871 | |
5872 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. |
5873 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5874 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; |
5875 | } |
5876 | |
5877 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning |
5878 | /// that it has no type arguments. |
5879 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } |
5880 | |
5881 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5882 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5883 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5884 | |
5885 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). |
5886 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; |
5887 | |
5888 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were |
5889 | /// written. |
5890 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5891 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), |
5892 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5893 | } |
5894 | |
5895 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. |
5896 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } |
5897 | |
5898 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). |
5899 | bool isKindOfType() const; |
5900 | |
5901 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. |
5902 | /// |
5903 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
5904 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
5905 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if |
5906 | /// there is no superclass. |
5907 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { |
5908 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) |
5909 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); |
5910 | |
5911 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5911, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5912 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); |
5913 | } |
5914 | |
5915 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
5916 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
5917 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
5918 | |
5919 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5920 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5921 | |
5922 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5923 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || |
5924 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5925 | } |
5926 | }; |
5927 | |
5928 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation |
5929 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of |
5930 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type |
5931 | /// system should not reference this type. |
5932 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5933 | friend class ASTContext; |
5934 | |
5935 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() |
5936 | // will need to be modified. |
5937 | |
5938 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5939 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5940 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5941 | bool isKindOf) |
5942 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} |
5943 | |
5944 | public: |
5945 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5946 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5947 | QualType Base, |
5948 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5949 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5950 | bool isKindOf); |
5951 | }; |
5952 | |
5953 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { |
5954 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); |
5955 | } |
5956 | |
5957 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5958 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5959 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5960 | } |
5961 | |
5962 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5963 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5964 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); |
5965 | } |
5966 | |
5967 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. |
5968 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface |
5969 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which |
5970 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. |
5971 | /// |
5972 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered |
5973 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: |
5974 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which |
5975 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will |
5976 | /// fail to compile. |
5977 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, |
5978 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). |
5979 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { |
5980 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5981 | friend class ASTReader; |
5982 | friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
5983 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
5984 | |
5985 | mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; |
5986 | |
5987 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) |
5988 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), |
5989 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} |
5990 | |
5991 | public: |
5992 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. |
5993 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
5994 | |
5995 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5996 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5997 | |
5998 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5999 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
6000 | } |
6001 | |
6002 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this |
6003 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are |
6004 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are |
6005 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. |
6006 | enum { |
6007 | qual_iterator, |
6008 | qual_begin, |
6009 | qual_end, |
6010 | getNumProtocols, |
6011 | getProtocol |
6012 | }; |
6013 | }; |
6014 | |
6015 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { |
6016 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); |
6017 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { |
6018 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) |
6019 | return T->getDecl(); |
6020 | |
6021 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); |
6022 | } |
6023 | |
6024 | return nullptr; |
6025 | } |
6026 | |
6027 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. |
6028 | /// |
6029 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is |
6030 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' |
6031 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' |
6032 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. |
6033 | /// |
6034 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; |
6035 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. |
6036 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6037 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6038 | |
6039 | QualType PointeeType; |
6040 | |
6041 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) |
6042 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, Pointee->getDependence()), |
6043 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
6044 | |
6045 | public: |
6046 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. |
6047 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. |
6048 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
6049 | |
6050 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. |
6051 | /// |
6052 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that |
6053 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this |
6054 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: |
6055 | /// \code |
6056 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; |
6057 | /// typedef A<P> AP; |
6058 | /// typedef A A1; |
6059 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; |
6060 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; |
6061 | /// \endcode |
6062 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
6063 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
6064 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
6065 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
6066 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
6067 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
6068 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because |
6069 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the |
6070 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() |
6071 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over |
6072 | /// qualifiers more complicated). |
6073 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { |
6074 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); |
6075 | } |
6076 | |
6077 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C |
6078 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol |
6079 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. |
6080 | /// |
6081 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
6082 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; |
6083 | |
6084 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface |
6085 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. |
6086 | /// |
6087 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
6088 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { |
6089 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); |
6090 | } |
6091 | |
6092 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if |
6093 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. |
6094 | bool isObjCIdType() const { |
6095 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); |
6096 | } |
6097 | |
6098 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, |
6099 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. |
6100 | bool isObjCClassType() const { |
6101 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); |
6102 | } |
6103 | |
6104 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, |
6105 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { |
6106 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); |
6107 | } |
6108 | |
6109 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of |
6110 | /// protocols. |
6111 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6112 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); |
6113 | } |
6114 | |
6115 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of |
6116 | /// protocols. |
6117 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6118 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); |
6119 | } |
6120 | |
6121 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. |
6122 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } |
6123 | |
6124 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6125 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } |
6126 | |
6127 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6128 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
6129 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); |
6130 | } |
6131 | |
6132 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. |
6133 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } |
6134 | |
6135 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
6136 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
6137 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
6138 | |
6139 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6140 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { |
6141 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); |
6142 | } |
6143 | |
6144 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6145 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
6146 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); |
6147 | } |
6148 | |
6149 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided |
6150 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of |
6151 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. |
6152 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; |
6153 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
6154 | |
6155 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
6156 | |
6157 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { |
6158 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); |
6159 | } |
6160 | |
6161 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { |
6162 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); |
6163 | } |
6164 | |
6165 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } |
6166 | |
6167 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. |
6168 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
6169 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); |
6170 | } |
6171 | |
6172 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. |
6173 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
6174 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); |
6175 | } |
6176 | |
6177 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6178 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6179 | |
6180 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. |
6181 | /// |
6182 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
6183 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
6184 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a |
6185 | /// null type if there is no superclass. |
6186 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; |
6187 | |
6188 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
6189 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
6190 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( |
6191 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
6192 | |
6193 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6194 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
6195 | } |
6196 | |
6197 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6198 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6199 | } |
6200 | |
6201 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6202 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; |
6203 | } |
6204 | }; |
6205 | |
6206 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6207 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6208 | |
6209 | QualType ValueType; |
6210 | |
6211 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) |
6212 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->getDependence()), ValueType(ValTy) {} |
6213 | |
6214 | public: |
6215 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. |
6216 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. |
6217 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } |
6218 | |
6219 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6220 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6221 | |
6222 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6223 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); |
6224 | } |
6225 | |
6226 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6227 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6228 | } |
6229 | |
6230 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6231 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; |
6232 | } |
6233 | }; |
6234 | |
6235 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. |
6236 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6237 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6238 | |
6239 | QualType ElementType; |
6240 | bool isRead; |
6241 | |
6242 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) |
6243 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->getDependence()), |
6244 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} |
6245 | |
6246 | public: |
6247 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
6248 | |
6249 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6250 | |
6251 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6252 | |
6253 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6254 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); |
6255 | } |
6256 | |
6257 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { |
6258 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6259 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); |
6260 | } |
6261 | |
6262 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6263 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; |
6264 | } |
6265 | |
6266 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } |
6267 | }; |
6268 | |
6269 | /// A fixed int type of a specified bitwidth. |
6270 | class ExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6271 | friend class ASTContext; |
6272 | unsigned IsUnsigned : 1; |
6273 | unsigned NumBits : 24; |
6274 | |
6275 | protected: |
6276 | ExtIntType(bool isUnsigned, unsigned NumBits); |
6277 | |
6278 | public: |
6279 | bool isUnsigned() const { return IsUnsigned; } |
6280 | bool isSigned() const { return !IsUnsigned; } |
6281 | unsigned getNumBits() const { return NumBits; } |
6282 | |
6283 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6284 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6285 | |
6286 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6287 | Profile(ID, isUnsigned(), getNumBits()); |
6288 | } |
6289 | |
6290 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, bool IsUnsigned, |
6291 | unsigned NumBits) { |
6292 | ID.AddBoolean(IsUnsigned); |
6293 | ID.AddInteger(NumBits); |
6294 | } |
6295 | |
6296 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == ExtInt; } |
6297 | }; |
6298 | |
6299 | class DependentExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6300 | friend class ASTContext; |
6301 | const ASTContext &Context; |
6302 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr*, 1, bool> ExprAndUnsigned; |
6303 | |
6304 | protected: |
6305 | DependentExtIntType(const ASTContext &Context, bool IsUnsigned, |
6306 | Expr *NumBits); |
6307 | |
6308 | public: |
6309 | bool isUnsigned() const; |
6310 | bool isSigned() const { return !isUnsigned(); } |
6311 | Expr *getNumBitsExpr() const; |
6312 | |
6313 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6314 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6315 | |
6316 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6317 | Profile(ID, Context, isUnsigned(), getNumBitsExpr()); |
6318 | } |
6319 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
6320 | bool IsUnsigned, Expr *NumBitsExpr); |
6321 | |
6322 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6323 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentExtInt; |
6324 | } |
6325 | }; |
6326 | |
6327 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. |
6328 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { |
6329 | public: |
6330 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} |
6331 | |
6332 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an |
6333 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent |
6334 | /// with those already in the type. |
6335 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { |
6336 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6337 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6338 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); |
6339 | |
6340 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6341 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); |
6342 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); |
6343 | } |
6344 | |
6345 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6346 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; |
6347 | |
6348 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6349 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; |
6350 | }; |
6351 | |
6352 | /// A container of type source information. |
6353 | /// |
6354 | /// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g: |
6355 | /// @code |
6356 | /// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc(); |
6357 | /// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr); |
6358 | /// @endcode |
6359 | class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo { |
6360 | // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information, |
6361 | // allocated by ASTContext. |
6362 | friend class ASTContext; |
6363 | |
6364 | QualType Ty; |
6365 | |
6366 | TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {} |
6367 | |
6368 | public: |
6369 | /// Return the type wrapped by this type source info. |
6370 | QualType getType() const { return Ty; } |
6371 | |
6372 | /// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info. |
6373 | TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h |
6374 | |
6375 | /// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution! |
6376 | void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; } |
6377 | }; |
6378 | |
6379 | // Inline function definitions. |
6380 | |
6381 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { |
6382 | SplitQualType desugar = |
6383 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); |
6384 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); |
6385 | return desugar; |
6386 | } |
6387 | |
6388 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { |
6389 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; |
6390 | } |
6391 | |
6392 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { |
6393 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); |
6394 | } |
6395 | |
6396 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { |
6397 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6398 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), |
6399 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); |
6400 | |
6401 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6402 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); |
6403 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6404 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); |
6405 | } |
6406 | |
6407 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { |
6408 | Qualifiers Quals; |
6409 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6410 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); |
6411 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6412 | return Quals; |
6413 | } |
6414 | |
6415 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { |
6416 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); |
6417 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6418 | return quals; |
6419 | } |
6420 | |
6421 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { |
6422 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6423 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6424 | return cvr; |
6425 | } |
6426 | |
6427 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { |
6428 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; |
6429 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6430 | } |
6431 | |
6432 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { |
6433 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); |
6434 | } |
6435 | |
6436 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { |
6437 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; |
6438 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; |
6439 | |
6440 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); |
6441 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) |
6442 | return false; |
6443 | |
6444 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); |
6445 | } |
6446 | |
6447 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { |
6448 | return isLocalConstQualified() || |
6449 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); |
6450 | } |
6451 | |
6452 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { |
6453 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || |
6454 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); |
6455 | } |
6456 | |
6457 | |
6458 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { |
6459 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || |
6460 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); |
6461 | } |
6462 | |
6463 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { |
6464 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || |
6465 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); |
6466 | } |
6467 | |
6468 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { |
6469 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6470 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); |
6471 | |
6472 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); |
6473 | } |
6474 | |
6475 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { |
6476 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6477 | return split(); |
6478 | |
6479 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); |
6480 | } |
6481 | |
6482 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { |
6483 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
6484 | } |
6485 | |
6486 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { |
6487 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
6488 | } |
6489 | |
6490 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { |
6491 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
6492 | } |
6493 | |
6494 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
6495 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6495, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6496 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, |
6497 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); |
6498 | |
6499 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. |
6500 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); |
6501 | } |
6502 | |
6503 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
6504 | inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const { |
6505 | return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace(); |
6506 | } |
6507 | |
6508 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
6509 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { |
6510 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
6511 | } |
6512 | |
6513 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. |
6514 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { |
6515 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); |
6516 | } |
6517 | |
6518 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
6519 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6520 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); |
6521 | return false; |
6522 | } |
6523 | |
6524 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
6525 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6526 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); |
6527 | return false; |
6528 | } |
6529 | |
6530 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
6531 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6532 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); |
6533 | return false; |
6534 | } |
6535 | |
6536 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { |
6537 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { |
6538 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6539 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6540 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6541 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6542 | |
6543 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); |
6544 | } |
6545 | |
6546 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { |
6547 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); |
6548 | } |
6549 | |
6550 | /// Determine whether this type is more |
6551 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" |
6552 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and |
6553 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile |
6554 | /// int". |
6555 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { |
6556 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); |
6557 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6558 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); |
6559 | } |
6560 | |
6561 | /// Determine whether this type is at last |
6562 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile |
6563 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", |
6564 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". |
6565 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { |
6566 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6567 | |
6568 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. |
6569 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) |
6570 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
6571 | |
6572 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); |
6573 | } |
6574 | |
6575 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const |
6576 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const |
6577 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used |
6578 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: |
6579 | /// |
6580 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, |
6581 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further |
6582 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function |
6583 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. |
6584 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { |
6585 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6586 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); |
6587 | else |
6588 | return *this; |
6589 | } |
6590 | |
6591 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { |
6592 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || |
6593 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
6594 | } |
6595 | |
6596 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. |
6597 | /// |
6598 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. |
6599 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { |
6600 | return isVoidType() || |
6601 | isNullPtrType() || |
6602 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an |
6603 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. |
6604 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); |
6605 | } |
6606 | |
6607 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. |
6608 | /// |
6609 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. |
6610 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { |
6611 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: |
6612 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: |
6613 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; |
6614 | return isArrayType() || |
6615 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; |
6616 | isFunctionType() || |
6617 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; |
6618 | isPointerType() || |
6619 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] |
6620 | isReferenceType() || |
6621 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; |
6622 | isRecordType() || |
6623 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different |
6624 | // types at different times; |
6625 | isUnionType() || |
6626 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; |
6627 | isEnumeralType() || |
6628 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. |
6629 | isMemberPointerType(); |
6630 | } |
6631 | |
6632 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { |
6633 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); |
6634 | } |
6635 | |
6636 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { |
6637 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6638 | } |
6639 | |
6640 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { |
6641 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6642 | } |
6643 | |
6644 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { |
6645 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6646 | } |
6647 | |
6648 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { |
6649 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6650 | } |
6651 | |
6652 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { |
6653 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6654 | } |
6655 | |
6656 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { |
6657 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6658 | } |
6659 | |
6660 | inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const { |
6661 | // Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an |
6662 | // object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv |
6663 | // void. |
6664 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6665 | return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6666 | else |
6667 | return false; |
6668 | } |
6669 | |
6670 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { |
6671 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6672 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6673 | else |
6674 | return false; |
6675 | } |
6676 | |
6677 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { |
6678 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6679 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6680 | else |
6681 | return false; |
6682 | } |
6683 | |
6684 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { |
6685 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6686 | } |
6687 | |
6688 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { |
6689 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6690 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); |
6691 | else |
6692 | return false; |
6693 | } |
6694 | |
6695 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { |
6696 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6697 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); |
6698 | else |
6699 | return false; |
6700 | } |
6701 | |
6702 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { |
6703 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6704 | } |
6705 | |
6706 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { |
6707 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6708 | } |
6709 | |
6710 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { |
6711 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6712 | } |
6713 | |
6714 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { |
6715 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6716 | } |
6717 | |
6718 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { |
6719 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6720 | } |
6721 | |
6722 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { |
6723 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); |
6724 | } |
6725 | |
6726 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { |
6727 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); |
6728 | } |
6729 | |
6730 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { |
6731 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); |
6732 | } |
6733 | |
6734 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { |
6735 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); |
6736 | } |
6737 | |
6738 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { |
6739 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6740 | } |
6741 | |
6742 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { |
6743 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6744 | } |
6745 | |
6746 | inline bool Type::isMatrixType() const { |
6747 | return isa<MatrixType>(CanonicalType); |
6748 | } |
6749 | |
6750 | inline bool Type::isConstantMatrixType() const { |
6751 | return isa<ConstantMatrixType>(CanonicalType); |
6752 | } |
6753 | |
6754 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { |
6755 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); |
6756 | } |
6757 | |
6758 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { |
6759 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6760 | } |
6761 | |
6762 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { |
6763 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6764 | } |
6765 | |
6766 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { |
6767 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || |
6768 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6769 | } |
6770 | |
6771 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { |
6772 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); |
6773 | } |
6774 | |
6775 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const { |
6776 | return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType); |
6777 | } |
6778 | |
6779 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6780 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6781 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); |
6782 | return false; |
6783 | } |
6784 | |
6785 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6786 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6787 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); |
6788 | return false; |
6789 | } |
6790 | |
6791 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { |
6792 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6793 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); |
6794 | return false; |
6795 | } |
6796 | |
6797 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { |
6798 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6799 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); |
6800 | return false; |
6801 | } |
6802 | |
6803 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { |
6804 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6805 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); |
6806 | return false; |
6807 | } |
6808 | |
6809 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { |
6810 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); |
6811 | } |
6812 | |
6813 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { |
6814 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); |
6815 | } |
6816 | |
6817 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
6818 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6819 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6820 | } |
6821 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6822 | |
6823 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { |
6824 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); |
6825 | } |
6826 | |
6827 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { |
6828 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); |
6829 | } |
6830 | |
6831 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { |
6832 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); |
6833 | } |
6834 | |
6835 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { |
6836 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); |
6837 | } |
6838 | |
6839 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { |
6840 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); |
6841 | } |
6842 | |
6843 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { |
6844 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || |
6845 | return |
6846 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6847 | false; // end boolean or operation |
6848 | } |
6849 | |
6850 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { |
6851 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); |
6852 | } |
6853 | |
6854 | inline bool Type::isExtIntType() const { |
6855 | return isa<ExtIntType>(CanonicalType); |
6856 | } |
6857 | |
6858 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
6859 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6860 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6861 | } |
6862 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6863 | |
6864 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { |
6865 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ |
6866 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || |
6867 | return |
6868 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6869 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6870 | } |
6871 | |
6872 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { |
6873 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || |
6874 | return |
6875 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6876 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6877 | } |
6878 | |
6879 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { |
6880 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || |
6881 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); |
6882 | } |
6883 | |
6884 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { |
6885 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); |
6886 | } |
6887 | |
6888 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { |
6889 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
6890 | return BT->getKind() == static_cast<BuiltinType::Kind>(K); |
6891 | } |
6892 | return false; |
6893 | } |
6894 | |
6895 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { |
6896 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6897 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); |
6898 | return false; |
6899 | } |
6900 | |
6901 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { |
6902 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6903 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) |
6904 | return BT; |
6905 | return nullptr; |
6906 | } |
6907 | |
6908 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { |
6909 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6909, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6910 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(K); |
6911 | } |
6912 | |
6913 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
6914 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6915 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); |
6916 | return false; |
6917 | } |
6918 | |
6919 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { |
6920 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Void); |
6921 | } |
6922 | |
6923 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { |
6924 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. |
6925 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Half); |
6926 | } |
6927 | |
6928 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { |
6929 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float16); |
6930 | } |
6931 | |
6932 | inline bool Type::isBFloat16Type() const { |
6933 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BFloat16); |
6934 | } |
6935 | |
6936 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { |
6937 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float128); |
6938 | } |
6939 | |
6940 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { |
6941 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::NullPtr); |
6942 | } |
6943 | |
6944 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); |
6945 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); |
6946 | |
6947 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { |
6948 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6949 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6950 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6951 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6952 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. |
6953 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. |
6954 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && |
6955 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); |
6956 | } |
6957 | return isExtIntType(); |
6958 | } |
6959 | |
6960 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { |
6961 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6962 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6963 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6964 | } |
6965 | return false; |
6966 | } |
6967 | |
6968 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { |
6969 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); |
6970 | } |
6971 | |
6972 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6973 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6974 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6975 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6976 | } |
6977 | return false; |
6978 | } |
6979 | |
6980 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6981 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); |
6982 | } |
6983 | |
6984 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { |
6985 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6986 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6987 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || |
6988 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && |
6989 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || |
6990 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6991 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || |
6992 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && |
6993 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); |
6994 | } |
6995 | return false; |
6996 | } |
6997 | |
6998 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { |
6999 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); |
7000 | } |
7001 | |
7002 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { |
7003 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7004 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && |
7005 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
7006 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
7007 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums |
7008 | // are not treated as scalar types. |
7009 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
7010 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7011 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7012 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7013 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || |
7014 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7015 | isExtIntType(); |
7016 | } |
7017 | |
7018 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { |
7019 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7020 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
7021 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
7022 | |
7023 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an |
7024 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. |
7025 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
7026 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
7027 | |
7028 | return isExtIntType(); |
7029 | } |
7030 | |
7031 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { |
7032 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7033 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; |
7034 | return false; |
7035 | } |
7036 | |
7037 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { |
7038 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); |
7039 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); |
7040 | } |
7041 | |
7042 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define |
7043 | /// an overloaded operator. |
7044 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { |
7045 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); |
7046 | } |
7047 | |
7048 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. |
7049 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { |
7050 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); |
7051 | } |
7052 | |
7053 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { |
7054 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || |
7055 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); |
7056 | } |
7057 | |
7058 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { |
7059 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
7060 | } |
7061 | |
7062 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { |
7063 | const Type *type = this; |
7064 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
7065 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); |
7066 | return type; |
7067 | } |
7068 | |
7069 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { |
7070 | const Type *type = this; |
7071 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) |
7072 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
7073 | else if (type->isArrayType()) |
7074 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
7075 | return type; |
7076 | } |
7077 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress |
7078 | /// spaces into a diagnostic with <<. |
7079 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7080 | LangAS AS) { |
7081 | PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), |
7082 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); |
7083 | return PD; |
7084 | } |
7085 | |
7086 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers |
7087 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
7088 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7089 | Qualifiers Q) { |
7090 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
7091 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
7092 | return PD; |
7093 | } |
7094 | |
7095 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's |
7096 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
7097 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7098 | QualType T) { |
7099 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
7100 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
7101 | return PD; |
7102 | } |
7103 | |
7104 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does |
7105 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. |
7106 | template <typename T> |
7107 | using TypeIsArrayType = |
7108 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || |
7109 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; |
7110 | |
7111 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. |
7112 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { |
7113 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
7114 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); |
7115 | |
7116 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
7117 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
7118 | return Ty; |
7119 | |
7120 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7121 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
7122 | return nullptr; |
7123 | |
7124 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
7125 | // losing all typedef information. |
7126 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7127 | } |
7128 | |
7129 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { |
7130 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); |
7131 | |
7132 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
7133 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
7134 | return Ty; |
7135 | |
7136 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7137 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
7138 | return nullptr; |
7139 | |
7140 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the |
7141 | // type. |
7142 | const Type *Ty = this; |
7143 | while (Ty) { |
7144 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) |
7145 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); |
7146 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) |
7147 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7148 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) |
7149 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7150 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) |
7151 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7152 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) |
7153 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7154 | else |
7155 | break; |
7156 | } |
7157 | |
7158 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, |
7159 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. |
7160 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); |
7161 | } |
7162 | |
7163 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7164 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. |
7165 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) |
7166 | return arr; |
7167 | |
7168 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7169 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) |
7170 | return nullptr; |
7171 | |
7172 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
7173 | // losing all typedef information. |
7174 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7175 | } |
7176 | |
7177 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { |
7178 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
7179 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); |
7180 | |
7181 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; |
7182 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7182, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7183 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7184 | } |
7185 | |
7186 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7187 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7187, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7188 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; |
7189 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7190 | } |
7191 | |
7192 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, |
7193 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
7194 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { |
7195 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
7196 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); |
7197 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); |
7198 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7198, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7199 | #endif |
7200 | } |
7201 | |
7202 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { |
7203 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); |
7204 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); |
7205 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); |
7206 | } |
7207 | |
7208 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented |
7209 | // as a scaled integer. |
7210 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an |
7211 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. |
7212 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, |
7213 | unsigned Scale); |
7214 | |
7215 | } // namespace clang |
7216 | |
7217 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
1 | //===- llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h - Pair for pointer and int -----*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file defines the PointerIntPair class. |
10 | // |
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
12 | |
13 | #ifndef LLVM_ADT_POINTERINTPAIR_H |
14 | #define LLVM_ADT_POINTERINTPAIR_H |
15 | |
16 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
17 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
18 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
19 | #include <cassert> |
20 | #include <cstdint> |
21 | #include <limits> |
22 | |
23 | namespace llvm { |
24 | |
25 | template <typename T> struct DenseMapInfo; |
26 | template <typename PointerT, unsigned IntBits, typename PtrTraits> |
27 | struct PointerIntPairInfo; |
28 | |
29 | /// PointerIntPair - This class implements a pair of a pointer and small |
30 | /// integer. It is designed to represent this in the space required by one |
31 | /// pointer by bitmangling the integer into the low part of the pointer. This |
32 | /// can only be done for small integers: typically up to 3 bits, but it depends |
33 | /// on the number of bits available according to PointerLikeTypeTraits for the |
34 | /// type. |
35 | /// |
36 | /// Note that PointerIntPair always puts the IntVal part in the highest bits |
37 | /// possible. For example, PointerIntPair<void*, 1, bool> will put the bit for |
38 | /// the bool into bit #2, not bit #0, which allows the low two bits to be used |
39 | /// for something else. For example, this allows: |
40 | /// PointerIntPair<PointerIntPair<void*, 1, bool>, 1, bool> |
41 | /// ... and the two bools will land in different bits. |
42 | template <typename PointerTy, unsigned IntBits, typename IntType = unsigned, |
43 | typename PtrTraits = PointerLikeTypeTraits<PointerTy>, |
44 | typename Info = PointerIntPairInfo<PointerTy, IntBits, PtrTraits>> |
45 | class PointerIntPair { |
46 | // Used by MSVC visualizer and generally helpful for debugging/visualizing. |
47 | using InfoTy = Info; |
48 | intptr_t Value = 0; |
49 | |
50 | public: |
51 | constexpr PointerIntPair() = default; |
52 | |
53 | PointerIntPair(PointerTy PtrVal, IntType IntVal) { |
54 | setPointerAndInt(PtrVal, IntVal); |
55 | } |
56 | |
57 | explicit PointerIntPair(PointerTy PtrVal) { initWithPointer(PtrVal); } |
58 | |
59 | PointerTy getPointer() const { return Info::getPointer(Value); } |
60 | |
61 | IntType getInt() const { return (IntType)Info::getInt(Value); } |
62 | |
63 | void setPointer(PointerTy PtrVal) LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION& { |
64 | Value = Info::updatePointer(Value, PtrVal); |
65 | } |
66 | |
67 | void setInt(IntType IntVal) LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION& { |
68 | Value = Info::updateInt(Value, static_cast<intptr_t>(IntVal)); |
69 | } |
70 | |
71 | void initWithPointer(PointerTy PtrVal) LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION& { |
72 | Value = Info::updatePointer(0, PtrVal); |
73 | } |
74 | |
75 | void setPointerAndInt(PointerTy PtrVal, IntType IntVal) LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION& { |
76 | Value = Info::updateInt(Info::updatePointer(0, PtrVal), |
77 | static_cast<intptr_t>(IntVal)); |
78 | } |
79 | |
80 | PointerTy const *getAddrOfPointer() const { |
81 | return const_cast<PointerIntPair *>(this)->getAddrOfPointer(); |
82 | } |
83 | |
84 | PointerTy *getAddrOfPointer() { |
85 | assert(Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(getPointer()) &&((Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(getPointer()) && "Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and " "PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(getPointer()) && \"Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and \" \"PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" , 87, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
86 | "Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and "((Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(getPointer()) && "Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and " "PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(getPointer()) && \"Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and \" \"PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" , 87, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
87 | "PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer")((Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(getPointer()) && "Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and " "PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(getPointer()) && \"Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and \" \"PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" , 87, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
88 | return reinterpret_cast<PointerTy *>(&Value); |
89 | } |
90 | |
91 | void *getOpaqueValue() const { return reinterpret_cast<void *>(Value); } |
92 | |
93 | void setFromOpaqueValue(void *Val) LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION& { |
94 | Value = reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(Val); |
95 | } |
96 | |
97 | static PointerIntPair getFromOpaqueValue(void *V) { |
98 | PointerIntPair P; |
99 | P.setFromOpaqueValue(V); |
100 | return P; |
101 | } |
102 | |
103 | // Allow PointerIntPairs to be created from const void * if and only if the |
104 | // pointer type could be created from a const void *. |
105 | static PointerIntPair getFromOpaqueValue(const void *V) { |
106 | (void)PtrTraits::getFromVoidPointer(V); |
107 | return getFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void *>(V)); |
108 | } |
109 | |
110 | bool operator==(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const { |
111 | return Value == RHS.Value; |
112 | } |
113 | |
114 | bool operator!=(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const { |
115 | return Value != RHS.Value; |
116 | } |
117 | |
118 | bool operator<(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const { return Value < RHS.Value; } |
119 | bool operator>(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const { return Value > RHS.Value; } |
120 | |
121 | bool operator<=(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const { |
122 | return Value <= RHS.Value; |
123 | } |
124 | |
125 | bool operator>=(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const { |
126 | return Value >= RHS.Value; |
127 | } |
128 | }; |
129 | |
130 | // Specialize is_trivially_copyable to avoid limitation of llvm::is_trivially_copyable |
131 | // when compiled with gcc 4.9. |
132 | template <typename PointerTy, unsigned IntBits, typename IntType, |
133 | typename PtrTraits, |
134 | typename Info> |
135 | struct is_trivially_copyable<PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType, PtrTraits, Info>> : std::true_type { |
136 | #ifdef HAVE_STD_IS_TRIVIALLY_COPYABLE |
137 | static_assert(std::is_trivially_copyable<PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType, PtrTraits, Info>>::value, |
138 | "inconsistent behavior between llvm:: and std:: implementation of is_trivially_copyable"); |
139 | #endif |
140 | }; |
141 | |
142 | |
143 | template <typename PointerT, unsigned IntBits, typename PtrTraits> |
144 | struct PointerIntPairInfo { |
145 | static_assert(PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable < |
146 | std::numeric_limits<uintptr_t>::digits, |
147 | "cannot use a pointer type that has all bits free"); |
148 | static_assert(IntBits <= PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable, |
149 | "PointerIntPair with integer size too large for pointer"); |
150 | enum MaskAndShiftConstants : uintptr_t { |
151 | /// PointerBitMask - The bits that come from the pointer. |
152 | PointerBitMask = |
153 | ~(uintptr_t)(((intptr_t)1 << PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable) - 1), |
154 | |
155 | /// IntShift - The number of low bits that we reserve for other uses, and |
156 | /// keep zero. |
157 | IntShift = (uintptr_t)PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable - IntBits, |
158 | |
159 | /// IntMask - This is the unshifted mask for valid bits of the int type. |
160 | IntMask = (uintptr_t)(((intptr_t)1 << IntBits) - 1), |
161 | |
162 | // ShiftedIntMask - This is the bits for the integer shifted in place. |
163 | ShiftedIntMask = (uintptr_t)(IntMask << IntShift) |
164 | }; |
165 | |
166 | static PointerT getPointer(intptr_t Value) { |
167 | return PtrTraits::getFromVoidPointer( |
168 | reinterpret_cast<void *>(Value & PointerBitMask)); |
169 | } |
170 | |
171 | static intptr_t getInt(intptr_t Value) { |
172 | return (Value >> IntShift) & IntMask; |
173 | } |
174 | |
175 | static intptr_t updatePointer(intptr_t OrigValue, PointerT Ptr) { |
176 | intptr_t PtrWord = |
177 | reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(PtrTraits::getAsVoidPointer(Ptr)); |
178 | assert((PtrWord & ~PointerBitMask) == 0 &&(((PtrWord & ~PointerBitMask) == 0 && "Pointer is not sufficiently aligned" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(PtrWord & ~PointerBitMask) == 0 && \"Pointer is not sufficiently aligned\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" , 179, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
179 | "Pointer is not sufficiently aligned")(((PtrWord & ~PointerBitMask) == 0 && "Pointer is not sufficiently aligned" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(PtrWord & ~PointerBitMask) == 0 && \"Pointer is not sufficiently aligned\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" , 179, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
180 | // Preserve all low bits, just update the pointer. |
181 | return PtrWord | (OrigValue & ~PointerBitMask); |
182 | } |
183 | |
184 | static intptr_t updateInt(intptr_t OrigValue, intptr_t Int) { |
185 | intptr_t IntWord = static_cast<intptr_t>(Int); |
186 | assert((IntWord & ~IntMask) == 0 && "Integer too large for field")(((IntWord & ~IntMask) == 0 && "Integer too large for field" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(IntWord & ~IntMask) == 0 && \"Integer too large for field\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12.0.0~++20201102111116+1ed2ca68191/llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" , 186, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
187 | |
188 | // Preserve all bits other than the ones we are updating. |
189 | return (OrigValue & ~ShiftedIntMask) | IntWord << IntShift; |
190 | } |
191 | }; |
192 | |
193 | // Provide specialization of DenseMapInfo for PointerIntPair. |
194 | template <typename PointerTy, unsigned IntBits, typename IntType> |
195 | struct DenseMapInfo<PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType>> { |
196 | using Ty = PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType>; |
197 | |
198 | static Ty getEmptyKey() { |
199 | uintptr_t Val = static_cast<uintptr_t>(-1); |
200 | Val <<= PointerLikeTypeTraits<Ty>::NumLowBitsAvailable; |
201 | return Ty::getFromOpaqueValue(reinterpret_cast<void *>(Val)); |
202 | } |
203 | |
204 | static Ty getTombstoneKey() { |
205 | uintptr_t Val = static_cast<uintptr_t>(-2); |
206 | Val <<= PointerLikeTypeTraits<PointerTy>::NumLowBitsAvailable; |
207 | return Ty::getFromOpaqueValue(reinterpret_cast<void *>(Val)); |
208 | } |
209 | |
210 | static unsigned getHashValue(Ty V) { |
211 | uintptr_t IV = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(V.getOpaqueValue()); |
212 | return unsigned(IV) ^ unsigned(IV >> 9); |
213 | } |
214 | |
215 | static bool isEqual(const Ty &LHS, const Ty &RHS) { return LHS == RHS; } |
216 | }; |
217 | |
218 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that PointerIntPair is "basically a pointer". |
219 | template <typename PointerTy, unsigned IntBits, typename IntType, |
220 | typename PtrTraits> |
221 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< |
222 | PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType, PtrTraits>> { |
223 | static inline void * |
224 | getAsVoidPointer(const PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType> &P) { |
225 | return P.getOpaqueValue(); |
226 | } |
227 | |
228 | static inline PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType> |
229 | getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
230 | return PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType>::getFromOpaqueValue(P); |
231 | } |
232 | |
233 | static inline PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType> |
234 | getFromVoidPointer(const void *P) { |
235 | return PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType>::getFromOpaqueValue(P); |
236 | } |
237 | |
238 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = |
239 | PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable - IntBits; |
240 | }; |
241 | |
242 | } // end namespace llvm |
243 | |
244 | #endif // LLVM_ADT_POINTERINTPAIR_H |